KATALOG IMG STAGE LINE 2013

2 013

2013

INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS FOR LIGHT & SOUND

INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS FOR LIGHT & SOUND

HEADQUARTERS MONACOR INTERNATIONAL Zum Falsch 36 28307 Bremen Germany

Your Retailer

Phone: +49 (0) 4 21/48 65-0 Fax: +49 (0) 4 21/48 84 15 info@monacor.com www.monacor.com

INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS FOR LIGHT & SOUND

K-710.12.01.03.2013 K13-136OSGB Order No. 46.1710

GB

Important Information

IMPORTANT

Important Notes – please read very carefully!

All products of MONACOR INTERNATIONAL are tested continuously to ensure a constant quality level and to maintain quality standards. All products which are subject to the CE guidelines as well as the electric and electronic subassemblies which are subject to the directive for motor vehicles, are tested according to the respective standards and carry the CE mark. In consequence, these products can be sold in all EC countries without further tests or approvals.

General Information • All rights reserved by MONACOR INTERNATIONAL GmbH & Co. KG. All contents of this catalogue serve as information as to the products by MONACOR INTERNATIONAL only. No part of this catalogue including text, photos of products, graphics or any parts thereof may be reproduced in any form or by any means for any commercial use without our express prior written consent.

• * Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.

• HDMI™ is a registered trademark of HDMI Licensing L.L.C. • We cannot be held responsible for printing errors, should they occur. We reserve the right to make technical changes without prior notice.

• The technical specifications stated are according to the information of the manufacturer.

• Due to production tolerances, technical data may vary slightly.

• Damage resulting from unauthorised servicing of the products thus causing changes, as well as improper handling resulting in consequential damage are excluded from the warranty. We will not be liable for changes of the state of the products resulting from improper storage, other interventions or improper use.

• If the units are interfered with, the CE approval will no longer apply. All products are always suitable for indoor use only unless stated otherwise. The products are not suitable for installations into aircrafts or surface mounting onto aircrafts.

• The products do not correspond to the medical products directive 2007/47/EC. • If the products are to be put out of operation definitively, they must be taken to a local recycling plant for disposal which is not harmful to the environment.

ANDORRA MONACOR IBERIA, S.A.U.

AUSTRALIA SOUNDLABS GROUP Pty Ltd

AUSTRIA MONACOR ELECTRONIC Vertriebs-GmbH

BELARUS LLC Muztorgservis

Phone: +49 (0) 4 21/48 65-0 Fax: +49 (0) 4 21/48 84 15 info@monacor.com www.monacor.com

BELGIUM MONACOR BELGIUM N.V.

BULGARIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

CROATIA Z-EL d.o.o. Chipoteka

CZECH REPUBLIC MONACOR SLOVAKIA spol. s.r.o.

DENMARK MONACOR DANMARK A/S

ESTONIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

FAROE ISLANDS MONACOR DANMARK A/S

FINLAND A-COM OY

FRANCE MONACOR FRANCE S.A.R.L.

GERMANY MONACOR INTERNATIONAL GmbH & Co. KG

GREECE ABA SYSTEMS SA

GREENLAND MONACOR DANMARK A/S

HUNGARY MONACOR HUNGÁRIA Kft.

ICELAND MONACOR DANMARK A/S

IRELAND MONACOR UK Ltd

ITALY MONACOR ITALIA s.r.l.

KIRGHIZIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

LATVIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

LIECHTENSTEIN MONACOR SCHWEIZ AG

LITHUANIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

LUXEMBURG MONACOR BELGIUM N.V.

MONACO MONACOR FRANCE S.A.R.L.

NETHERLANDS MONACOR NEDERLAND B.V.

NORWAY MONACOR NORGE

POLAND MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

PORTUGAL MONACOR IBERIA, S.A.U.

ROMANIA S. C. MONACOR ROMANIA s.r.l.

RUSSIA Theatrical Technical Corporation

SAN MARINO MONACOR ITALIA s.r.l.

SLOVAKIA MONACOR SLOVAKIA spol. s.r.o.

SPAIN MONACOR IBERIA, S.A.U.

SWEDEN MONACOR SVERIGE AB

SWITZERLAND MONACOR SCHWEIZ AG

UKRAINE MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

UNITED KINGDOM MONACOR UK Ltd

Technical Information • Before first use of the products please read the instruction manual carefully!

• The products correspond to the directive for electromagnetic compatibility 2004/108/EC, the directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS) and where applicable to the low voltage directive 2006/95/EC with the directive 2009/125/EC (ErP).

• When operating with voltages of over 42 V, please always observe the respective safety measures.

• Before opening any products operated with 230 V mains voltage, disconnect the products from the mains!

• Make sure that the supply voltage is disconnected before working on components and modules. Existing capacitors must be discharged.

• Mains cables and test cables have to be examined for damage regularly. Never pull on the cable to disconnect the plug from the socket.

• Mains cables and fuses must only be replaced by skilled personnel.

• Unless otherwise stated: - protect the products from moisture and heat, - always observe the admissible ambient temperature of 0–40 °C. • Do not use a very high volume level when using headphones. Permanent high volume may damage your hearing!

• A soldering process which is too long and too hot may cause damage to the corresponding products. Choose a soldering temperature that is suitable for the material used. No liability can be assumed for damage to the product or consequential damage caused by improper handling.

• The plugs, jacks, switches rotary switches and potentiometers shown in this catalogue are only suitable for connection to safety extra low voltage (SELV) or signal voltage unless the item is designed for a higher voltage (see text or table).

• If the fixing nuts of panel jacks or panel plugs are overtightened, this may cause damage to the whole component. In case of improper handling, no liability can be assumed for this or consequential damage.

• The heat must be eliminated by air circulation. Therefore, do not cover ventilation slots with anything. Do not put or drop anything through the ventilation slots.

Otherwise, there will be danger of an electric shock.

• Only use a dry, soft cloth for cleaning the products. Chemicals must not be used in any case.

Information on the German Product Liability Act According to the law dated 15 December 1989 governing product liability which was last amended by the law dated 19 July 2002, manufacturers, importers and dealers are obliged to compensate for damage caused by a faulty product under certain prerequisites.

A product can already be considered faulty if its presentation leaves a private, noncommercial end user with a wrong impression as to its safety in use or if it is to be expected that the private end user will not observe the required safety regulations when using the product or will apply an excessive operating voltage to it, except if this user has been informed as to the necessity to observe the safety regulations and specified voltages, etc.

In your own interest and for your customers’ safety, therefore please draw your noncommercial customers’ attention to the following: The products listed in this catalogue may only be used for the stated purpose. If there are any doubts as to the purpose of the goods, questions must be clarified with an authorised expert or with the service department of MONACOR INTERNATIONAL. The following EN standards and VDE (Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker = Association of German Electrical Engineers) regulations must be observed: Electromagnetic compatibility: EN300422, EN301489, EN55013, EN55020, EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3, EN61000-6-1, EN61000-6-3 Low voltage directive: DINVDE0100, DINVDE0532, EN60065, EN60742, EN60570, EN60335, EN60598, EN60950, EN61010 Motor vehicles directive: directive 72/245/EEC, changed by the directive 2004/104/EC In Germany, the above-mentioned regulations can be obtained from: VDE-Verlag GmbH VDE-Verlag GmbH Bismarckstraße 33 Merianstraße 29 10625 Berlin - Germany 63069 Offenbach - Germany Phone: +49 (0) 30 / 348001-0 Phone: +49 (0) 69 / 840006-0 Fax: +49 (0) 30 / 3417093 Fax: +49 (0) 69 / 84000655 Notes Regarding the Approval of Wireless Systems The wireless microphone systems in the frequency range 863 MHz to 865 MHz and in the range 2.4 GHz are generally approved and licence-free!

These systems are licence-free in the EU! Every wireless system has been examined by a notified body and has been approved in the EU according to the R+TTE directive. However, a frequency assignment for the systems in the frequency range 175 MHz to 223 MHz, 672 MHz to 697 MHz, 740 MHz to 767 MHz and 790 MHz to 814 MHz for the corresponding area in which the unit is to be used must be applied for at the respective national authority.

These systems require a licence in the EU! In Germany, a licence-free operation of wireless microphones in the frequency range 790 MHz to 814 MHz (see directive 91/2005) is possible until 31 December 2015.

As of 2016, the frequency range 790 MHz to 814 MHz can still be used with a frequency assignment. This assignment is subject to a fee.

In Germany, the frequency assignment has to be applied for at the corresponding branch of the Federal Network Agency (BnetzA, Germany).

The declaration of conformity can be found on our website: www.imgstageline.de.

The forms for the frequency assignment as well as the ruling 91/2005 can be found on the website of the Federal Network Agency www.bundesnetzagentur.de.

For countries outside of Europe, please consult the authorities of the corresponding country.

Please observe the notes in the operating instructions!

MONACOR INTERNATIONAL – Your reliable partner - worldwide. valid from March 2013

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

www.imgstageline.com

M129

Contents

CONTENTS

CD Players Dual CD Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M2/M3 CD Players, MP3 Players and MP3 Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . M4–M6 Stereo Tuners, Internet Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M7 Turntables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M8/M9 Portable Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M10/M11 Mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M12–M21 Powered Mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M22/M23 Microphone Preamplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M24 Audio Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M25 482 mm (19") Units Equalizers/Splitters/Active Crossover Networks . . . . . . . . M26/M27 Multi-Effect Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M28/M29 Speaker Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30/M31 Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32–M37 Microphones Wireless Microphones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M38–M49 Headband Microphones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M50–M53 Microphones for Recording and Studio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M54/M55 Stage Microphones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M56 Special Microphones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M57 Headphones/Headphone Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . M58/M59 Professional PA Speaker Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M60–M63 Portable Active PA Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M64–M67 Multi-purpose PA Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M68/M69 CLUB System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M70/M71 Professional DSP Speaker Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . M72/M73 PA Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M74–M87 Hi-fi and Monitor Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M88/M89 Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M90–M93 Racks/Cases/Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M94–M97 Light Effect Units Show Laser Effect Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M98–M104 DMX Controllers/Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M105–M108 Moving Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M109–M112 DMX Scanners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M113 LED Light Effect Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M114–M117 (LED PARL) Spotlights / Accessories / LED Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M118–M123 LED Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M124 LED DMX Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M125 LED Outdoor Spotlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M126 Fog Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M127 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M128 Important Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M129

www.imgstageline.com

M1

CD AND MP3 PLAYERS

DJ Dual CD and MP3 Players

Your reliable partners for strenuous applications: the dual CD players from IMG Stage Line. The CD-292USB additionally impresses by its compatibility for MP3 and the USB interface.

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Dim., control panel Weight Connections Analogue output Fader start Control connection

CD-292USB 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 80 dB > 80 dB > 80 dB not measurable, quartz precision 2V 230 V~/50 Hz/40 VA 0-40 °C 482x90x260 mm, 2 RS 482x90x85 mm, 2 RS 6.5 kg 2 x USB A jack 2 x RCA L/R 2 x 3.5 mm jack 2 x cable, 8-pole mini DIN, length: 1.2 m

CD-292USB Order No. 21.2790

Professional DJ dual CD and MP3 player, with USB 2.0 interface.

Due to the combined device access (CDA) technology, both drives can access the same USB reproduction medium simultaneously. Thus, e.g. pre-fader listening to the tracks is possible during the current reproduction without having to stop the PA application in the function room. In addition, a second USB storage medium can be connected for common use or for split operation (each drive uses its own medium).

• USB storage media can be connected directly (e.g. USB hard disk, USB flash drive)

• Capable of multi-partition (NTFS, FAT, HFS+) • Supports ID3 tags and CD text • Supports play lists (M3U, XML, WPL) • Anti-shock system (CDDA and MP3 CD) • Pitch control: ±8/±16/±100 % • Master tempo • Pitch bending • Seamless loop/reloop function • Autoloop • Loop editing and autoloop editing • Scratch effect • Automatic beat counter (switchable to manual) • Speed search for tracks and folders

• • • • • • • • • • •

Repeat folder Relay play Cue function 2-way hot cue Automatic cue Fader start Track programming, 99 tracks Folder navigation Jog dial Sleep mode Switchable display of the running time of one track as well as the remaining running time of one or all tracks • 482 mm (19") rack installation • Audio CD/CD-R/MP3 CD

Beat 12/2011 "The CD-292USB definitely knows how to improve the reputation of rack-based DJ solutions. The unit appears to be professional in every way ... a high-quality system ... is more than just a suitable unit for playing tracks."

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Dim., control panel Weight Connections Analogue output Control connection DIN,

CD-230DJ 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 80 dB > 90 dB > 80 dB not measurable, quartz precision 2V 230 V~/50 Hz/30 VA 0-40 °C 482x90x270 mm, 2 RS 482x90x100 mm, 2 RS 5.9 kg 2 x RCA L/R 2 x cable, 13-pole mini length: 1 m

CD-230DJ Order No. 21.2650

DJ dual CD and MP3 player, with anti-shock system and seamless loop.

• Supports ID3 tags (track display) • Safe operation due to illuminated rubber buttons • Pitch control: ±4/±8/±16 % • Pitch bending • Search function via jog dial

M2

• • • • • •

Scratch function Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all) 20 tracks can be programmed Skip of 10 tracks Smallest search step: 1 frame Switchable display of the running time of one track as well as the remaining running time of one or all tracks

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

• • • •

Bar graph display Quick start (automatic cue) 482 mm (19") rack installation Audio CD/CD-R/MP3 CD

tools4music 02/2011 "The CD-230DJ and MPX-802USB provide an excellent price-performance ratio. It is almost impossible to offer a unit with similar features at a more attractive price."

DJ CD and MP3 Players I

Microphone Line Mixer

CD AND MP3 PLAYERS

CD-196USB Order No. 21.2890

Professional DJ CD and MP3 player, with USB 2.0 interface, anti-shock system and remote control.

• USB storage media can be connected directly (e.g. USB hard disk, USB flash drive) • Supports multi-partitions FAT16/FAT32, NTFS, HFS+ • Folder navigation • ID3 tag analysis

• • • • • • • • •

Supports playlists Pitch control: ±8/±16/±100 % Pitch bending Master tempo Search function via jog dial Scratch function Title programming for 99 tracks Smallest search step: 1 frame Automatic or manual beat counter, switchable

• Switchable display of the running time of one track as well as the remaining running time of one or all tracks • Bar graph display • Quick start (automatic cue) • Fader start • Digital output, coaxial • 482 mm (19") rack installation • Supplied with infrared remote control • Audio CD/CD-R/MP3 CD

DMP-240 Order No. 21.2570

Professional DJ dual MP3 player, with USB interface.

Due to the combined device access (CDA) technology, both drives can access the same reproduction medium simultaneously. Thus, e.g. pre-fader listening to the tracks is possible during the current reproduction without having to stop the PA application in the function room.

In addition, a second USB storage medium can be connected for common use or for split operation (each drive uses its own medium).

• Supports MP3

• For USB storage media • Capable of multi-partition (NTFS, FAT, HFS+) • External SD cards can be used via optionally connected SDHC card readers • Supports ID3 tags • Supports play lists (M3U, XML, WPL) • Pitch control: ±16 % • Master tempo • Pitch bending • Seamless loop/reloop function • Autoloop, beat synchronisation • Loop editing and autoloop editing

Output, analogue Output, digital Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Weight Connections Analogue output Digital output Fader start

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Weight Connections Analogue output Fader start

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Output, analogue

DMP-130MIX Order No. 21.3090

MP3 player and microphone line mixer With this unit combination, 3 audio signal sources can be mixed. The integrated MP3 player can be switched between SD card and USB port.

• For USB and SD storage media • Supports ID3 tags • Repeat function

• Automatic beat counter (can be switched to manual) • Speed search for tracks and folders • Repeat folder • Relay play • Cue function • Automatic cue • Fader start • Track programming, 99 tracks • Folder navigation • Jog dial • Blue backlit display • 482 mm (19") rack installation

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter

• Preprogrammed sound adjustments • 3 inputs channels with level control (mic, AUX/MP3, line) • AUX input and microphone input via front panel connection • 2-way tone control and level control for the master output • Blue backlit LCD • 482 mm (19") rack installation

Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Dim., control panel Weight Connections

Analogue output

www.imgstageline.com

CD-196USB 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 75 dB > 80 dB > 75 dB not measurable, quartz precision 2V 0.5 Vpp S/PDIF 230 V~/50 Hz/15 VA 0-40 °C 482x90x270 mm, 2 RS 4.4 kg 1 x RCA L/R 1 x RCA 1 x 3.5 mm jack

DMP-240 20-20,000 Hz < 0.03 % > 80 dB > 80 dB > 80 dB 1.8 V 9 V~/1.3 A via suppl. plug-in PSU 0-40 °C 482x88x85 mm, 2 RS 2 kg 2 x USB A jack 2 x RCA L/R 2 x 3.5 mm jack

DMP-130MIX 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 70 dB 2 V (XLR, bal.)

1 V (RCA) 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x160 mm, 1 RS 2.23 kg 1 x USB A jack 1 x jack/6.3 mm 1 x 3.5 mm jack 1 x RCA L/R 1 x RCA L/R 1 x XLR L/R, bal.

M3

CD AND MP3 PLAYERS

DJ CD and MP3 Players

Desktop DJ CD and MP3 player, with USB 2.0 interface, anti-shock system and various effect functions.

USB storage media can be connected directly (e.g. USB hard disk, USB flash drive) • Supports multi-partitions FAT16/FAT32, NTFS, HFS+ • Effects: flanger, filter, echo, reverse, scratch with adjustable parameters for flanger, filter and echo • Seamless loop • ID3 tag analysis of MP3 files and CD text support • Supports playlists (M3U, WPL, XML) • Pitch control: ±8/±16/±100 % • Pitch bending • Master tempo • 3 hot cues • Relay play function • Loop/reloop function, loop edit, automatic loop (can be edited) • Speed skip via jog dial • Automatic and manual beat counter • 99 tracks can be programmed • Folder navigation • Display of folder name • Switchable display of the running time of one track as well as the remaining running time of one or all tracks • Bar graph display • Touch-sensitive scratch jog dial with adjustable sensitivity • Quick Model CD-80USB start (automatic cue) • Fader start (tact, lock, cue play) • Digital outGeneral information put (coaxial) • Audio CD/CD-R/MP3 CD • Firmware updatable Frequency range 20-20,000 Hz CD-80USB

Order No. 21.2880

THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter

Beat 10/2011 "Functional and available at an attractive price: once again, IMG Stage Line impresses with a high quality and an extensive range of features. … exemplary workmanwhip, exceptional range of features … can be highly recommended!"

CD-164DJ

CD-156

Order No. 21.2090

Order No. 21.2410

DJ CD player • Pitch control: ±16 % • Pitch bending • Manual beat counter • Automatic cue • Search buttons, CUE button, fader start • Reproduction of a single track or all tracks • Switchable display of the running time of one track and total running time as well as the remaining running time of one or all tracks • Digital output (coaxial) • Audio CD/CD-R

M4

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Output, digital Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Weight Connections Analogue output Digital output Fader start

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

CD-164DJ 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 80 dB > 90 dB > 80 dB not measurable, quartz precision 2V 0.5 Vpp, S/PDIF 230 V~/50 Hz/15 VA 0-40 °C 482x90x260 mm, 2 RS 4.2 kg 1 x RCA L/R 1 x RCA 1 x 3.5 mm jack

Stereo CD and MP3 player, with USB 2.0 interface, for hi-fi and PA applications.

• USB storage media can be connected directly (e.g. USB hard disk, USB flash drive) • Anti-shock system • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all), random play, standard operating functions • Adjustable headphone output • Supplied with infrared remote control with direct track selection • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets, 2 RS • Audio CD/CD-R/MP3 CD

Output, analogue Output, digital Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Weight Connections Analogue output Digital output Fader start Control connection

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Weight Connections Analogue output

< 0.05 % > 80 dB > 75 dB > 80dB not measurable, quartz precision 1V 0.5 Vpp, S/PDIF 230 V~/50 Hz/40 VA 0-40 °C 215x100x325 mm 2.8 kg 1 x USB A jack 1 x RCA L/R 1 x RCA 1 x 3.5 mm jack 1 x 3.5 mm jack (relay)

CD-156 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 80 dB > 90 dB > 80 dB not measurable, quartz precision 2V 230 V~/50 Hz/25 VA 0-40 °C 420x90x285 mm, 2 RS (w/o mount. brackets) 3.7 kg 1 x RCA L/R

Dual CD and MP3 Players I

MP3 Recorders

MP3 RECORDER

Great entertainment but taking up little space: our trendy space-saving units with a mounting height of 1 RS and all the latest features!

Also suitable for hi-fi and PA applications.

Dual CD and MP3 player with pitching function, USB 2.0 interface and SD/MMC card slot.

Adjustable reproduction speed (pitching) • Switchable display of playing time/remaining playing time of one track • USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards up to 32 GB (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Anti-shock system • Supports ID3 tags • Folder navigation • Single play function • Autoplay function (selectable via jumper) • Fast forward and reverse • Track programming • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all) • Loop A/B • Random play • Supplied with infrared remote control • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets, 1 RS • Audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3 CD CD-123

Order No. 21.3070

Also suitable for hi-fi and PA applications.

Dual CD and MP3 player, with USB 2.0 interface and SD/MMC card slot.

USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards up to 32 GB (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Anti-shock system • Supports ID3 tags • Folder navigation • Autoplay function • Fast forward and reverse • Track programming • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all) • Random play • Supplied with infrared remote control • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets, 1 RS • Audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3 CD CD-122

Order No. 21.2820

Also suitable for hi-fi and PA applications.

MP3 recorder, with USB interface and SD/MMC card slot.

USB storage media can be connected directly (e.g. USB flash drive) • For SD/MMC cards up to 8 GB (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Recording from USB medium, SD/MMC card or external source (aux) onto USB medium or SD/MMC card • Selectable recording bit rate: 96/128/192 kbps • Supports MP3 • Supports ID3 tags • Fast forward and reverse • Track programming • Folder navigation • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all, repeat album) • Random play • Intro play • Supplied with infrared remote control • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets, 1 RS DPR-110

Order No. 21.2320

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Dim., control panel Weight Connections Analogue output

CD-123 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 70 dB not measurable, quartz precision 1.2 V 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x265 mm, 1 RS 4.3 kg

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Weight Connections Analogue output

CD-122 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 70 dB not measurable, quartz precision 1.2 V 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x265 mm, 1 RS 4.3 kg 2 x RCA L/R

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Weight Connections Analogue output

DPR-110 20-20,000 Hz < 0.3 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 60 dB 1.2 V 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 430x44x265 mm, 1 RS (w/o mounting brackets) 3.4 kg 1 x RCA L/R (aux input) 1 x RCA L/R

SOUNDCHECK 05/2009 on the DPR-110, DP-120, CD-120: "The units are definitely suitable for on-the-road applications, robust and to be classed professional due to their convenient handling."

2 x RCA L/R

www.imgstageline.com

M5

CD AND MP3 PLAYERS

CD and MP3 Players

Great entertainment but taking up little space: our trendy space-saving units with a mounting height of 1 RS and all the latest features!

Also suitable for hi-fi and PA applications.

CD and MP3 player with recording function, as well as USB interface and SD/MMC card slot.

Recording/copying from CD, USB medium, SD/MMC card or external source (aux) onto USB medium or SD/MMC card • Manual level control for external source • Recording level display • USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards up to 32 GB (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Anti-shock system • Supports ID3 tags • Folder navigation • Autoplay function (selectable via jumper) • Fast forward and reverse • Track programming • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all, repeat folder, random repeat) • Random play • Supplied with infrared remote control • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets, 1 RS • Audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3 CD CD-113DPR

Order No. 21.3080

Also suitable for hi-fi and PA applications.

CD and MP3 player with pitching function, USB interface and SD/MMC card slot.

Adjustable reproduction speed (pitching) • Switchable display of playing time/remaining playing time of one track • USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards up to 32 GB (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Anti-shock system • Supports ID3 tags • Folder navigation • Single play function • Autoplay function (selectable via jumper) • Fast forward and reverse • Track programming • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all, random repeat) • Loop A/B • Random play • Supplied with infrared remote control • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets, 1 RS • Audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3 CD CD-113

Order No. 21.3060

Also suitable for hi-fi and PA applications.

CD and MP3 player, with USB interface and SD/MMC card slot.

USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards up to 32 GB (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Anti-shock system • Supports ID3 tags • Autoplay function • Fast forward and reverse • Track programming • Folder navigation • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all, random repeat) • Random play • Supplied with infrared remote control • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets, 1 RS • Audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3 CD CD-112

Order No. 21.2800

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Weight Connections Analogue output

M6

CD-113DPR 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 80 dB not measurable, quartz precision 1.2 V 230V~/50Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x265 mm, 1 RS 3.9 kg 1 x RCA L/R (aux input) 1 x RCA L/R

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Weight Connections Analogue output

CD-113 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 70 dB not measurable, quartz precision 1.2 V 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x265 mm, 1 RS 4 kg 1 x RCA L/R

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Weight Connections Analogue output

CD-112 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 70 dB not measurable, quartz precision 1.2 V 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x265 mm, 1 RS 4 kg 1 x RCA L/R

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dim., player mech.

Weight Connections Analogue output

CD-112TRS 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 70 dB not measurable, quartz precision 1.2 V 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x265 mm, 1 RS 4.1 kg 1 x XLR L/R, bal. (CD) 1 x XLR L/R, bal. (tuner)

CD and MP3 Players I Stereo Tuner I Internet Radio

INTERNET RADIO

tastenwelt 05/2011 "Twice as good! With the new CD/MP3 players CD-112 and CD-112TRS from IMG Stage Line, a musician can meet every requirement."

CD and MP3 player, with USB 2.0 interface, RS-232 interface, SD/MMC card slot and FM/AM tuner.

USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards up to 32 GB (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Tuner with 100 memory places (60 x FM, 40 x AM) • Anti-shock system • Supports ID3 tags • Folder navigation • Autoplay function • Fast forward and reverse • Track programming • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all, repeat folder) • Random play • Balanced XLR outputs for tuner and CD • RS-232 interface for remote control • Supplied with infrared remote control and antennas for FM/AM reception • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets, 1 RS • Audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3 CD CD-112TRS

Order No. 21.2810

Digital stereo tuner for the reception of FM and DAB+ FM radio reception (87.5–108 MHz) with RDS function • Interference-free reception of digital radio via digital audio broadcasting (DAB+, band III, 174.928–239.2 MHz) • Display of additional broadcasting information, e.g. frequency, name of radio station, genre, track name, artist • Large backlit dot matrix display • Field intensity display • 10 memory places each for FM mode and DAB mode • 5 station keys with double assignment • Manual frequency adjustment and staIMG Stage Line FM-100DAB tion adjustment • Autoscan • Mono/stereo selection Features ■■■■■■ • 75 Ω antenna input • Stereo output via RCA jack L/R Sound ■■■■■■ • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS, removable Operation ■■■■■■ mounting brackets • Supplied with infrared remote + Mounting facility for 19" rack control and telescopic antenna • Power supply: + FM and DAB+ tuner 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA • Dimensions: 482x44x185 mm • Weight: 3.35 kg FM-100DAB

Order No. 17.3700

Internet radio, FM RDS tuner and MP3 player Network connection via LAN jack or WLAN • Access to more than 10,000 radio stations worldwide • Station scan by genre, station name, location • FM RDS reception function (87.5–108 MHz) • USB host input for playing MP3 files directly • Easy operation via jog dial • Large illuminated dot matrix display • 12 menu languages • 75 Ω FM antenna input, coaxial • SMA RP antenna connection • 1 x RCA input jacks L/R (for external auxiliary devices) • 1 x RCA output jacks L/R • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS, removable mounting brackets • Supplied with infrared remote control, rod antenna and FM wire antenna • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA • Dimensions: 482x44x195 mm • Weight: 3.5 kg WAP-100

Order No. 38.6190

www.imgstageline.com

M7

TURNTABLES

Stereo Hi-fi Turntable with USB Port

Supplied with smoked plexiglas cover!

DJP-200USB Order No. 21.1460

Stereo hi-fi turntable with USB port and integrated phono preamplifier • USB B port for a high-quality and convenient digitalisation of analogue vinyl records via PC • Stereo line output via RCA jacks • Belt drive • Magnetic system • Diecast aluminium turntable platter and metal pick-up arm • 2 speeds • Auto stop function, switchable • Smoked plexiglass cover, removable

M8

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Model General information Turntable platter Speeds Pitch control Starting torque Starting time Braking Wow and flutter Rumble Connection for gooseneck light Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Fader start Forward/reverse Outputs

DJP-200USB ø 332 mm, diecast aluminium 33∂/45 rpm 0.3 kg/cm < 0.3% 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 0-40 °C 450x152x352 mm 3.2 kg 1 x RCA L/R USB B jack

Stereo Hi-fi Turntable with USB Port

TURNTABLES

OKEY 9/10/2010 "The DJP-106SD is an ideal partner for anyone wishing to digitalise large record collections. A solid and convenient working tool. The recording procedure is just as easy as playing a record."

Supplied with smoked plexiglas cover!

DJP-106SD Order No. 21.2520

Stereo hi-fi turntable with USB port, SD card slot and integrated phono preamplifier Simply insert the USB storage device or SD card and save the track of an album as an MP3 file, no PC required!

• USB A port for a convenient digitalisation of analogue vinyl records • Recording and reproduction in MP3 format via optional USB storage medium (e.g. USB hard disk, USB flash drive) or SD card • Automatic level adjustment during recording onto a USB mdium

• • • • • • • • •

Supports SD/SDHC cards up to 16 GB, available at option Stereo line output via RCA jacks Manual track split function Belt drive Magnetic system 2 speeds Metal pick-up arm and plastic turntable platter with rubber mat LCD Smoked plexiglass cover, removable

HiFi test TV VIDEO 02/2009 PRICE TIP Price-performance: excellent "The DJP-104USB provides a fast, dynamic and vibrant sound. It is of solid workmanship and allows you to decide the format and data rate during recordings."

DJP-104USB Order No. 21.2160

Stereo hi-fi turntable with USB port and integrated phono preamplifier • USB B port for a high-quality and convenient digitalisation of analogue vinyl records via PC, adjustable USB audio level • Stereo output via RCA jacks, switchable line/phono • Belt drive with quick start system • Magnetic system • 2 speeds • Pitch control: ±16 % • Metal pick-up arm and plastic turntable platter • Smoked plexiglass cover, removable (Supplied with felt slipmat)

Supplied with smoked plexiglas cover!

Recording software is available as freeware on the Internet.

Model General information Turntable platter Speeds Pitch control Starting torque Starting time Braking Wow and flutter Rumble

DJP-106SD

DJP-104USB

ø 298 mm, plastic 33∂/45 rpm 0.3 kg/cm < 0.25 % -

Connection for gooseneck light Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Outputs

230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA 0-40 °C 420x115x355 mm 4.5kg 1 x RCA L/R USB A jack

ø 298 mm, plastic 33∂/45 rpm ±16 % 0.3 kg/cm < 0.8 sec. < 0.15 % -40 dB unweighted, -55 dB weighted 230 V~/50 Hz/15 VA 0-40 °C 430x115x350 mm 2.9 kg 1 x RCA L/R USB B jack

www.imgstageline.com

M9

DIGITAL RECORDERS

Portable Digital Audio Recorder

And Action!

The portable digital audio recorders convince with a modern design, feature impressive sound characteristics and allow for an intuitive operation. These characteristics considerably facilitate the preservation of music and voice recordings. With the compact recorders, you are able to save recordings in professional quality, e.g. important band practices, the piano concert of your daughter, interviews or conference recordings. The digital recordings can subsequently be edited on your computer with the respective software, i.e. cut, filtered, rearranged or shortened.

External add-on microphone DPR-2004MIC is available at option.

DPR-2004

DPR-2004MIC

Order No. 25.3940

Order No. 23.6150

Portable compact digital audio recorder, with touch screen, USB port and micro SD card slot.

• Integrated 2GB flash memory • Supports micro SD cards up to 32 GB (SDHC) • Storage media SD-4MICRO (4 GB) is available at option • Compatible with USB 2.0 or higher • Recording format: WAV (8-48 kHz, 16/24 bits) or MP3 (44.1 kHz, 128 kbps) • Frequency range: 20-20,000 Hz • 2 built-in electret microphones of omnidirectional characteristic • Line input: 3.5 mm stereo jack, input signal can be switched for external microphone/guitar/line • Headphone output: 3.5 mm stereo jack • Built-in speaker • 4.6 cm (1.8") TFT display, 128x160 pixels • Supplied with 1m USB connection cable and stereo earphones • Power supply via integrated rechargeable Li-ion battery, charging via USB interface • Dimensions: 45x17x92 mm • Weight: 154 g

tools4music 01/2012 "The DPR-2004 held up surprisingly well in this distinguished test field: this unit achieved good results, too. The recorder which can be used anywhere ... is one of the few decent field recorders of compact size."

M10

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Add-on microphone, for digital audio recorder DPR-2004.

• For improving the recording quality • 4 integrated electret microphone cartridges of omnidirectional characteristic • Frequency range: 20-20,000 Hz • On/off switch • Power supply via 1.5 V battery AAA size (not supplied) • Dimensions: 45x20x74 mm • Weight: 150 g

Example of application: DPR-2004 and DPR-2004MIC are available separately

Portable Digital Audio Recorders

DIGITAL RECORDERS

H-4N

H-2N

H-1

Order No. 20.2520

Order No. 20.2720

Order No. 20.2610

Portable high-end digital audio recorder, with USB port and SD card slot.

• Supports external SD/SDHC cards up to 32 GB, available at option • Compatible with USB 2.0 or higher • Can also be used as an audio interface • Automatic recording function • Stereo mode or 4-channel mode • Energy-saving mode for long-term recordings • Switchable recording formats: WAV (44.1/48/96 kHz, 16/24 bits) or MP3 (44.1kHz, 48-320 kbps or variable bit rate) • 2 built-in high-quality electret microphones of cardioid characteristic, 90° or 120° can be selected • Convenient recording, reproduction, mixer, file processing and conversion functions • AGC (automatic gain control), compressor and limiter functions • Various microphone/amplifier simulations and DSP effects • Integrated chromatic tuner for guitar and bass, supports open tunings • Integrated metronome • 2 inputs via comb. jacks mic (XLR)/line (6.3mm) • Line output: 3.5 mm stereo jack • Headphone output: 3.5 mm stereo jack • Phantom power can be switched on additionally (48 V/24 V) • Built-in speaker • Backlit LCD • Supplied with 1 GB SD card, USB connection cable, mounting adapter for microphone holder, storage case, windshield and sequencer software Cubase LE4 • Power supply: 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied), operating time: 6 h (11 h in energy-saving mode) or via supplied plug-in PSU • Dimensions: 73x156x35 mm • Weight: 280 g

Portable digital audio recorder, with USB port and SD card slot.

• 5 built-in electret microphones • Recording modes: mid/side stereophony (MS), X/Y stereophony (90°), 2-channel surround (360°) and 4-channel surround (360°) • Supports external SD cards up to 32 GB (SDHC), available at option • Compatible with USB 2.0 or higher • Can also be used as an audio interface • Recording formats: WAV (44.1/48/96 kHz, 16/24 bits) or MP3 (44.1 kHz, 48-320 kbps), switchable • Manual control, AGC function (automatic gain control), compressor function and limiter function, low cut filter • Convenient recording, reproduction, file processing and conversion functions • Integrated chromatic tuner for guitar and bass, supports open tunings • Integrated metronome • Microphone input/line input: 3.5 mm stereo jack • Headphone output/line output: 3.5 mm stereo jack • Backlit LCD: 4.6 cm (1.8") • 6.3 mm (∑") thread, matching desktop stand TCS-10/SW is available at option • Supplied with 2GB SD card and audio editing software WAVELAB LE7 • Power supply: 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied), operating time: approx. 20 h • Dimensions: 68x103x42 mm • Weight: 182 g

Compact portable digital audio recorder, with USB port and micro SD card slot.

• Supports external micro SD cards up to 32 GB (SDHC) • Storage medium SD-4MICRO is available at option • Compatible with USB 2.0 or higher • Can also be used as an audio interface • Recording formats: WAV (44.1/48/96 kHz, 16/24 bits) or MP3 (44.1 kHz, 48-320 kbps), switchable • 2 built-in high-quality electret microphones in X/Y setup • Manual and automatic control (AGC), low cut filter • Track marker function • Microphone input/line input: 3.5 mm stereo jack • Headphone output/line output: 3.5 mm stereo jack • Built-in speaker • Backlit LCD • Housing with 6.3 mm (∑") thread • Supplied with 2 GB micro SD card and audio editing software WAVELAB LE7 • Power supply: 1 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied), operating time: up to 10 h or via USB • Dimensions: 44x136x31 mm • Weight: 60 g

www.imgstageline.com

M11

MIXERS

Audio Mixers I

DJ Mixers No need to go into a frenzy! Even though, our wide range of audio and DJ mixers provides fantastic opportunities.

MPX-206/SW Order No. 20.2480

6-channel stereo mixer • 4 stereo input channels, each with separate LED level display, switchable line/phono (channels 1-2) and line/line (channels 3-4), gain control, 3-way equalizer with cut function • 1 DJ microphone channel with switchable automatic talkover and 1 guest microphone channel, both channels with gain control as well as 2-way tone control • 1 stereo effect way (send/return) • 2 master outputs, each with beat LED and 1 booth output

• 1 record output • LED level display, switchable between both master outputs • Crossfader with assignment switches for channels 1-4 and cut switch function to suppress high frequencies, midrange and bass frequencies • Adjustable headphone output • Fader start for the stereo inputs (channels 1-4) • Connection for gooseneck light GNL-404 or GNL-405

MPX-205/SW Order No. 20.2190

Stereo DJ mixer • 1 DJ mic, 4 stereo channels, switchable line/phono (1+2) and line/line (3+4) • Stereo effect send/return • 2 master outputs • Automatic talkover and on-air switch for DJ mic • LED level display, can be switched between the two master outputs and PFL

M12

• • • •

3-way equalizer with cut function for stereo channels 2-way tone control for DJ mic Gain control for each input Pre-fader listening (PFL) to the stereo inputs and outputs via adjustable headphone output • Crossfader with assignment switches • Connection for gooseneck light GNL-404 or GNL-405

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Model Sensitivities Mic input Phono input CD input Line input Effect return Master output Record output Monitor output Effect send Headphone output Frequency range THD S/N ratio Equalizer Bass Midrange, L Midrange, H Treble Talkover Gooseneck light Power supply Dimensions Weight

Model Sensitivities Mic input Phono input CD input Line input Effect return Master output Record output Monitor output Effect send Headphone output Frequency range THD S/N ratio Equalizer Bass Midrange, L Midrange, H Treble Talkover Gooseneck light Power supply Dimensions Weight

MPX-206/SW 1.5 mV 3 mV 150 mV 150 mV 135 mV 1 V/600 Ω 300 mV/600 Ω 1 V/600 Ω 300 mV/600 Ω ≥8Ω 20-20,000 Hz 0.05 % > 50 dB +15 dB, -30 dB/50 Hz +15 dB, -30 dB/1 kHz +15 dB, -30 dB/10 kHz -12 dB 12 V/5 W, 4-pole XLR 230 V~/50 Hz/14 VA 482x266x110 mm, 6 RS 6.5 kg

MPX-205/SW 1.5 mV 3 mV 150 mV 150 mV 135 mV 1 V/600 Ω 330 mV/600 Ω 300 mV/600 Ω 1.2 V/600 Ω ≥8Ω 20-20,000 Hz 0.05 % > 50 dB +15 dB, -30 dB/50 Hz +15 dB, -30 dB/1 kHz +15 dB, -30 dB/10 kHz -12 dB 12 V/5 W, 4-pole XLR 230 V~/50 Hz/14 VA 482x222x110 mm, 5 RS 4.3 kg

Audio Mixers I

DJ Mixers

MPX-40DMP Order No. 20.2710

Stereo DJ mixer with integrated MP3 player Mixer: • 4 stereo input channels, switchable 2 x line/phono, 1 x line/CD and 1 x line/USB (SD) • Input channels, each with gain control, 3-way equalizer and PFL push-button, with LED level display of the stereo master • 1 DJ microphone channel, adjustable, with 2-way tone control and manual talkover • Adjustable headphone output with pre-fader listening to the stereo input channels and the master output • Crossfader with assignment switches and switchable characteristic • Master output with stereo LED level display • Additional outputs booth and record

MP3 player with USB interface and SD/MMC card slot: • USB storage media can be connected directly (e.g. USB flash drive) • For SD/MMC cards up to 32 GB (FAT16/FAT 32), available at option • Supports ID3 tags • Pitch control: ±16 % • Loop/reloop function • Brake function and reverse function • Safe operation also in darkness due to high-quality rubber buttons with colour illumination • Blue backlit display

MIXERS

Model MPX-40DMP Sensitivities Mic input 4 mV 300 mV Line input Phono input 6 mV CD input 300 mV Master output 870 mV 800 mV Record output 950 mV Booth output Headphone output ≥8Ω Frequency range 20-20,000 Hz 0.04 % THD S/N ratio > 60 dB Equalizer Channels 1-4, bass +12 dB, -24 dB/30 Hz Channels 1-4, midrange +12 dB, -24 dB/1.2 kHz Channels 1-4, treble +12 dB, -24 dB/15 kHz ±12 dB/70 Hz DJ mic, bass DJ mic, treble ±12 dB/7 kHz Talkover -15 dB Power supply 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 482x190x115 mm Dimensions Weight 3.4 kg

Model Inputs Mic, mono Phono, stereo Line, stereo

MPX-80 Order No. 20.1880

8-channel stereo audio mixer, especially suitable for PA and DJ applications.

• 2 mono microphone channels, each with switchable gain control (+20 dB) and talkover • 6 stereo input channels, switchable phono/line (channels 3+4) or line/line (channels 5-8) • Gain control, channel fader and 3-way equalizer with centre click for each input channel

• 1 stereo master output, switchable mono/stereo • 1 stereo record output • 3-way equalizer with centre click for the master output and record output • Pre-fader listening to each stereo input channel and the master output via adjustable stereo headphone output • Stereo LED level display for master and PFL

Outputs Master, stereo Record, stereo Headphones, stereo Frequency range THD S/N ratio Equalizer Bass Midrange Treble Talkover Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

www.imgstageline.com

MPX-80 0.3-3 mV/3-30 mV 1.5-15 mV 50-500 mV (ch. 3/4) 100 mV-1 V (ch. 5-8) 7.5 V/600 Ω 7.5 V/600 Ω ≥8Ω 20-20,000 Hz 0.1 % 66 dB, unweighted ±10 dB/80 Hz ±10 dB/1 kHz ±10 dB/10 kHz -14 dB 230 V~/50 Hz/15 VA 0-40 °C 482x90x190 mm, 2 RS 3.8 kg

M13

MIXERS

Line Mixers I

Audio Mixer

ULM-164/SW Order No. 20.2240

Universal line mixer, 6 channels.

• 6 stereo inputs/mono inputs • 2 stereo outputs, independent of each other (master 1 via RCA and 6.3 mm jack), 1 mono output • 3-way equalizer • LED VU meter, switchable for both outputs

• • • • •

Clip LED for each channel Balance controls with centre click for the stereo input channels Extended muting function Adjustable headphone output 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS

MMX-602/SW Order No. 20.2230

Microphone line mixer, 6 channels.

• 6 stereo line inputs, 6 balanced mono microphone inputs, switchable • Adjustable automatic talkover (-12dB), switchable for channel 1 or channels 1+2 • Balance control for each stereo input channel • 3-way equalizer

• • • • • •

12 V phantom power can be switched on additionally LED VU meter, peak LED Master output and record output Output can be switched stereo/mono Adjustable headphone output 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS

MPX-622/SW Order No. 20.2210

6-channel stereo audio mixer, especially suitable for PA and DJ applications.

• 2 mono microphone channels with talkover switch and 2-way tone control • 4 stereo input channels, switchable phono/line (channels 1 and 2) or line/line (channels 3 and 4) • 1 stereo master output • 1 stereo record output, independent of the master

M14

• 3-way equalizer with centre click for the master output and record output • Pre-fader listening to each stereo input channel and the master output via adjustable stereo headphone output • Switchable crossfader for crossfading between channels 1-4, any assignment possible • Stereo LED level display

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Model Line input, stereo Line input, mono Master output, stereo Master output, mono Headphones, stereo Frequency range THD S/N ratio Equalizer, bass Equalizer, midrange Equalizer, treble Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Line input, stereo Line input, mono Master output, stereo Master output, mono Headphones

ULM-164/SW 150 mV/50 kΩ 150 mV/25 kΩ 1 V/600 Ω 2 V/600 Ω ≥8Ω 20-20,000 Hz 0.05 % 69 dB, unweighted ±12 dB/80 Hz ±12 dB/1 kHz ±12 dB/10 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA 0-40 °C 482x48x175 mm, 1 RS 2.3 kg 6 x RCA L/R 6 x 6.3 mm jack, unbal.

2 x RCA (1 x 6.3 mm) L/R 1 x 6.3 mm jack 1 x 6.3 mm jack

Model Line input, stereo Microphone input Master output, stereo Record output, stereo Headphones, stereo Frequency range THD S/N ratio Equalizer, bass Equalizer, midrange Equalizer, treble Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Line input, stereo Microphone input Master output, stereo Record output, stereo Headphones

MMX-602/SW 100 mV/10 kΩ 1 mV/6.6 kΩ 1 V/600 Ω 310 mV/600 Ω >8Ω 20-20,000 Hz 0.1 % 62 dB, unweighted ±12 dB/50 Hz ±12 dB/1 kHz ±12 dB/10 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/12 VA 0-40 °C 482x47x208 mm, 1 RS 2.8 kg 6 x RCA L/R 6 x XLR, bal.

1 x RCA L/R, 1 x XLR L/R, bal.

1 x RCA L/R 1 x 6.3 mm jack

Model Mic input Phono input CD input Line input Master output Record output Headphones Frequency range THD S/N ratio Equalizer, bass Equalizer, midrange Equalizer, treble Talkover Gooseneck light Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

MPX-622/SW 1 mV 3 mV 150 mV 150 mV 0.775 V/600 Ω 0.775 V/600 Ω ≥8Ω 20-20,000 Hz 0.1 % 65 dB ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/1 kHz ±10 dB/10 kHz -15 dB 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA 0-40 °C 482x89x95 mm, 2 RS 2.4 kg

DJ Mixers

MIXERS

MPX-300/SW Order No. 20.2040

Stereo DJ mixer 4 input channels (7 stereo ways, 1 DJ microphone way) • Gain control and 3-way equalizer with cut function for each input channel • Automatic talkover • Pre-fader listening (CUE) to the stereo input channels via adjustable headphone output • Replaceable crossfader for crossfading between 2 input channels • Especially easy-sliding high-quality faders • Stereo LED level display

MPX-300USB Order No. 20.2400

Stereo DJ mixer, with USB interface. Plug and mix!

Integrated USB audio interface (will be identified and addressed as an external sound card) • Compatible with USB 1.1 • 4 switchable input channels (2 x USB, 7 stereo inputs, 1 DJ microphone input) • 2 USB inputs/outputs for the reproduction of digital audio data from a PC as well as for recording mixings or external line/phono sources onto a PC • Full duplex USB ports (simultaneous recording and reproduction possible for each port) • Gain control and 3-way equalizer with cut function for each input channel • Automatic Model MPX-300/SW MPX-300USB Mic input 1.5 mV 1.5 mV talkover • Pre-fader listening (CUE) to 3 mV 3 mV Phono input the stereo input channels via CD input 150 mV 150 mV adjustable headphone output Line input 150 mV 150 mV • Replaceable crossfader for cross1 V/600 Ω 1 V/600 Ω Master output 0.5 V/600 Ω 0.5 V/600 Ω Record output fading between 2 input channels Headphones ≥8Ω ≥8Ω • Especially easy-sliding high-quality Frequency range 20-20,000 Hz 20-20,000 Hz faders • Stereo LED level display 0.1 % 0.1 % THD

ATTENTION Matching USB connection cable (A plug to B plug) is available at option, e.g. USB-203AB.

S/N ratio Equalizer, bass Equalizer, midrange Equalizer, treble Talkover Gooseneck light Power supply Admiss. amb. temp.

Dimensions Weight

61 dB, unweighted +12 dB, -26 dB/50 Hz +12 dB, -26 dB/1 kHz +12 dB, -26 dB/10 kHz -16 dB via suppl. plug-in PSU 0-40 °C 280x266x100 mm 2.9 kg

61 dB, unweighted +12 dB, -26 dB/50 Hz +12 dB, -26 dB/1 kHz +12 dB, -26 dB/10 kHz -16 dB via suppl. plug-in PSU 0-40 °C 280x266x100 mm 3.3 kg

ATTENTION Matching replacement crossfaders are available from the customer service department of MONACOR INTERNATIONAL.

Model Mic input Phono input CD input Line input Master output

MPX-44/SW Order No. 20.2420

6-channel stereo DJ mixer, with black brushed aluminium front panel.

• 6 input channels (4 stereo ways, 2 microphone ways) • Switchable stereo input channels: 2 x phono/line and 2 x line/line, with LED level display of the stereo master • Input channels, each with gain control and 3-way equalizer, stereo input channels with cut function • DJ mic with automatic talkover, PAD switch and on-air switch • Mic with PAD switch and on-air switch

• Switches illuminate blue when activated • Adjustable, crossfader-controlled headphone output with pre-fader listening (PFL) to the stereo input channels and mic • Replaceable crossfader with assignment switches • Especially easy-sliding high-quality faders • Master output with stereo LED level display • Additional outputs booth and zone • Connection for gooseneck light GNL-200, GNL-204 or GNL-205

MPX-44/SW 1.5 mV 3 mV 150 mV 150 mV 1 V/600 Ω (master, booth, zone) Record output 0.5 V/600 Ω Headphones ≥8Ω Frequency range 20-20,000 Hz THD 0.1 % S/N ratio 61 dB, unweighted Equalizer, bass +12 dB, -12 dB/50 Hz (mic) +15 dB, -30 dB/50 Hz (ch. 1-4) Equalizer, midrange +12 dB, -12 dB/1 kHz (mic) +15 dB, -30 dB/1 kHz (ch. 1-4) Equalizer, treble +12 dB, -12 dB/10 kHz (mic) +15 dB, -30 dB/10 kHz (ch. 1-4) Talkover -16 dB Gooseneck light 12 V/5 W, BNC Power supply 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA Admiss. amb. temp. 0-40 °C Dimensions 482x177x105 mm, 4 RS Weight 4 kg

www.imgstageline.com

M15

MIXERS

DJ Mixers

Has already impressed generations of DJs, however it is still state-of-the-art: our reliable MPX-1 in various designs.

MPX-1/SW

MPX-1/BK

MPX-1/GE

Order No. 20.2030

Order No. 20.2170

Order No. 20.2490

Stereo DJ mixers • 2 stereo input channels, each with gain control and 2-way equalizer, switchable phono/line • DJ microphone channel with talkover, manually selectable • Pre-fader listening (PFL) to the stereo input channels via adjustable headphone output • Replaceable crossfader for crossfading between the two input channels • Especially easy-sliding high-quality faders with additional guides • Stereo LED level display

Model Inputs Mic, mono Phono, stereo Line, stereo Outputs Master, stereo Record, stereo Headphones, stereo Frequency range THD S/N ratio Line Phono Mic Equalizer Bass Treble Talkover Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

MPX-1/SW I MPX-1/BK I MPX-1/GE 1.5 mV 3 mV 150 mV 1 V/600 Ω 0.5 V/600 Ω ≥8Ω 20-20,000 Hz 0.1 % 61 dB 56 dB 49 dB ±12 dB/50 Hz ±12 dB/10 kHz -16 dB via suppl. plug-in PSU 0-40 °C 164x218x77 mm 1.2 kg

ATTENTION Matching replacement crossfaders are available from the customer service department of MONACOR INTERNATIONAL.

M16

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Audio Mixer

MIXERS

MMX-1282USB Order No. 20.2660

10-channel audio mixer, with 12 inputs, DSP effect unit and USB interface. Plug and mix!

• Integrated USB audio interface (will be identified and addressed as an external sound card) • Full duplex USB port (simultaneous recording and reproduction possible) for the reproduction of digital audio data from a PC and for recording mixings onto a PC • 8 mono input channels, each with gain control, 3-way equalizer, low cut and pan pot • 2 stereo input channels, each with 3-way equalizer and balance control • DSP with 100 different effects, e.g. reverb, chorus, flanger, delay, pitch shifter and multi-effects • 2 subgroups • Adjustable stereo aux return inputs and FX send outputs • Control room function • Inserts for the mono input channels and master channels • Tape record/play connections • +48 V phantom power, can be switched centrally • Adjustable headphone output • Stereo LED level display • Connection for gooseneck light GNL-204 or GNL-205

Model Input sensitivity Mic, mono Line, mono Line, stereo Insert, mono Tape, stereo Aux, stereo Outputs Master, stereo L/R Control room, stereo Record, stereo Insert, mono Aux1, mono Aux2, mono Headphones, stereo Frequency range THD S/N ratio Crosstalk Equalizer Bass Midrange Treble Phantom power Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

MMX-1282USB 1 mV, bal.

9 mV, bal.

38 mV, bal.

100 mV (channel) 230 mV (master) 250 mV 60 mV, bal.

1.5 V, bal.

10 V 750 mV (also subgroups) 10 V 10 V ≥8Ω 20-20,000 Hz < 0.05 % 89 dB -63 dB ±15 dB/80 Hz ±15 dB/2.5 kHz ±15 dB/12 kHz +48 V 230 V~/50 Hz/45 VA 0-40 °C 400x115x350 mm 4.6 kg

www.imgstageline.com

M17

MIXERS

Audio Mixers

MMX-842USB

MMX-1244

Order No. 20.2650

Order No. 20.2640

6-channel audio mixer, with 8 inputs, DSP effect unit and USB interface. Plug and mix!

• Integrated USB audio interface (will be identified and addressed as an external sound card) • Full duplex USB port (simultaneous recording and reproduction possible) for the reproduction of digital audio data from a PC and for recording mixings onto a PC • 4 mono input channels, each with gain control, 3-way equalizer, low cut and pan pot • 2 stereo input channels, each with 3-way equalizer and balance control • DSP with 100 different effects, e.g. reverb, chorus, flanger, delay, pitch shifter and multi-effects • 2 subgroups • Adjustable stereo aux return inputs and FX send outputs • Control room function • Inserts for the mono input channels • Tape record/play connections • +48 V phantom power, can be switched centrally • Adjustable headphone output • Stereo LED level display • Connection for gooseneck light GNL-204 or GNL-205

M18

Model Input sensitivity Mic, mono Line, mono Line, stereo Insert, mono Tape, stereo Aux, stereo Outputs Master, stereo L/R Control room, stereo Record, stereo Insert, mono Aux1, mono Aux2, mono Headphones, stereo Frequency range THD S/N ratio Crosstalk Equalizer Bass Midrange Treble Phantom power Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

MMX-842USB 1 mV, bal.

9 mV, bal.

38 mV, bal.

100 mV 250 mV 60 mV, bal.

1.5 V, bal.

10 V 750 mV (also subgroups) 10 V 10 V ≥8Ω 20-20,000 Hz < 0.05 % 89 dB -63 dB

8-channel audio mixer, with 12 inputs.

• 4 mono input channels, each with gain control, 3-way equalizer, low cut and pan pot • 4 stereo input channels, each with balance control • Adjustable FX send output • Control room function • Inserts for the mono input channels • Tape record/play connections • +48 V phantom power, can be switched centrally • Adjustable headphone output • Stereo LED level display • Power supply via supplied PSU

±15 dB/80 Hz ±15 dB/2.5 kHz ±15 dB/12 kHz +48 V 230 V~/50 Hz/40 VA 0-40 °C 295x115x350 mm 3.8 kg

tastenwelt 02/2012 "The plastic housings are of neat workmanship … the MMX-842USB is a good choice … the STA-225 features all standard protective circuits, even a clip limiter can be switched on additionally. A display shows useful information on the operation. The system tested provided a really appealing sound: a nice deep bass reproduction and a clear midrange of the 12" speakers and a full and clear reproduction of the high frequencies, too. With the support of a subwoofer, the volume which can be achieved is already sufficient to show a great performance at smaller to mediumsized events. Neither the active bass speaker nor the passive top parts provide an unpleasant or even overstrained sound."

(PA setup of PAB-112MK2, PSUB-115AK, STA-225, MMX-842USB)

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Model Input sensitivity Mic, mono Line, mono Line, stereo Insert, mono Tape, stereo Aux, stereo Outputs Master, stereo L/R Control room, stereo Record, stereo Insert, mono Aux1, mono Aux2, mono Headphones, stereo Frequency range THD S/N ratio Crosstalk Equalizer Bass Midrange Treble Phantom power Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

MMX-1244 0.5 mV, bal.

60 mV, bal.

140 mV 400 mV 800 mV 3V 800 mV 10 V (FX send) ≥8Ω 20-20,000 Hz < 0.04 % 91 dB -67 dB ±15 dB/80 Hz ±15 dB/2.5 kHz ±15 dB/12 kHz +48 V via suppl. PSU 0-40 °C 245x50x225 mm 1.9 kg

Audio Mixers

MMX-842

MMX-1024

Order No. 20.2630

Order No. 20.2620

6-channel audio mixer, with 8 inputs.

• 4 mono input channels, each with gain control, 3-way equalizer and pan pot • 2 stereo input channels, each with 3-way equalizer and balance control • Adjustable stereo aux return input • Control room function • Inserts for the mono input channels • Tape record/play connections • +48 V phantom power, can be switched centrally • Adjustable headphone output • Stereo LED level display • Power supply via supplied PSU

Model Input sensitivity Mic, mono Line, mono Line, stereo Insert, mono Tape, stereo Aux, stereo Outputs Master, stereo L/R Control room, stereo Record, stereo Insert, mono Aux1, mono Aux2, mono Headphones, stereo Frequency range THD S/N ratio Crosstalk Equalizer Bass Midrange Treble Phantom power Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

MMX-842 0.5 mV, bal.

60 mV, bal.

50 mV 160 mV 30 mV 800 mV 3V 800 mV 1.6 V (FX send) ≥8Ω 20-20,000 Hz < 0.04 % 85 dB -63 dB ±15 dB/80 Hz ±15 dB/2.5 kHz ±15 dB/12 kHz +48 V via suppl. PSU 0-40 °C 245x50x225 mm 2 kg

6-channel audio mixer, with 10 inputs.

• 2 mono input channels, each with gain control, 3-way equalizer, low cut and pan pot • 4 stereo input channels, each with balance control • Adjustable FX send output • Control room function • Inserts for the mono input channels • Tape record/play connections • +48 V phantom power, can be switched centrally • Adjustable headphone output • Stereo LED level display • Power supply via supplied PSU

MIXERS

Model Input sensitivity Mic, mono Line, mono Line, stereo Insert, mono Tape, stereo Aux, stereo Outputs Master, stereo L/R Control room, stereo Record, stereo Insert, mono Aux1, mono Aux2, mono Headphones, stereo Frequency range THD S/N ratio Crosstalk Equalizer Bass Midrange Treble Phantom power Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

www.imgstageline.com

MMX-1024 0.5 mV, bal.

60 mV, bal.

140 mV 400 mV 800 mV 3V 800 mV 10 V (FX send) ≥8Ω 20-20,000 Hz < 0.04 % 94 dB -63 dB ±15 dB/80 Hz ±15 dB/2.5 kHz ±15 dB/12 kHz +48 V via suppl. PSU 0-40 °C 190x50x225 mm 1.6 kg

M19

MIXERS

Miniature Audio Mixers

Compact Mixers for a Clear and Genuine Sound.

The new miniature mixers from IMG Stage Line are compact tools for most versatile applications, their strength soon to become indispensable for you as a user.

You want to record speech, vocals and music onto a PC? Our mini mixers with phantom power are the direct and reliable solution for a well-balanced sound. They allow for a simple and convenient operation. At presentations or music events, the compact mixers

are also ideally suited for mixing reproductions of digital audio data from a PC. Musicians also value the ability to use these units for general applications, e.g. as a microphone mixer or for monitoring purposes. The matching electret microphone ECM-140 and the stereo headphones MD-4600 are an ideal addition to the miniature mixers from IMG Stage Line.

Beat 01/2012 Editor’s Recommendation "A wonderful little helper for everyone ... provided a pleasant and neutral sound of low noise during the practical test."

MMX-3USB

MMX-2USB

Order No. 20.2750

Order No. 20.2700

4-channel miniature audio mixer, with 6 inputs, DSP effect unit and USB interface.

• Integrated USB audio interface (will be identified and addressed as an external sound card) • Full duplex USB port (simultaneous recording and reproduction possible) for the reproduction of digital audio data from a PC and for recording mixings onto a PC • 2 mono input channels, each with gain control, 2-way equalizer and pan pot, peak LED, switchable mic/line or instrument • 2 stereo input channels, each with level control, 2-way equalizer and balance control • DSP with 16 different effects • Tape recrod/play connections • 6.3 mm stereo output (master)

• Adjustable monitor/headphone output • +48 V phantom power, can be switched on additionally • Stereo LED level display • Robust metal housing of compact size Model General Information Sensitivity Mic Line

Tape Outputs Master, stereo L/R Monitor Frequency range THD S/N ratio Equalizer Bass Treble Phantom power Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs

Outputs

M20

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

2-channel miniature audio mixer, with 4 inputs and USB interface.

• Integrated USB audio interface (will be identified and addressed as an external sound card)

MMX-3USB

MMX-2USB

1 mV 5 mV (channels 1+2) 360 mV (channel 3) 600 mV (channel 4) 100 mV

1 mV 400 mV

100 mV

6.5 V max.

6.5 V max.

20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % 89 dB, weighted

5.8 V max.

5 V max.

20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % 89 dB, weighted

±15 dB/80 Hz ±15 dB/12 kHz +48 V via suppl.

PSU 0-40 °C 185x47x195 mm 1.1 kg 2 x combo (6.3 mm jack/XLR, mic) 1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R, line in 1 x RCA L/R, line in 1 x RCA L/R, tape in 1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R, main out 1 x 6.3 mm jack, monitor

±15 dB/80 Hz ±15 dB/12 kHz +18 V 3.7 V rech. Li-ion battery or 5 V‡/500 mA via USB interface 0-40 °C 98x45x135 mm 480 g 1 x combo (6.3 mm jack/XLR, mic) 1 x RCA L/R, line in 1 x RCA L/R, tape in 1 x 3.5 mm jack, main out 1 x 3.5 mm jack, monitor

Xound 06/2011 "A compact and practical unit available at an attractive price. Robust workmanship ... provides an absolutely reasonable sound quality in this price class."

• Full duplex USB port (simultaneous recording and reproduction possible) for the reproduction of digital audio data from a PC and for recording mixings onto a PC • Mobile operation also possible without PC due to rechargeable Li-ion battery • 1 mono microphone input channel with gain control, 2-way equalizer and balance control, peak LED • 1 stereo input channel with level control, 2-way equalizer and balance control • 1 stereo tape input • 1 stereo tape output • 1 x 3.5 mm stereo output (master) • Adjustable monitor/headphone output • +18 V phantom power, permanent • Clip LED • Robust metal housing of compact size • Power supply via integrated rechargeable Li-ion battery, USB interface or optional PSU with USB port

Audio Mixer

MIXERS

Very good workmanship and thus undoubtedly strong – our audio mixers are definitely reliable units! Everyone knows, it is the overall appearance that counts.

MMX-142 Order No. 20.1900

12-channel audio mixer, with 14 inputs.

• 10 mono input channels, each with gain control, 4-way equalizer with semiparametric midrange and pan pot • 2 stereo input channels with switchable gain control (+4 dB/-10 dB), 2-way equalizer and balance controls • Individual channel strips • 2 adjustable aux outputs (pre/post), PFL to each input channel • Master insert • Adjustable stereo aux input • Tape record/play connections • +48 V phantom power, can be switched centrally • Adjustable headphone output • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets

Model Input sensitivity Mic, mono Line, mono Line, stereo Master insert Tape Aux, stereo Outputs Master, stereo L/R Record, stereo Master insert Aux1 Aux2 Headphones, stereo Frequency range THD S/N ratio Crosstalk Equalizer Bass Midrange Treble Phantom power Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

MMX-142 0.2 mV, bal.

2 mV, bal.

54 mV, bal.

330 mV, unbal.

250 mV, unbal.

110 mV, bal.

1.23 V/75 Ω, bal.

300 mV/600 Ω, unbal.

330 mV/1 Ω, unbal.

3.2 V/100 Ω, unbal.

1.2 V/100 Ω, unbal.

33 Ω 10-50,000 Hz < 0.1 % 84 dB, weighted -81 dB, weighted ±15 dB/60 Hz (mono channels) ±15 dB/45 Hz (stereo channels) ±15 dB/350-6,000 Hz (mono channels) ±15 dB/12 kHz +48 V 230 V~/50 Hz/25 VA 0-40 °C 465x87x315 mm 5.9 kg

www.imgstageline.com

M21

POWERED MIXERS 2 x 600 WMAX 2 x 400 WRMS

2 x 375 WMAX 2 x 250 WRMS

PMX-1282USB Order No. 20.2680

Powered mixer, 2 x 400 WRMS/ 2 x 600W MAX/4 Ω, with DSP effect unit and USB interface.

• Audio mixer and audio amplifier in one metal housing • Integrated USB audio interface (will be identified and addressed as an external sound card) • Full duplex USB port (simultaneous recording and reproduction possible) for the reproduction of digital audio data from a PC and for recording mixings onto a PC • 8 mono input channels, each with gain control, 3-way equalizer, low cut and pan pot • 2 stereo input channels, each with 3-way equalizer and balance control

• DSP with 100 different effects, e.g. reverb, chorus, flanger, delay, pitch shifter and multi-effects • 2 subgroups • Adjustable stereo aux return inputs and FX send outputs • Control room function • Inserts for the mono input channels and master channels • Tape record/play connections • +48 V phantom power, can be switched centrally • Adjustable headphone output • Stereo LED level display • Connection for gooseneck light GNL-204 or GNL-205

PMX-842USB Order No. 20.2670

Powered mixer, 2 x 250 WRMS/ 2 x 375 WMAX/4 Ω, with DSP effect unit and USB interface.

• Audio mixer and audio amplifier in one metal housing • Integrated USB audio interface (will be identified and addressed as an external sound card) • Full duplex USB port (simultaneous recording and reproduction possible) for the reproduction of digital audio data from a PC and for recording mixings onto a PC • 4 mono input channels, each with gain control, 3-way equalizer, low cut and pan pot • 2 stereo input channels, each with 3-way equalizer and balance control

M22

• DSP with 100 different effects, e.g. reverb, chorus, flanger, delay, pitch shifter and multi-effects • 2 subgroups • Adjustable stereo aux return inputs and FX send outputs • Control room function • Inserts for the mono input channels • Tape record/play connections • +48 V phantom power, can be switched centrally • Adjustable headphone output • Stereo LED level display • Connection for gooseneck light GNL-204 or GNL-205

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

tastenwelt 01/2013 "A powerful set for the stage - suitable for onthe-road applications. Impressive sound and features."

(Test setup: 2 x PAB-215MK2 & PMX-1282USB)

Model Mixer module Input sensitivity Mic, mono Line, mono Line, stereo Insert, mono Tape, stereo Aux, stereo Outputs Master, stereo L/R Control room, stereo Record, stereo Insert, mono Aux1, mono Aux2, mono Headphones, stereo Equalizer Bass Midrange Treble Phantom power Amplifier module RMS output power Frequency range S/N ratio THD Crosstalk General Information Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

PMX-1282USB

PMX-842USB

1 mV, bal.

9 mV, bal.

38 mV, bal.

100 mV (channel), 230 mV (master) 250 mV 60 mV, bal.

1 mV, bal.

9 mV, bal.

38 mV, bal.

100 mV 250 mV 60 mV, bal.

1.5 V, bal.

10 V 750 mV (also subgroups)

1.5 V, bal.

10 V 750 mV (also subgroups)

10 V 10 V ≥8Ω

10 V 10 V ≥8Ω

±15 dB/80 Hz ±15 dB/2.5 kHz ±15 dB/12 kHz +48 V

±15 dB/80 Hz ±15 dB/2.5 kHz ±15 dB/12 kHz +48 V

2 x 400 WRMS/4 Ω 2 x 300 WRMS/8 Ω 20-20,000 Hz 89 dB < 0.04 % -63 dB

2 x 250 WRMS/4 Ω 2 x 200 WRMS/8 Ω 20-20,000 Hz 89 dB < 0.04 % -63 dB

230 V~/50 Hz/1,675 VA 0-40 °C 400x195x350 mm 14 kg

230 V~/50 Hz/1,300 VA 0-40 °C 295x145x350 mm 11.5 kg

POWERED MIXERS 240 WMAX 160 WRMS

PMX-162 Order No. 20.2560

Powered mixer, 160 WRMS/240 WMAX/4 Ω • Audio mixer and audio amplifier built into a wooden housing with black plastic coating • 4 mono input channels, each with gain control, 2-way tone control and effect control • 2 stereo input channels, each with gain control, 2-way tone control and effect control • Integrated USB MP3 player with LCD • Adjustable digital reverb • Adjustable effect way • Tape record and CD/tape play connections • 15 V phantom power, can be switched centrally • 5-band graphic equalizer • LED level display

240 WMAX 160 WRMS

PMX-160 Order No. 20.2550

Powered mixer, 160 WRMS/240 WMAX/4 Ω • Audio mixer and audio amplifier built into a wooden housing with black plastic coating • 4 mono input channels, each with gain control, 2-way tone control and effect control • 2 stereo input channels, each with gain control, 2-way tone control and effect control • Adjustable digital reverb • Adjustable effect way • Tape record and CD/tape play connections • 15 V phantom power, can be switched centrally • 5-band graphic equalizer • LED level display

Model RMS output power Frequency range Input sensitivity

Outputs S/N ratio THD Equalizer Bass Treble Graphic equalizer Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

PMX-162 160 WRMS/4 Ω 110 WRMS/8 Ω 20-20,000 Hz 1.5 mV (mic) 50 mV (line) 240 mV (tape) 1 V (effect return) 540 mV (tape rec.)

1 V (effect send) 77 dB 0.1 %

PMX-160 160 WRMS/4 Ω 110 WRMS/8 Ω 20-20,000 Hz 1.5 mV (mic) 50 mV (line) 240 mV (tape) 1 V (effect return) 540 mV (tape rec.)

1 V (effect send) 77 dB 0.1 %

±15 dB/60 Hz ±15 dB/15 kHz ±12 dB, 60/250/800Hz/2/8 kHz 230V~/50 Hz/370 VA 0-40 °C 440x200x305 mm 10.6 kg

±15 dB/60 Hz ±15 dB/15 kHz ±12 dB, 60/250/800Hz/2/8 kHz 230V~/50 Hz/370 VA 0-40 °C 440x200x305 mm 10.6 kg

www.imgstageline.com

M23

PRE-AMPLIFIERS

Microphone Preamplifiers

MPA-102

MPA-202

MPR-1

Order No. 32.0650

Order No. 32.0710

Order No. 21.2010

1-channel low-noise microphone preamplifier, for mains operation or battery operation.

• 1 microphone input, XLR, bal.

• Gain, 11 steps 20-70 dB • LED green/red for operation/peak • Phantom power +24 V, can be switched on additionally • Switchable microphone phase • Lo cut 100 Hz, hi cut 12 kHz, 12 dB/oct., switchable • 1 pre-amplifier output • 1 stereo line input • 1 stereo line output • Level control and panorama control for mixing the microphone signal to the stereo line channel

2-channel low-noise microphone preamplifier • 2 microphone inputs, XLR, bal.

• Gain, 11 steps 20-70 dB • 2 level controls ±5 dB • LED green/red for operation/peak • Phantom power +12 V, can be switched on additionally • Microphone phase can be switched for each channel • Lo cut 15-240 Hz, continuously adjustable • Subsonic filter 15 Hz, 18 dB/oct.

• 2 line outputs, XLR bal.

• 2 line outputs, RCA unbal.

1-channel microphone preamplifier, with switchable phantom power.

• 1 microphone input, XLR, bal. or 6.3 mm jack, unbal.

• Adjustable gain, up to a max. of 50 dB (bal.) or 44 dB (unbal.)

• Clip LED • 30 V phantom power, can be switched on additionally

tools4music 02/2011 "A high-quality preamplifier."

Model Frequency range Input sensitivity Input impedance Mic Stereo line Outputs Line, bal.

Stereo line Stereo master Filter, low cut Filter, high cut Filter, subsonic Gain, mic Gain, stereo line S/N ratio, mic S/N ratio, line THD Power supply Dimensions

M24

MPA-102 20-20,000 Hz 0.3-150 mV, switchable

MPA-202 20-20,000 Hz 0.16-150 mV, switchable

Model General Information Frequency range Input sensitivity

2.2 kΩ 10 kΩ

4.4 kΩ bal., 2.2 kΩ unbal.

-

1 V/100 Ω, 12 V max.

1 V/100 Ω, 6 V max.

100 Hz/-3 dB, 12 dB/oct.

12 kHz/-3 dB, 12 dB/oct.

1 V/100 Ω, 14 V max.

1 V/600 Ω, 7 V max.

Input impedance Output voltage Gain S/N ratio THD Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply

20-70 dB 0 dB > 66 dB (unweighted) 80 dB (unweighted) < 0.01 % via supplied plug-in PSU; alternatively 4 x 9 V battery 116x55x125 mm

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

15-240 Hz, 6 dB/oct.

15 Hz, 18 dB/oct.

15-75 dB > 68 dB (unweighted) > 87 dB (weighted) < 0.01 % via supplied plug-in PSU 116x55x135 mm

Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Inputs Outputs

MPR-1 10-30,000 Hz 3.5 mV (bal.)/16 mV (unbal.), XLR/jack 10 kΩ 1V 50 dB (bal.)/44 dB (unbal.)

58 dB 0.1 % 0-40 °C via suppl. plug-in PSU 113x92x40 mm 345 g 1 x XLR 1 x 6.3 mm jack 1 x XLR 1 x 6.3 mm jack

Audio Tools

HELPFUL TOOLS

FGA-202

FGA-102

MC-31

Order No. 25.1660

Order No. 25.1650

Order No. 25.1690

Professional 2-channel line transformer, for reducing signal interference and hum loops.

• 2 inputs via balanced comb. XLR/6.3 mm jacks (600 Ω) • 2 galvanically isolated XLR outputs (600 Ω) with ground lift switch • Frequency range: 20-20,000 Hz • Robust metal housing with very good shielding qualities, suitable for stage applications • Dimensions: 125x55x75 mm • Weight: 650 g

Professional stereo line transformer, for reducing signal interference and hum loops which may occur, e.g. when connecting PC sound cards to hi-fi systems or mixers.

• Galvanically isolated inputs and outputs • Gold-plated RCA connections (600 Ω) • Frequency range: 20-20,000 Hz • Robust metal housing with very good shielding qualities, suitable for stage applications • Dimensions: 125x55x75 mm • Weight: 650 g

3-way microphone combiner, (3 inputs/1 output), for connecting 3 microphones to e.g. one microphone input of a mixer.

• Balanced XLR connections (200 Ω) • Frequency range: 20-20,000 Hz • Also suitable for microphones with phantom power • Robust metal housing with very good shielding qualities, suitable for stage applications • Dimensions: 125x55x75 mm • Weight: 570 g

LC-31

LSP-102

MPS-1

Order No. 25.1670

Order No. 25.1680

Order No. 24.3790

2-channel 2-way line combiner, (4 inputs/2 outputs), e.g. for connecting 2 mixers to one amplifier.

• 1 galvanically isolated, balanced XLR input (600 Ω) with ground lift switch for each channel • 1 balanced XLR direct input for each channel • 1 balanced XLR output (600 Ω) for each channel • Frequency range: 20-20,000 Hz • Robust metal housing with very good shielding qualities, suitable for stage applications • Dimensions: 160x55x85 mm • Weight: 780 g

2-channel 3-way line splitter, (2 inputs/6 outputs), e.g. for connecting one mixer to several amplifiers.

• 1 balanced XLR input (600 Ω) for each channel • 2 galvanically isolated, balanced XLR outputs (600 Ω) with ground lift switch for each channel • 1 balanced XLR direct output for each channel • Frequency range: 20-20,000 Hz • Robust metal housing with very good shielding qualities, suitable for stage applications • Dimensions: 160x55x105 mm • Weight: 980 g

Microphone splitter, for distributing one input signal to two outputs, e.g. monitor mixer and main mixer. The splitter features a galvanically isolated output with ground lift switch and a feed-through output. Due to the galvanic isolation of the audio signal ways, hum loops are suppressed. XLR connections (600 Ω) for input and output. Frequency range: 35-30,000 Hz, dimensions: 100x80x40 mm, weight: 310 g.

SOUNDCHECK 07/2007 on the FGA-102, FGA-202, LC-31, MC-31 and LSP-102: "Every musician or sound engineer should have these little helpers in their toolbox. They impress by their unobtrusiveness. Both the robust metal housing and the functionality of these transformers allow to solve many problems on stage or in the studio at a reasonable price."

www.imgstageline.com

M25

SOUND TOOLS

Line Splitters I

Compressor/Limiter

Our professional tools assist to easily and reliably achieve your aim: the perfect sound.

Model Line input, mono Microphone/line input

LMS-808 Order No. 20.2160

Microphone line mixer/line splitter • Multifunctional unit with three selectable operating modes: - Mixer operation for mixing up to 8 mono input signals (6 x line/mic and 2 x line) to 1 stereo output - Line splitter operation for splitting 2 mono line inputs to 6 mono outputs - Level matching amplifier operation for amplifying up to 6 input signals

• 6 mono input channels, each with switchable 12 V phantom power, pan control, signal/clip LED and individual selection of the operating mode • 2 mono line input channels, each with level control and signal/clip LED

LS-280/SW Order No. 20.2220

8-way line splitter • 2 separate inputs • Selectable operating modes: - 1. input A to 4 outputs,

- input B to 4 outputs - 2. input A to 8 outputs • XLR connection and gain control for each input and output • Signal and peak indication for the inputs via dual LEDs

MCL-204 Order No. 25.2170

2-channel compressor/limiter, with noise gate and side chain input.

For protecting vocal microphones or dynamically played instruments against overload, for equalizing level fluctuations, for emphasising a signal and for transferring analogue recordings onto digital sound carriers (volume maximisation due to dynamic compression).

For each channel: • 8-step LED level display, switchable to input signal or output signal • 12-step LED attenuation display • LED indicators for a perfect adjustment of the threshold values for expander/gate, compressor and limiter • Servo-balanced inputs and outputs

M26

• • • •

Bypass switch (hard bypass) Switch for hard or soft compression (soft knee) Threshold control and rate control for expander/gate Threshold, ratio, attack, release and output level controls for compressor • Automatic mode attack/release for compressor • Side chain mode for controlling the compressor via an additional external audio signal, with monitor function and low cut filter, can be switched on additionally • Threshold control for limiter • Selector switch +4 dBu/-10 dBv for internal level adjustments Parallel control of both channels possible via one operating panel (link/stereo mode)

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Line output, stereo Line output, mono Frequency range THD S/N ratio Crosstalk Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Line input, mono Microphone/line input Line output, stereo Line output, mono

LMS-808 250 mV/30 kΩ 1 mV/6.6 kΩ (mic), 100 mV/40 kΩ (line) 1 V/200 Ω 1 V/200 Ω 10-30,000 Hz 0.02 % 81 dB, weighted -63 dB 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA 0-40 °C 482x48x200 mm, 1 RS 2.9 kg 2 x XLR, bal.

6 x XLR, bal.

1 x XLR L/R, bal.

6 x XLR, bal.

Model Line inputs, mono Line outputs, mono Frequency range THD S/N ratio Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

LS-280/SW 100 mV/15 kΩ 1 V/100 Ω 20-20,000 Hz < 0.03 % 70 dB, unweighted 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA 0-40 °C 482x48x205 mm, 1 RS 2.3 kg

Model Frequency range Max. input level

MCL-204 20-20,000 Hz, -0.5 dB 8.7V 12.3V (side chain) 8.7 V 60 Ω bal., 30 Ω unbal. > 90 dB > 100 dB 1:1.2 to 1:8 1:1 to ∆:1 < 0.05 % 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 482x44x220mm, 1 RS 3 kg

Max. output voltage Output impedance S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation Gate ratio Compression THD Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions Weight

Graphic Equalizer

I

Crossover Networks

SOUND TOOLS

Model Frequency range Control range Control frequencies

MEQ-115/SW Order No. 24.4350

Graphic equalizer • 2-channel version, 2 x 15 frequency controls in 2/3 octave steps • Switchable control range ±6/±12 dB • Peak LED

• • • • •

Switchable low cut filter Total volume control Bypass switch and ground lift switch Frequency controls with centre click Inputs and outputs each via 2 x XLR and 2 x 6.3 mm jack

MEQ-115/SW 20-20,000 Hz switchable ±6/±12 dB 2 x 25/40/63/100/160/ 250/400/630 Hz/ 1/1.6/2.5/4/6.3/10/16 kHz 20 Hz/-3 dB 0.775 V/50 kΩ 0.775 V/600 Ω 66 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/6 VA 0-40 °C 482x44.5x165 mm, 1 RS 2.5 kg

Low cut Inputs Outputs S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

Model Frequency range Crossover frequency

MCX-321/SW Order No. 24.4340

Electronic stereo crossover network • 3-way or 2-way operation • Additional subwoofer output • Adjustable crossover frequencies • Adjustable input sensitivity, centre click, level control and peak LED

• Output level can be adjusted individually for each frequency range • Switchable phase • Each output can be muted individually • Limit frequency for subwoofer range can be switched 80/120 Hz • Ground lift switch

MCX-200/SW Order No. 24.4170

Electronic stereo crossover network • Subwoofer operation/satellite operation • Additional mono subwoofer output • Output level can be adjusted individually for each frequency range

• • • •

Switchable phase for subwoofer output Adjustable crossover frequency Ground lift switch All connections via 6.3 mm jacks, unbal.

MCX-321/SW 10-30,000 Hz, -0.5 dB 70 Hz-1 kHz, 12 dB/oct., 910 Hz-8 kHz, 12 dB/oct., subwoofer 80/120 Hz, 4 dB/oct.

High-pass filter THD Inputs Outputs S/N ratio Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

< 0.1 % 1V/20 kΩ 1V/600 Ω, 7 V max.

80 dB 230 V~/50 Hz/11 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x150 mm, 1 RS 2.7 kg

Model Frequency range Crossover frequency High-pass filter THD Inputs Outputs S/N ratio Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

MCX-200/SW 10-30,000 Hz, -0.5 dB 60-500 Hz, 12 dB/oct.

15 Hz, 12 dB/oct. < 0.03 % 6 V max./56 kΩ 6 V max./100 Ω (±10 dB) > 80 dB 230 V~/50 Hz/5 VA 0-40 °C 482x44.5x185 mm, 1 RS 2 kg

www.imgstageline.com

M27

MULTI-EFFECT UNITS

Equalizer

The DEQ-230 is a professional digital parametric/graphic 2 x 30 band stereo equalizer with high-quality DSP processors and digital converters. The variable Q factor of the filters in each equalizer allows for a very fine adjustment and thus a matching to existing acoustic conditions.

I

Multi-effect Unit

Additionally, the DEQ-230 also features: delay, RMS compressor and high-pass/low-pass filters.

Each feature and adjustment can be edited and stored in individual presets directly at the unit or via the graphical user interface at the PC or via the USB interface or RS-485 interface.

DEQ-230 Order No. 25.4500

Digital parametric/graphic 2 x 30 band stereo equalizer • 2 inputs and 2 outputs (XLR, balanced) • S/PDIF digital input stereo • Dynamic range: > 110 dB • Free routing of the inputs to the outputs • Graphical user interface, PC editing software • 24 user presets can be stored • Remote control via USB, RS-485. With the optional USB/RS-485 converter DA-70157, it is possible to connect a PC or notebook with USB interface to the serial RS-485 interface and to address and configure several units connected to each other • Dot matrix display with 2 x 20 characters

• VU meter with 7 LEDs for each channel, optionally for level display or limiter • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS Input (data for each channel): • Gain control Output (data for each channel): • 30 equalizers in each output with high-shelf, low-shelf and Bell filters • 1/24 octave steps • Gain filter: ±15 dB each • Variable Q factor of the filters: 0.05 to 3 in 0.05 steps • RMS limiter, threshold: 20 dBu to -10 dBu, release time: 0.01-3 sec., attack time: 5-200 ms • Delay to be switched between time (ms) and distance (m):

849 ms max. in steps of 22 µsec. or 288 m max. in steps of 6.8 mm • High-pass filter and low-pass filter to 24 dB/oct. according to Butterworth, Linkwitz-Riley or Bessel • Selectable phase (180°) • Gain control SOUNDCHECK 03/2013 "The DEQ-230 from IMG Stage Line is a versatile digital equalizer with many additional useful features. It provides a reliable operation! … not the slightest background noise and the unit itself barely heats up, even after hours of operation. Delay and compressor/limiter operate as desired. A special highlight is the very attractive price-performance ratio. The

Model General information Frequency range S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Outputs Mic/line Other features

DEQ-230 20-20,000 Hz > 110 dB < 0.005 % 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x230 mm,1 RS 2.9 kg 2 x XLR, bal.

1 x S/PDIF, stereo 2 x XLR, bal.

USB, RS-485

unit does not only provide a wide range of features, it is also of an excellent workmanship.

The signal which has been converted to 24 bits/48 kHz for the DSP is of an excellent quality, thus ensuring a great sound." + High-quality workmanship + Practical features + Fully parametric EQ bands + Each parameter to be controlled via software

More effects - our multi effect units really bring your sound to life.

MFX-204 Order No. 25.2650

Programmable multi-effect unit, with USB interface.

• 16 DSP effects like various reverbs and delays, gate, chorus, flanger, phaser, tremolo, rotary, pitch shifter • Extensive editing facilities of the parameters • 8 user presets can be stored for each effect • Programming of the effects is done directly at the unit or conveniently via

SOUNDCHECK 04/2011 "Presets of neat workmanship ... these effects provide a clear, noiseless and natural sound."

M28

• • • • •

supplied software for the adjustment (in real time) and administration of effect parameters Backlit 2 x 20 dot matrix display Optionally mono or stereo operation possible Adjustable input level and output level Direct level and effect level can be adjusted separately Switchable input signal: microphone or line

• Balanced XLR and 6.3 mm inputs and outputs • USB A connection • MIDI input and output • Connection facility for optional foot pedals (6.3 mm jack) • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS

tastenwelt 02/2011 "The MFX-204 proves to be a real multi-purpose unit. A perfect solution. The presets have been clearly programmed and allow for a consistently perfect sound. Particularly the reverb programmes do call for attention, they provide a natural and authentic sound. The different delays deserve extra praise." + Extensive selection of well-programmed presets + MIDI interface and USB interface + Intuitive user software

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Model General information Frequency range Inputs Outputs S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Foot pedal Outputs Mic/line Other features

MFX-204 20-20,000 Hz 4.4 V max.

9.2 V max.

100 dB < 0.02 % 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x190 mm 3.2 kg 1 x XLR L/R, bal.

1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R, bal.

1 x 6.3 mm jack (FX bypass) 1 x 6.3 mm jack (tap) 1 x XLR L/R, bal.

1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R, bal.

MIDI in/out (2 x 5-pole DIN) USB A jack

tools4music 01/2011 "Congratulations! The impressive concept provides exceptionally good sound effects, a convenient operation and robust workmanship.

The manufacturer was able to achieve a perfect balance of a clearly arranged display and a great operating convenience. It is a practiceoriented solution for users who are sound technicians as well as musicians."

Multi-effect Units I

Feedback Controller

MULTI-EFFECT UNITS

MFX-104 Order No. 25.2640

Multi-effect unit • 16 DSP effects like various reverbs and delays, gate, chorus, flanger, phaser, tremolo, rotary, pitch shifter, with variation possibilities • Optionally mono or stereo operation possible • Adjustable input level and output level • Direct level and effect level can be adjusted separately

• Switchable input signal: microphone or line • LED for VU meter with clip indication • Balanced XLR and 6.3 mm inputs and outputs • Connection facility for optional foot pedals (6.3 mm jack) • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS

Beat 12/2011 "Robust design and easy to use ... ... during live applications, it impresses by dedicated parameters. The effect selection and processing may not provide any special features, but all the standard features are reliable and of a consistently high quality."

MFE-212 Order No. 25.4520

Stereo DSP feedback controller • Prevents acoustic feedback appearing in PA systems • 12 steep-edged precision notch filters for each stereo channel • Editable filter parameters (supplied with software) • 4 factory presets, 16 user presets

• Mono operation or 2-channel operation possible • AD/DA resolution: 24 bits • 45 dB attenuation (with gradual reduction in variable mode) • Optionally continuous signal monitoring (auto notch) or manual setting of the required filters (manual notch) • Backlit 2 x 20 dot matrix display

• • • •

Adjustable input level and output level Bypass function Clip LED Balanced inputs and outputs: XLR and 6.3 mm jack • USB A port • MIDI input and output • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS

MFX-16M

MFE-16M

Order No. 25.3320

Order No. 25.3330

DSP multi-effect unit • 16 DSP effects like various reverbs and delays, gate, chorus, flanger, phaser, tremolo, rotary, pitch shifter, with variation possibilities (1-4) • AD/DA resolution: 20 bits • Adjustable input level, output level and effect level • Tap button • Bypass function • LEDs for indicating clip, tap and bypass • Mono input and stereo output (6.3 mm jack) • Connection facility for optional foot pedal (6.3 mm jack) • Robust extruded aluminium housing • Suitable for general applications due to compact design • Power supply via supplied plug-in PSU

Model General information Frequency range Inputs Outputs S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Foot pedal Outputs Mic/line Other features

MFX-16M 20-20,000 Hz 2.2 V max.

2.2 V max. > 90 dB < 0.01 % via suppl. plug-in PSU 0-40 °C 140x45x125 mm 650 g 1 x 6.3 mm jack 1 x 6.3 mm jack 1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R -

Stereo DSP feedback controller • Prevents acoustic feedback appearing in PA systems • 12 steep-edged precision notch filters for each stereo channel (resolution: 24 bits) • 30 dB attenuation (with gradual reduction in automatic mode) • Optionally continuous signal monitoring (auto scan) or manual setting of the required filters (hold filters) • AD/DA resolution: 20 bits • Adjustable input level, output level and sensitivity • Bypass function • Clip LED • Optionally mono or stereo operation possible • Robust extruded aluminium housing • Suitable for general applications due to compact design • Power supply via supplied plug-in PSU

Model General information Frequency range Inputs Outputs S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Foot pedal Outputs Mic/line

Model General information Frequency range Inputs Outputs S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Outputs Mic/line Other features

Model General information Frequency range Inputs Outputs S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Outputs Mic/line

MFX-104 20-20,000 Hz 4.4 V max.

9.2 V max.

100 dB < 0.02 % 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x190 mm 3.2 kg 1 x XLR L/R, bal.

1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R, bal.

1 x 6.3 mm jack (FX bypass) 1 x 6.3 mm jack (tap) 1 x XLR L/R, bal.

1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R, bal.

MFE-212 20-20,000 Hz 2.2 V max.

2.2 V max. > 90 dB < 0.01 % 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x193 mm, 1 RS 2 kg 1 x XLR L/R, bal.

1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R 1 x XLR L/R, bal.

1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R MIDI in/out (2 x 5-pole DIN) USB A jack

MFE-16M 20-20,000 Hz 2.2 V max.

2.2 V max. > 90 dB < 0.01 % via suppl. plug-in PSU 0-40 °C 140x45x125 mm 650 g 1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R 1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R

tastenwelt 05/2011 "Feedback eliminator. A really small unit promising great things and proving to be a reliable tool. Very effective ... minimum noise ... can be set up anywhere."

www.imgstageline.com

M29

SPEAKER MANAGEMENT

Speaker Management Systems

DSM-480LAN, DSM-240 and DSM-260 are professional digital speaker management systems of high power capability with state-of-the-art DSP processors and digital converters.

These systems combine active crossover network, parametric equalizer, delay, RMS compressor and peak limiter in one unit. Thus, they are powerful tools in order to control every important feature necessary for a perfect

DRM-880LAN Order No. 17.3750

Digital 8x8 matrix router • 8 inputs and 8 outputs (plug-in screw terminals, switchable mic/line, balanced) • +48 V phantom power • Routing matrix for routing the inputs to the outputs as desired • The level of each routed input can be adjusted per assigned output (individual output mix) • Set-up of a matrix router network possible with up to 32 units • DSP array; DREAM SAM3716, 24 bits (data) x 96 bits (coeff.)

• A/D converter: 4 x 24 bits, D/A converter: 1 x 24 bits • Extensive signal processing and monitoring, e.g. frequency shift feedback eliminator, parametric 5-band equalizer with peak and shelving filters, variable low-pass/high-pass filters optionally with Bessel, Butterworth or Linkwitz-Riley characteristics, RMS compressor, peak limiter, selectable phase, delay • 6-fold LED status cluster for each channel

• 6 user presets in the direct access mode • Graphical user interface, PC editing software (up to 32 DRM-880LAN can be administered) • Link feature for simultaneously changing the settings of several channels • Dot matrix display with 2 x 24 characteristics • Remote control via USB, RS-485 or TCP/IP LAN. With the optional USB/RS-485 converter DA-70157, it is possible to connect a PC or notebook with USB interface to the serial RS-485 interface and to address and configure several units connected to each other • Real-time remote control via software • Individual room control via wallmounted remote control panel DRM-880WP, available at option • Robust steel housing with aluminium front panel • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS

Input (data for each channel): • Gain control with 0 dB bypass function • Mic/line switching • Parametric 3-band equalizer (peak, low-pass shelving, high-pass shelving) • Frequency shift feedback eliminator • Selectable phase (180°) Output (data for each channel): • Low-pass filter/high-pass filter with Butterworth, Linkwitz-Riley and Bessel characteristics (to -24 dB/oct.). Even higher slopes possible in combination with equalizer • Parametric 5-band equalizer with peak or low-pass/high-pass shelving filters • Peak limiter and RMS compressor with a ratio of up to 32:1 and continuously adjustable soft/hard knee characteristics. Threshold: 18 dBu to -12 dBu, release time: 0.1-3 sec., attack time: 5-200 ms • Peak limiter and RMS compressor with bypass function

Model General information Frequency range Inputs Outputs S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Foot pedal Outputs Mic/line Other features

DRM-880LAN 20-20,000 Hz 6.2 V max.

6.2 V max. > 104 dB < 0.005 % 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x250 mm, 1 RS 2.5 kg 8 x plug-in screw terminal, bal. line: 8 x plug-in screw terminal, bal.

USB, RS-485, TCP/IP

• Switchable delay between time (ms) and distance (m): 380.998 ms max. in steps of 21µsec or 129.539 m max. in steps of 6.8 mm • Selectable phase (180°) • Gain control

DSM-480LAN Order No. 25.4510

Digital speaker management system • 4 inputs and 8 outputs (XLR, balanced) • 2 x S/PDIF digital input, stereo • DSP: 2 x DREAM SAM3716, 24 bits (data) x 96 bits (coeff.)

• Dynamic range: > 110 dB • Routing matrix for routing the inputs to the outputs as desired • Graphical user interface, PC editing software (up to 32 DSM-480LAN can be administered) • 24 user presets can be stored • Flash card for reading and storing presets • Integrated tone generator for pink noise and white noise • Remote control via USB, RS-485 or TCP/IP LAN. With the optional USB/RS-485 converter DA-70157, it is possible to connect a PC or notebook with USB interface to the serial RS-485 interface and to address and configure several units connected to each other • Dot matrix display with 2 x 24 characters

M30

• VU meter with 7 LEDs for each channel, optionally for level display or limiter • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS Input (data for each channel): • Gain control • Noise gate • 5 parametric equalizers with 17 types of filters (see graph) • Delay to be switched between time (ms) and distance (m): 849 ms max. in steps of 22 µsec or 288 m max. in steps of 6.8 mm Output (data for each channel): • Crossover network with Butterworth filter, Linkwitz-Riley filter and Bessel filter as well as individually created types of filters from 6 to 48 dB/oct.

• 7 parametric equalizers • 17 types of filters can be selected for each equalizer (see graph) • Routing matrix with routing mix for level adjustment

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

• Peak limiter and RMS compressor with a ratio of up to 32:1 and adjustable soft/hard knee, threshold: from 20 dBu to -10 dBu, release time: from 0.1 to 3 sec., attack time: 5-200 ms • Peak limiter and RMS compressor with bypass feature • Delay to be switched between time (ms) and distance (m): 849 ms max. in steps of 22 µsec or 288 m max. in steps of 6.8 mm • Selectable phase (180°) • Gain control

Model General information Frequency range Inputs Outputs S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Foot pedal Outputs Mic/line Other features

DSM-480LAN 20-20,000 Hz 7.75 V max.

7.75 V max. > 110 dB < 0.005 % 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x230 mm, 1 RS 2.5 kg 4 x XLR, bal.

2 x S/PDIF 8 x XLR, bal.

USB, RS-485, TCP/IP

tools4music 01/2013 "This unit provides everything required from a professional controller, perfectly suitable for the ambitioned sound engineer. THD, noise, max. input levels - for measuring purposes, the DSM-480LAN meets professional requirements."

Speaker Management Systems speaker management in PA applications or for developing active speaker systems. Every feature and adjustment can be edited directly at the unit or via the USB interface, RS-485 interface or LAN TCP/IP interface

SPEAKER MANAGEMENT

(DSM-480LAN only) on the PC by means of an intuitively operated graphical user interface and then be stored in individual presets.

DSM-260 Order No. 25.3280

Digital speaker management system • 2 inputs and 6 outputs (XLR, balanced) • S/PDIF digital input (32kHz, 44.1 kHz and 48 kHz possible) • DSP: SAM3716, 24 bits (data) x 96 bits (coeff.)

• A/D converter: AKM5392, 24 bits • D/A converter: AKM4396, 24 bits • Dynamic range: > 110 dB • Free routing of the inputs to the outputs as desired • Preset operating modes: 3-way stereo / 2-way stereo + sub / 6-way mono • Graphical user interface, PC editing software (up to 32 DSM-260 units can be administered) • 64 user presets can be stored for each project and be managed via integrated project administration • USB interface • RS-485 interface. With the optional USB/RS-485 converter DA-70157, it is possible to connect a PC or notebook

• •

• •

with USB interface to the serial RS-485 interface and to address and configure several units connected to each other Dot matrix display with 2 x 24 characters VU meter with 7 LEDs for each channel, optionally for level display or limiter Link feature for simultaneously changing the settings of several channels 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS

Input (data for each channel): • Gain control • 5 parametric equalizers • 17 types of filters can be selected for each equalizer • Delay to be switched between time (ms) and distance (m): 849 ms max. in steps of 22 µsec or 288 m max. in steps of 6.8 mm

Output (data for each channel): • Crossover network with Butterworth filter, Linkwitz-Riley filter and Bessel filter from 6 to 24 dB/oct. Even higher slopes possible in combination with equalizer • 5 parametric equalizers for each output • 17 types of filters can be selected for each equalizer • Peak limiter and RMS compressor with a ratio of up to 32:1 and adjustable soft/hard knee, threshold: from 20 dBu to -10 dBu, release time: from 0.1 to 3 sec., attack time: 5-200 ms • Peak limiter and RMS compressor with bypass feature • Delay to be switched between time (ms) and distance (m): 849 ms max. in steps of 22 µsec or 288 m max. in steps of 6.8 mm

Model General information Frequency range Inputs Outputs S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Foot pedal Outputs Mic/line Other features

DSM-260 20-20,000 Hz 7.75 V max.

7.75 V max. > 110 dB < 0.005 % 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x230 mm, 1 RS 2.5 kg 2 x XLR, bal.

1 x S/PDIF 6 x XLR, bal.

USB, RS-485

• Selectable phase (180°) • Gain control

DSM-240 Order No. 25.3270

Digital speaker management system • 2 inputs and 4 outputs (XLR, balanced) • S/PDIF digital input (32 kHz, 44.1 kHz and 48 kHz possible) • DSP: SAM3716, 24 bits (data) x 96 bits (coeff.)

• A/D converter: AKM5392, 24 bits • D/A converter: AKM4396, 24 bits • Dynamic range: > 110 dB • Free routing of the inputs to the outputs as desired • Preset operating modes: 2-way stereo / 4-way mono • Graphical user interface, PC editing software (up to 32 DSM-240 units can be administered) • 64 user presets can be stored for each project and be managed via integrated project administration • USB interface • RS-485 interface. With the optional USB/RS-485 converter DA-70157, it is possible to connect a PC or notebook with USB interface to the serial RS-485 interface and to address and configure several units connected to each other

• Dot matrix display with 2 x 24 characters • VU meter with 7 LEDs for each channel, optionally for level display or limiter • Link feature for simultaneously changing the settings of several channels • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS Input (data for each channel): • Gain control • 5 parametric equalizers • 17 types of filters can be selected for each equalizer • Delay to be switched between time (ms) and distance (m): 849 ms max. in steps of 22 µsec or 288 m max. in steps of 6.8 mm Output (data for each channel): • Crossover network with Butterworth filter, Linkwitz-Riley filter and Bessel filter from 6 to 48 dB/oct. Even higher slopes possible in combination with equalizer • 7 parametric equalizers for each output

• 17 types of filters can be selected for each equalizer • Peak limiter and RMS compressor with a ratio of up to 32:1 and adjustable soft/hard knee, threshold: from 20 dBu to -10 dBu, release time: from 0.1 to 3 sec., attack time: 5-200 ms • Peak limiter and RMS compressor with bypass feature • Delay to be switched between time (ms) and distance (m): 849 ms max. in steps of 22 µsec or 288 m max. in steps of 6.8 mm • Selectable phase (180°) • Gain control

tools4music 04/2011 "Test winner in the price-performance rating. A modern controller with maximum features available at an attractive price. It's remarkable what kind of performance the user is able to provide with these features. The performance rating from tools: upper midfield. The DSM-240 can be recommended without reservation."

Model General information Frequency range Inputs Outputs S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Foot pedal Outputs Mic/line Other features

DSM-240 20-20,000 Hz 7.75 V max.

7.75 V max. > 110 dB < 0.005 % 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x230 mm, 1 RS 2.5 kg 2 x XLR, bal.

1 x S/PDIF 4 x XLR, bal.

USB, RS-485

PROSOUND 04/2011 "Speaker management for everyone! Ideally suited for any audio person ready to enter the controller technology. This unit is suitable for any moderate audio application. It can even be said that the unit is intuitively easy to use."

www.imgstageline.com

M31

AMPLIFIERS

Professional Stereo PA Amplifiers

The professional PA amplifiers from IMG Stage Line: perfectly stable, provide a neutral sound and deliver a top performance.

5500 WMAX 4000 WMAX

2100 WMAX

STA-2200

STA-1400

Order No. 25.0490

Order No. 25.0480

Professional stereo PA amplifier, with integrated crossover network and limiter.

• 2 Ω stable • Class H technology with poweroptmised PSU technology • LCD for temperature, operating mode, protective function • Integrated crossover network: 120 Hz, 24 dB/oct., switchable: subwoofer, full range or satellite operation • 3 operating modes can be selected (stereo, parallel or bridge) • Temperature-controlled fan • 2 level controls • Ground lift function • Speaker switch-on delay • Protective circuit with LED indication for protection against short circuit, overheating and DC voltage overlay at the outputs • LEDs for each channel for indicating operating voltage, level and limiter • NEUTRIK SPEAKON connections

M32

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 2 Ω Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω 4 Ω bridge operation 8 Ω bridge operation Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connections Inputs (per channel) Outputs (per channel)

STA-2200

2 x 750 WRMS 2 x 1,100 WRMS 2 x 700 WRMS 1 x 1,500 WRMS 1 x 2,000 WRMS 4,000 WMAX 1 V/20 kΩ 20-20,000 Hz > 100 dB > 60 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/3,600 VA 0-40 °C 482x88x479 mm, 2 RS 23 kg XLR, bal., can be fed through NEUTRIK SPEAKON speaker screw terminals

Professional stereo PA amplifier, with integrated crossover network and limiter.

• LCD for temperature, operating mode, protective function • Integrated crossover network: 120 Hz, 24 dB/oct., switchable: subwoofer, full range or satellite operation • 3 operating modes can be selected (stereo, parallel or bridge) • Temperature-controlled fan • 2 level controls • Ground lift function • Speaker switch-on delay • Protective circuit with LED indication for protection against short circuit, overheating and DC voltage overlay at the outputs • LEDs for each channel for indicating operating voltage, level and limiter • NEUTRIK SPEAKON connections

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 2 Ω Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω 4 Ω bridge operation 8 Ω bridge operation Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connections Inputs (per channel) Outputs (per channel)

STA-1400

2 x 700 WRMS 2 x 450 WRMS 1 x 1,400 WRMS 2,100 WMAX 1 V/20 kΩ 20-20,000 Hz > 95 dB > 60 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/2,300 VA 0-40 °C 482x88x418 mm, 2 RS 16.7 kg XLR, bal.

6.3 mm jack, bal.

NEUTRIK SPEAKON speaker screw terminals

ATTENTION

ATTENTION

STA-2200 is equipped with a PowerCon® jack (power rating: 20 A). Supplied without mains cable (AAC-115P is available at option).

STA-1400, STA-1000 and STA-600 are supplied with 3-pin IEC panel plugs and matching mains cables.

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Professional Stereo PA Amplifiers

AMPLIFIERS

STA-3000 Order No. 25.0500

Professional stereo PA amplifier, with integrated crossover network and limiter.

• 2Ω stable • Class H technology with poweroptimised PSU technology • LCD for temperature, operating mode, protective function • Integrated crossover network: 120 Hz, 24 dB/oct., switchable subwoofer, full range or satellite operation • 3 operating modes can be selected (stereo, parallel or bridge) • Temperature-controlled fan • 2 level controls • Ground lift function • Speaker switch-on delay • Protective circuit with LED indication for protection against short circuit, overheating and DC voltage overlay at the outputs • LEDs for each channel for indicating operating voltage, level and limiter • NEUTRIK SPEAKON connections

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 2Ω Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω 4Ω bridge operation 8 Ω bridge operation Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connections Inputs (per channel) Outputs (per channel)

STA-1000

STA-600 Order No. 25.0460

Outputs (per channel)

STA-1000

2 x 500 WRMS 2 x 350 WRMS 1 x 1,000 WRMS 1,600 WMAX 1 V/20 kΩ 20-20,000 Hz > 95 dB > 60 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/1,600 VA 0-40 °C 482x88x418 mm, 2 RS 15 kg XLR, bal.

6.3 mm jack, bal.

NEUTRIK SPEAKON speaker screw terminals

Beat 01/2012 "Two MEGA-112 as top parts as well as one MEGA-118SUB were brought to the test. We used the power amplifiers STA-600 and STA-1400 for the top parts in bi-amping and the STA-1000 for the bass reproduction. For the functional control, we applied the digital speaker management DSM-260. The units were tested in a small factory building ... it featured many windows, a concrete floor and several tiled surfaces, allowing the high frequencies to show no mercy ... however,

1V/20 kΩ 20-20,000 Hz > 100 dB > 60 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/5,000 VA 0-40 °C 482x132x519 mm, 3 RS 32 kg XLR, bal., can be fed through NEUTRIK SPEAKON

The amplifier can be operated at a 2 Ω load, the protective circuits are designed accordingly.

The stated 2 Ω performance values must not be exceeded, otherwise the thermal protective circuit will be activated.

1000 WMAX

Order No. 25.0470 Model Output power RMS power Stereo 2Ω Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω 4Ω bridge operation 8 Ω bridge operation Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connections Inputs (per channel)

2 x 1,250 WRMS 2 x 1,500 WRMS 2 x 1,000 WRMS 1 x 2,500 WRMS 1 x 3,000 WRMS 5,500 WMAX

STA-3000 is equipped with a PowerCon® jack (power rating: 32 A) in order to ensure a power supply of 25 A in 2 Ω operation.

Supplied without mains cable.

The mains cable AAC-215P which is available at option is sufficient for 4 Ω or 8 Ω operation.

A PowerCon® plug NAC-3FCHC, a mains cable with a cable cross section of at least 2.5 mm2 and a CEE plug are required for the 2 Ω operation.

SOUNDCHECK 07/2009 On the STA-3000 and STA-2200 "The STA-3000 and STA-2200 are certainly real recommendations for anyone searching for solid power at an attractive price. The amplifiers are suitable for general applications and definitely provide sufficient power for a modern PA system."

1600 WMAX

Professional stereo PA amplifier, with integrated crossover network and limiter.

• LCD for temperature, operating mode, protective function • Integrated crossover network: 120 Hz, 24 dB/oct., switchable: subwoofer, full range or satellite operation • 3 operating modes can be selected (stereo, parallel or bridge) • Temperature-controlled fan • 2 level controls • Ground lift function • Speaker switch-on delay • Protective circuit with LED indication for protection against short circuit, overheating and DC voltage overlay at the outputs • LEDs for each channel for indicating operating voltage, level and limiter • NEUTRIK SPEAKON connections

ATTENTION

STA-3000

Professional stereo PA amplifier, with integrated crossover network and limiter.

• LCD for temperature, operating mode, protective function • Integrated crossover network: 120 Hz, 24 dB/oct., switchable: subwoofer, full range or satellite operation • 3 operating modes can be selected (stereo, parallel or bridge) • Temperature-controlled fan • 2 level controls • Ground lift function • Speaker switch-on delay • Protective circuit with LED indication for protection against short circuit, overheating and DC voltage overlay at the outputs • LEDs for each channel for indicating operating voltage, level and limiter • NEUTRIK SPEAKON connections

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 2 Ω Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω 4 Ω bridge operation 8 Ω bridge operation Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connections Inputs (per channel) Outputs (per channel)

STA-600

2 x 300 WRMS 2 x 200 WRMS 1 x 550 WRMS 1,000 WMAX 1V/20 kΩ 20-20,000 Hz > 95 dB > 60 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/1,000 VA 0-40 °C 482x88x418 mm, 2 RS 12.5 kg XLR, bal.

6.3 mm jack, bal.

NEUTRIK SPEAKON speaker screw terminals

with the precise equalizers of the DSM-260, we were able to tame these very quickly ... the unit allows to optimise the sound quickly and intuitively ... we turned the volume up and achieved an impressive performance. The subwoofer is very stable and provides a really powerful sound. The MEGA-112 impresses by a really well-balanced sound. Full and dynamic dance music with a really great sound can thus be achieved. This PA system is able to easily provide a professional sound for 400 guests, even for the more sophisticated listener. Thumbs up. The selected PA combination is very suitable for everyone performing at temporary locations."

www.imgstageline.com

M33

AMPLIFIERS

Professional Stereo PA Amplifiers

tools4music 01/2012 "Anyone looking for an alternative at an attractive price will find recommendable models in this price class, e.g. STA-260. Beside LED meters and an integrated active crossover network, the STA-260 provides an extensive display and numerous other features. Thus, achieving highest marks in this valuation category."

STA-260 Order No. 25.3230

Professional stereo PA amplifier, with integrated 2-way crossover network and limiter.

• LCD for temperature, operating mode, power • Adjustable crossover network: 45-960 Hz/450-9,600 Hz, switchable: high-pass filter or low-pass filter • 3 operating modes can be selected (stereo, parallel or bridge) • Limiter function can be switched on additionally • Temperature-controlled fans • 2 level controls • Ground lift function • Speaker switch-on delay • Protective circuit with LED indication for protection against short circuit and overheating • LEDs for each channel for indicating output signal, level and limiter

SOUNDCHECK 06/2011 "Yes, the STA-260 complies with the performance data stated, features brilliant protective circuits. The 1,600W capture everyone. What more could you want?"

STA-250

STA-235

Order No. 25.3220

Order No. 25.3210

Professional stereo PA amplifier, with integrated 2-way crossover network and limiter.

• LCD for temperature, operating mode, power • Adjustable crossover network: 45-960 Hz/450-9,600 Hz, switchable: high-pass filter or low-pass filter • 3 operating modes can be selected (stereo, parallel or bridge) • Limiter function can be switched on additionally • Temperature-controlled fans • 2 level controls • Ground lift function • Speaker switch-on delay • Protective circuit with LED indication for protection against short circuit and overheating • LEDs for each channel for indicating output signal, level and limiter

M34

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω 8 Ω bridge operation Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connections

STA-250

2 x 700 WRMS 2 x 500 WRMS 1 x 1,200 WRMS 1 x 2,000 WMAX 1 V/20 kΩ 20-20,000 Hz > 78 dB > 35 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/2,900 VA 0-40 °C 482x100x455 mm, 2 RS 19.1 kg 2 x XLR L/R 2 x 6.3 mm jack L/R 3 x SPEAKER 2 x pair of screw terminals

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Stereo PA amplifier, with integrated limiter.

• LCD for temperature, operating mode, power • 2 operating modes can be selected (stereo or bridge) • Limiter function can be switched on additionally • Temperature-controlled fan • 2 level controls • Ground lift function • Speaker switch-on delay • Protective circuit with LED indication for protection against short circuit and overheating • LEDs for each channel for indicating overload, level and signal

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω 8 Ω bridge operation Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connections

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω 8 Ω bridge operation Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connections

STA-260

2 x 1,000 WRMS 2 x 600 WRMS 1 x 1,600 WRMS 1 x 2,800 WMAX 1 V/20 kΩ 20-20,000 Hz > 84 dB > 45 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/3,680 VA 0-40 °C 482x100x455 mm, 2 RS 18.9 kg 2 x XLR L/R 2 x 6.3 mm jack L/R 3 x SPEAKER 2 x pair of screw terminals

STA-235

2 x 500 WRMS 2 x 400 WRMS 1 x 1,000 WRMS 1,400 WMAX 1.2 V/10 kΩ 10-50,000 Hz > 80 dB > 50 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/2,000 VA 0-40 °C 482x100x330 mm, 2 RS 11.5 kg 2 x XLR, bal.

2 x 6.3 mm jack, bal.

3 x SPEAKER 2 x pair of screw terminals

PA Amplifiers

SOUNDCHECK 01/2006 "Presents itself as a power unit during monitor operation at stage performances in a club. The multi-channel concept of these amplifiers works out perfectly."

AMPLIFIERS

PROSOUND 03/2006 (STA-1508)

"Can solve a lot of problems all at once.

Is worth every cent of its price."

tastenwelt 02/2012 "The plastic housing is of neat workmanship ... the MMX-842USB is a good choice ... the STA-225 features all standard protective circuits, even a clip limiter can be switched on additionally. A display shows useful information on the operation. The system tested provided a really appealing sound: a nice deep bass reproduction and a clear midrange of the 12" speakers and a full and clear reproduction of the high frequencies, too. With the support of a subwoofer, the volume which can be achieved is already sufficient to show a great performance at smaller to mediumsized events. Neither the active bass speaker nor the passive top parts provide an unpleasant or even overstrained sound."

(PA setup of PAB-112MK2, PSUB-115AK, STA-225, MMX-842USB)

STA-1508 Order No. 24.4300

STA-1506 Order No. 24.4290

STA-225

STA-1504

Order No. 25.3340

Order No. 24.4280

Stereo PA amplifier, with integrated limiter.

• LCD for temperature, operating mode, power • 2 operating modes can be selected (stereo or bridge) • Limiter function can be switched on additionally • Temperature-controlled fan • 2 level controls • Ground lift function • Speaker switch-on delay • Protective circuit with LED indication for protection against short circuit and overheating • LEDs for each channel for indicating overload, level and signal

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω 8 Ω bridge operation Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connections

STA-225

2 x 350 WRMS 2 x 250 WRMS 1 x 700 WRMS 1,000 WMAX 1.3 V/10 kΩ 10-50,000 Hz > 80 dB > 50 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/1,500 VA 0-40 °C 482x100x330 mm, 2 RS 10.3 kg 2 x XLR, bal.

2 x 6.3 mm jack, bal.

3 x SPEAKER 2 x pair of screw terminals

Multi-channel PA amplifiers, with integrated limiter.

STA-1508 = 8 channels STA-1506 = 6 channels STA-1504 = 4 channels • Balanced inputs • High-pass filter, low-pass filter can be switched on additionally for each channel • Tamper-resistant level adjustment on the rear side

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω 8 Ω bridge operation Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connections

• 8 Ω bridge operation possible • LED VU meter and LED indication for overload (clip) for each channel • Soft start • Ground lift switch • Speaker switch-on delay • Fan-cooling • Protected against short circuit, overheating and DC voltage overlay at the outputs

STA-1508

STA-1506

STA-1504

8 x 160 WRMS 8 x 100 WRMS 4 x 320 WRMS 1,800 WMAX

6 x 160 WRMS 6 x 100 WRMS 3 x 320 WRMS 1,400 WMAX

4 x 160 WRMS 4 x 100 WRMS 2 x 320 WRMS 900 WMAX

0.7 V/20 kΩ 12-60,000 Hz/-1.5 dB > 80 dB > 60 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/2,400 VA 0-40 °C 482x132x310 mm, 3 RS 19 kg 8 x XLR, bal.

8 x screw terminal

0.7 V/20 kΩ 12-60,000 Hz/-1.5 dB > 80 dB > 60 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/1,800 VA 0-40 °C 482x132x310 mm, 3 RS 17.5 kg 6 x XLR, bal.

6 x screw terminal

0.7 V/20 kΩ 12-60,000 Hz/-1.5 dB > 80 dB > 60 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/1,200 VA 0-40 °C 482x132x310 mm, 3 RS 16 kg 4 x XLR, bal.

4 x screw terminal

www.imgstageline.com

M35

AMPLIFIERS

Stereo PA Amplifiers Exactly the right power capability for smaller events, club rooms or party rooms. Top technology from IMG Stage Line at an attractive price.

STA-700

STA-500

STA-700

STA-500

Order No. 24.4120

Order No. 24.3970

Stereo PA amplifier, for general applications.

• Fan-cooling • 2 level controls • Ground lift switch • Speaker switch-on delay • Protective circuit with LED indication for protection against short circuit, overheating and DC voltage overlay at the outputs • 1 LED per channel for indicating overload (clip)

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Outputs

M36

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

STA-700

2 x 275 WRMS 2 x 200 WRMS 800 WMAX 0.85 V/55 kΩ 10-20,000 Hz 85 dB > 43 dB < 0.05 % 230 V~/50 Hz/1,100 VA 0-40 °C 482x98x296 mm, 2 RS 11 kg 1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R, 1 x RCA L/R 2 x SPEAKER 1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R 2 x pair of screw terminals

Stereo PA amplifier, for general applications.

• Fan-cooling • 2 level controls • Ground lift switch • Speaker switch-on delay • Protective circuit with LED indication for protection against short circuit, overheating and DC voltage overlay at the outputs • 1 LED per channel for indicating overload (clip)

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 4Ω Stereo 8Ω Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Outputs

STA-500

2 x 200 WRMS 2 x 125 WRMS 600 WMAX 1.3 V/55 kΩ 10-20,000 Hz 64 dB > 55 dB < 0.05 % 230 V~/50 Hz/730 VA 0-40 °C 482x95x300 mm, 2 RS 9.3 kg 1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R, 1 x RCA L/R 2 x SPEAKER 1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R 2 x pair of screw terminals

Stereo PA Amplifiers I

2-channel Amplifier

AMPLIFIERS

STA-201/SW

Mounting height of 1 RS only!

STA-121 STA-102

STA-201/SW

STA-121

STA-102

Order No. 25.0750

Order No. 24.3410

Order No. 24.0960

Stereo PA amplifier • 3 operating modes can be selected (stereo, parallel or bridge) • Ground lift switch • Soft start, speaker switch-on delay • 2 temperature-controlled fans • 2 level controls • Protective circuit with LED indication for protection against short circuit, overheating and DC voltage overlay at the outputs • LEDs for indicating overload, stereo operation, parallel operation or bridge operation • Extra slim design, 1 RS

Stereo PA amplifier, with four switchable line inputs.

• Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • 2 level controls • Protective circuit for protection against short circuit and overheating • LEDs for indicating overload (clip) and protect • Extra slim design, 1 RS

2-channel amplifier • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • 2 level controls • Speaker switch-on delay • Protected against short circuit and overheating • LEDs for indicating overload (clip) • 482 mm (19") rack installation with fitted mounting brackets • RCA and 6.3 mm jacks as stereo inputs, 6.3 mm jacks and spring-loaded speaker terminals as stereo outputs

ATTENTION

ATTENTION

STA-121 and STA-102 are highly stable amplifiers of high power capabilities and are suitable for studio, PA and even stage applications. However, they can also perfectly be used e.g. in home HiFi systems or multi-channel home cinema systems due to the fanless cooling concept and the excellent sound.

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω 8 Ω bridge operation Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connections

STA-201/SW

2 x 200 WRMS 2 x 140 WRMS 1 x 400 WRMS 500 WMAX 0.775 V/20 kΩ 10-20,000 Hz > 75 dB > 51 dB < 0.05 % 230 V~/50 Hz/950 VA 0-40 °C 482x50x350 mm, 1 RS 10 kg 1 x XLR L/R 2 x 6.3 mm jack L/R 2 x SPEAKER 2 x pair of screw terminals

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Inputs Outputs

STA-121

2 x 110 WRMS 2 x 80 WRMS 300 WMAX 0.775 V/10 kΩ 20-20,000 Hz > 70 dB > 50 dB < 0.5 % 230 V~/50 Hz/450 VA 0-40 °C 482x45x285 mm, 1 RS 7.2 kg 4 x RCA L/R 2 x 6.3 mm jack, unbal.

1 x spring-load. speaker term. L/R

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω 8 Ω bridge operation Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connections

STA-102

2 x 60 WRMS 2 x 50 WRMS 200 WMAX 1 V (7 V max.)/20 kΩ 10-20,000 Hz > 70 dB > 50 dB < 0.05 % 230 V~/50 Hz/310 VA 0-40 °C 420x88x250 mm, 2 RS 7 kg 1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R 1 x RCA L/R 1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R 1 x spring-load. speaker term. L/R

www.imgstageline.com

M37

MORE FREEDOM… … with the future-proof wireless microphone systems from IMG Stage Line.

Digital Dividend – Reorganisation and Assignment of Radio Frequencies The term 'digital dividend' describes the release of frequency ranges in Germany due to a wider distribution of digital television and the future use of these resources for mobile broadband communication. This has been made possible because the transmission of digital television signals requires less frequency space than the transmission of analogue signals.

At the beginning of 2010, the Federal Network Agency in Germany, on behalf of the German Government, auctioned off various frequency ranges to private telecommunication companies in order to further promote an efficient broadband network (LTE).

These also include parts of the frequency range 790–862 MHz which has previously been released for private and mobile use of wireless microphone systems.

Implications for the Operation of Wireless Microphone Systems In principle, the applicable ranges of 790–814 MHz and 838–862 MHz which have been used for wireless microphone systems so far, are still licence-free in Germany until 31 December 2015. As of 2016, existing systems will require an individual assignment subject to a fee. However, massive interference already occurs in many areas today when operating wireless microphone systems and broadband Internet in parallel.

For the legal requirements in other EU countries as well as in countries outside Europe, please consult the authorities of the corresponding country.

Future-proof Alternatives For some time now, IMG Stage Line has offered future-proof systems to ensure a reliable operation of wireless microphones.

In order to ensure a quick and convenient navigation through our product range, we have developed a colour-coding system for identifying the frequencies. Please note the logos 2015+ which are printed next to the products and are described as follows:

672–697 MHz

740–776 MHz

863–865 MHz

2404–2476 MHz

An interference-free use of the frequency range 672.000–696.975 MHz is ensured due to broadband Internet. A licence is required for use across Europe. The wide frequency range allows for a professional parallel operation of several systems and for a transmitting power of up to 50 mW.

An interference-free use of this frequency range is ensured due to broadband Internet. However, a licence is required for use across Europe. The wide frequency range allows for a professional parallel operation of several systems and for a transmitting power of up to 50 mW.

ISM Range Wireless microphone systems can be operated licence-free in the EU if their transmitting power does not exceed 10 mW. Today, IMG Stage Line already offers numerous systems using this range for most varying applications.

In the frequency range 2.4 GHz (frequency range: 2.404–2.476 MHz), wireless microphone systems can be operated licence-free in the EU if their transmitting power does not exceed 10 mW.

Frequency Ranges (MHz) for Wireless Microphones 30–40 174–223

470–606

32,475–38,125

Licence-free in the EU

614–710

TXS-646, TXS-616SET 672 – 697 MHz Licence required for this system in the EU

710–790

TXS-862…

740 –776 MHz

790–814 863–865 2400–2483,5 814–838 1785–1805 838–862

Duplex gap 823 – 832 MHz

TXS-871…

863 – 865 MHz

TXS-2404SET 2404 – 2476 MHz

Not available for wireless microphones

Please read the notes regarding wireless systems in the section "IMPORTANT INFORMATION"!

M38

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Carrier frequency 2,404–2,476 MHz

DIGITAL WIRELESS

TXS-2402SET Order No. 25.4090

Digital wireless 2-channel PLL microphone system, 2.4 GHz • 2 microphone transmitters, 1 receiver, 1 plug-in PSU • High resistance to interference due to digital transmission • 2 systems can be used simultaneously (corresponds to 4 microphone transmission paths) • 16 frequencies (2,404-2,476 MHz) for each channel can be selected at the transmitter • Receiver with wireless automatic configuration • Volume control for each channel • 6.3 mm output for mixed signal • Microphone cartridges of supercardiod characteristic

Model Carrier frequency Transmitting power RF S/N ratio Audio range Dynamic range THD Audio output Operating range

Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Transmitter Receiver Dimensions Transmitter Receiver Weight Transmitter Receiver Connections

TXS-2402SET 2,404-2,476 MHz 10 mW 80-12,000 Hz 87 dB < 10 % 100 mV/600 Ω approx. 30 m (free field outdoors) approx. 20 m (indoors) 0-40 °C

tastenwelt 06/2012 "An entry-level wireless system with a perfectly functioning technology." + Easy operation + Well-balanced hand-held transmitter

2 x 1.5 V batt. AA size via suppl. plug-in PSU ø 54 mm x 225 mm 220x45x150 mm 120 g 550 g 1 x 6.3 mm jack, unbal.

TXS-2401SX Order No. 25.4680

Digital wireless pocket transmitter, 2.4 GHz, matching the 2-channel PLL microphone system TXS-2402SET. • High resistance to interference due to digital transmission • 16 selectable frequencies (2,404-2,476 MHz) • Volume control • Power LED • Belt clip

• Headband microphone and tie clip microphone, each with 3.5 mm plug with latching device • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied)

Model Carrier frequency Transmitting power Audio frequency range Operating time Dimensions Weight

TXS-2401SX 2,404-2,476 MHz 10 mW 80-12,000 Hz > 20 h 62x90x28 mm 105 g

proaudio.de 02/2013 "All in all, the RF-EXPLORER/3 can highly be recommended to anyone using wireless products. Of course, there are also other units in the range of scanners, but no other device is as mobile, functional and flexible, yet still available at such an attractive price. Thus, it can absolutely be recommended to anyone using wireless products."

RF-EXPLORER/3 Order No. 25.4670

RF spectrum analyser, 15-2,700 MHz, in a compact aluminium housing with two antennas (SMA connection) for the different frequency ranges, among other things, for preventing frequency collisions when setting up radio frequencies in the frequency range mentioned above.

• Real-time monitoring of the frequency range used with frequency indication and level indication (dBm and dBµV) • Backlit high-contrast graphic display (128x64 pixels)

• Automatic marker function and manual marker positioning for setting an individual carrier frequency • Special Wi-Fi analyser with display of 13 WLAN channels • Max hold function for a reliable detection of ultrashort RF carrier frequencies (additional modes: normal, max., average, overwrite) • Mini USB 2.0 interface for connecting to a PC or laptop as well as for charging the internal 860 mAh rechargeable lithium polymer battery

• Supplied with transport bag and USB cable • Client software with real-time analysis for Windows* XP/Vista/Win7/Win8 (32-bit or 64-bit versions) can be downloaded from www.monacor.com • Dimensions: 70x122x25 mm • Weight: 200 g

www.imgstageline.com

M39

WIRELESS MICROPHONES

Carrier frequency 740–776 MHz

The improvement of the transmission quality and maximising the operating range ensure reliability and provide flexibility! These features have been realised by an innovative circuit design and a switchable transmitting power. A high-quality wireless audio transmission of up to 300 m in a free field outdoors is thus possible without any problems!

TXS-862

TXS-852

Order No. 25.3970

Order No. 25.3960

2-channel diversity UHF PLL receiver, with REMOSET technology.

• 124 selectable channels in 6 channel groups (740-776 MHz) • Parallel operation of up to 20 channels • Diversity system with removable antennas (BNC connection) • Integrated scan function • Pilot tone squelch and noise squelch • Attenuator with 2-way switching • LCD for receiver channel/receiver group, audio level/RF level, mute, lock, active antenna and battery status of the transmitter • XLR output for each channel, bal.

• 6.3 mm output for mixed signal, bal.

• 482 mm (19") rack installation possible with supplied mounting brackets • Supplies operating voltage to TXS-872BOOST

Model Carrier frequency range Audio frequency range THD Dynamic range Output voltage Connections Power supply Dimensions Weight

M40

TXS-862 740-776 MHz 40-18,000 Hz < 0.6 % > 105 dB 100 mV XLR, 100 mV jack XLR, bal., 6.3 mm jack, bal. via suppl. PSU 420x54x230 mm 2 kg

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Single-channel diversity UHF PLL receiver, with REMOSET technology.

• 124 selectable channels in 6 channel groups (740-776 MHz) • Parallel operation of up to 20 channels • Diversity system with removable antennas (BNC connection) • Integrated scan function • Pilot tone squelch and noise squelch • Level of the audio signal can continuously be adjusted • 20 dB attenuator (XLR) • LCD for receiver channel/receiver group, audio level/RF level, mute, lock, active antenna and battery status of the transmitter • XLR output, bal.

• 6.3 mm output, bal.

• Supplies operating voltage to TXS-872BOOST

Model Carrier frequency range Audio frequency range THD Dynamic range Output voltage Connections Power supply Dimensions Weight

TXS-852 740-776 MHz 40-18,000 Hz < 0.6 % > 105 dB 100 mV XLR, 100 mV jack XLR, bal., 6.3 mm jack, bal. via suppl. PSU 210x42x195 mm 525 g

Carrier frequency 740–776 MHz

WIRELESS MICROPHONES

Rapid transmission: due to REMOSET, the frequency of a corresponding hand-held transmitter or pocket transmitter can easily be set up via the receiver. It is possible to remotely set the desired transmission channel at the transmitter via radio signal, no visual contact required. This can even be done during a live performance! An intelligent carrier analysis method provides user support by only allowing transmission channels on which no other transmitter is active.

TXS-862HSE

TXS-862HT

Order No. 25.3990

Order No. 25.3980

UHF PLL pocket transmitter, with REMOSET technology.

• Suitable for the combination with headphone or earphone microphones with 3-pole mini XLR connector • 124 selectable channels in 6 channel groups (740-776 MHz) • Adjustable sensitivity (12 dB to -18 dB) • Switchable attenuator (0 dB/-6 dB/-20 dB) • Lock function • Backlit LCD for channel and battery status • Switchable transmitting power (10 mW/50 mW) • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied)

Model Carrier frequency range Audio frequency range Frequency stability Transmitting power Connections Power supply Operating time Dimensions Weight

TXS-862HSE 740-776 MHz 40-18,000 Hz ±0.005 % 10 mW/50 mW, switchable 3-pole mini XLR 2 x batt. AA size, alkaline > 25 h 68x172x21 mm 77 g

Dynamic hand-held UHF PLL transmitter, with REMOSET technology.

• Dynamic microphone cartridge, cardioid characteristic • 124 selectable channels in 6 channel groups (740-776 MHz) • Adjustable sensitivity (1 2dB to -18 dB) • Lock function/mute function • Backlit LCD for channel and battery status • Switchable transmitting power (10 mW/50 mW) • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied) • Supplied with robust transport box and stand clamp

Model System Carrier frequency range Audio frequency range Frequency stability Transmitting power Power supply Operating time Dimensions Weight

TXS-862HT dyn./cardioid 740-776 MHz 50-16,000 kHz ±0.005 % 10 mW/50 mW, switchable 2 x batt. AA size, alkaline > 25 h ø 50 mm x 250 mm 350 g

www.imgstageline.com

M41

WIRELESS MICROPHONES

Carrier frequency 740–764 MHz

TXS-872

TXS-872HT

Order No. 25.2770

Order No. 25.2790

Multifrequency receiver unit, with UHF PLL technology.

• 193 selectable UHF frequencies (TXS-870: 790-814 MHz, TXS-872: 740-764 MHz) • True diversity system with removable antennas (BNC connection) • Automatic scan • Pilot tone squelch, noise mute • Selectable lock mode • LCD for frequency, antenna A/B, RF transmitting level, AF audio level, battery status of the transmitter • XLR output and 6.3 mm output • Supplied with PSU • Supplies operating voltage to TXS-872BOOST

Model Carrier frequency Audio frequency range THD Dynamic range Audio signal Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions Weight

TXS-872 740-764 MHz 40-18,000 Hz < 0.6 % > 105 dB 900 mV/1k Ω (jack) 150 mV/150 Ω (XLR, bal.)

0-40 °C via suppl. PSU 211x40x130 mm 1,100 g

tastenwelt 02/2011 "Well-approved technology with a futureproof frequency range and a good priceperformance ratio. The unit provided a pleasant sound during the test, the microphone was not susceptible to acoustic feedback."

Hand-held microphone with integrated multifrequency transmitter, with UHF PLL technology.

• Dynamic microphone cartridge, hypercardiod characteristic • Diecast aluminium body • 193 selectable UHF frequencies (TXS-872HT: 740-764 MHz) • Adjustable sensitivity (0 dB, -10 dB, -20 dB, -30 dB) • LCD for frequency and battery status • Transmitting power: 10 mW (EIRP) • Selectable lock mode • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied) • Supplied with plastic case, microphone holder and 7 coloured caps to be pushed on Replacement cartridge available: MD-872: condenser cartridge with an even more brilliant sound, supercardioid characteristic

TXS-872BOOST

TXS-872HSE

Order No. 15.0740

Order No. 25.2780

Pair of antenna amplifiers, as RF signal amplification for the multifrequency receiver units TXS-852, TXS-862, TXS-871, TXS-872, TXS-892.

• Gain: 10 dB • BNC connections • Power supply via receiver unit TXS-852, TXS-862, TXS-871, TXS-872, TXS-892 or TXS-870DS • Supplied with folding antennas and mounting brackets

Multifrequency pocket transmitter, with UHF PLL technology.

• Suitable for the combination with headband microphone or earband microphone with 3-pole mini XLR connector • 193 selectable UHF frequencies (740-764 MHz) • Adjustable sensitivity • LCD for frequency and battery status • Transmitting power: 10 mW (EIRP) • Selectable lock mode • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied) • Supplied in a plastic case

Model Carrier frequency Audio frequency range Frequency stability Operating time Dimensions Weight

M42

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

TXS-872HT 740-764 MHz 50-16,000 Hz ±0.005 % > 30 h ø 50 mm x 260 mm 350 g

TXS-872HSE 740-764 MHz 40-18,000 Hz ±0.005 % > 30 h 78x190x34 mm 160 g

Carrier frequency 863–865 MHz

TXS-871

TXS-871HT

Order No. 25.3600

Order No. 25.3610

Multifrequency receiver unit, with UHF PLL technology.

• 15 selectable UHF frequencies (863-865 MHz) • True diversity system with removable antennas (BNC connection) • Automatic scan • Pilot tone squelch, noise mute • Selectable lock mode • LCD for frequency, antenna A/B, RF transmitting level, AF audio level, battery status of the transmitter • XLR output and 6.3 mm output • Supplied with PSU • Supplies operating voltage to TXS-872BOOST

Model Carrier frequency Audio frequency range THD Dynamic range Audio signal Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions Weight

TXS-871 863.125-864.875MHz 40-18,000Hz < 0.6% > 105dB 900mV/1kΩ (jack) 150mV/150Ω (XLR, bal.)

0-40 °C via suppl. PSU 211x40x130mm 1,100g

Hand-held microphone with integrated multifrequency transmitter, with UHF PLL technology.

• Dynamic microphone cartridge, hypercardioid characteristic • Diecast aluminium body • 15 selectable UHF frequencies (863-865 MHz) • Adjustable sensitivity (0 dB, -10 dB, -20 dB, -30 dB) • LCD for frequency and battery status • Transmitting power: < 10 mW (EIRP) • Selectable lock mode • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied) • Supplied with plastic case, microphone holder and 7 coloured caps to be pushed on Replacement cartridge available: MD-872: condenser cartridge with an even more brilliant sound, supercardioid characteristic

TXS-870DS

TXS-871HSE

Order No. 15.0120

Order No. 25.3620

4-way antenna splitter, for operating up to four multifrequency receiver units TXS-871/TXS-872 with one pair of multi-antennas.

With this unit, it is no longer necessary to use the respective antennas and plug-in PSUs of the individual units. The power is supplied via the four available low-voltage outputs.

Supplied with matching connection cables. Each antenna connection via BNC jack.

• Frequency range: 470-870 MHz • Dimensions: 482x44x260 mm, 1 RS • Weight: 2.2 kg • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/12 VA • Low-voltage outputs for power supply of 4 x TXS-871/TXS-872 • Supplies operating voltage to TXS-872BOOST

RCB-870 Order No. 24.2830

482 mm (19", 1 RS) unit holder, for the installation of two multifrequency receiver units TXS-871, TXS-872 or TXS-852. Supplied with dummy cover.

Dimensions: 482x44x108 mm

WIRELESS MICROPHONES

Multifrequency pocket transmitter, with UHF PLL technology.

• Suitable for the combination with headband microphone or earband microphone with 3-pole mini XLR connector • 15 selectable UHF frequencies (863-865 MHz) • Adjustable sensitivity • LCD for frequency and battery status • Transmitting power: < 10 mW (EIRP) • Selectable lock mode • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied) • Supplied in a plastic case

Model Carrier frequency Audio frequency range Frequency stability Operating time Dimensions Weight

TXS-871HT 863.125-864.875 MHz 50-16,000 Hz ±0.005 % > 30 h ø 50 mm x 260 mm 350 g

TXS-871HSE 863.125-864.875 MHz 40-18,000 Hz ±0.005 % > 30 h 78x190x34 mm 160 g

www.imgstageline.com

M43

WIRELESS MICROPHONES

Carrier frequency 740–764 MHz

TXS-892 Order No. 25.2800

2-channel multifrequency receiver unit, with UHF PLL technology.

• Switching diversity system with removable antennas (BNC connection) • 2 channels can be used simultaneously • 16 selectable UHF frequencies (740-764 MHz) for each channel • Pilot tone squelch and noise squelch • Noise squelch and volume can be adjusted for each channel • Selectable lock mode • LCD for channel, antenna A/B, RF transmitting level and AF audio level • XLR output for each channel, bal.

• 6.3 mm output for mixing signal • Supplies operating voltage to TXS-872BOOST • Supplied with PSU • 482 mm (19") rack installation possible with supplied mounting brackets

The 892 system of the TXS wireless microphones from IMG Stage Line combines the most important features of professional technology with the option to use this technology with two transmitters at the same time in a very convenient way.

482 mm (19") rack installation possible

TXS-892 740-764 MHz 40-18,000 Hz < 0.6 % > 105 dB 500 mV/1 kΩ (jack) 150 mV/150 Ω (XLR, bal.)

0-40 °C via suppl. PSU 420x55x230 mm 2.1 kg

Model Carrier frequency Audio frequency range THD Dynamic range Audio signal Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions Weight

TXS-892HT

TXS-892HSE

Order No. 25.2820

Order No. 25.2810

Hand-held microphone with integrated multifrequency transmitter, with UHF PLL technology.

• Dynamic microphone cartridge, hypercardioid characteristic • Diecast aluminium body • 16 selectable UHF channels (740-764 MHz) • LCD for channel and battery status • Transmitting power: 10 mW (EIRP) • Selectable lock mode • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied) • Supplied with plastic case, microphone holder and 7 coloured caps to be pushed on Replacement cartridge available: MD-872: condenser cartridge with an even more brilliant sound, supercardioid characteristic.

M44

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Multifrequency pocket transmitter, with UHF PLL technology.

• Suitable for the combination with headband microphone or earband microphone with 3-pole mini XLR connector • 16 UHF channels (740-764 MHz), to be selected via rotary switch • Transmitting power: 10 mW (EIRP) • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied) • Supplied with artificial leather bag

Model Carrier frequency Audio frequency range Frequency stability Operating time Dimensions Weight

TXS-892HT 740-764 MHz 50-16,000 Hz ±0.005 % > 30 h ø 50 mm x 260 mm 350 g

TXS-892HSE 740-764 MHz 40-18,000 Hz ±0.005 % > 30 h 68x195x25 mm 130 g

Carrier frequency 863 – 865 MHz

TXS-81

TXS-81HT

Order No. 25.4330

Order No. 25.4340

Multifrequency receiver unit, with Model TXS-81 Carrier frequency 863-865 MHz UHF PLL technology.

RF S/N ratio > 90 dB • Compact desktop/floor housing Audio frequency range 50-20,000 Hz • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA THD < 0.8 % size (not supplied) or supplied plug-in > 100 dB Dynamic range Audio output 800 mV/10 kΩ (jack) PSU Admiss. ambient temp. 0-40 °C • Diversity system Power supply 2 x 1.5 V batt. AA size • 16 selectable UHF channels 92x102x124 mm Dimensions (863-865 MHz) 350 g Weight • ACT function for transmitting the selected frequency to hand-held microphone TXS-81HT or pocket transmitter TXS-81SX via infrared signal • Volume and squelch controls • LED for carrier signal, battery status and power • 6.3 mm output

Hand-held microphone with Model Carrier frequency integrated multifrequency Transmitting power transmitter, with UHF PLL technology.

Audio frequency range • Dynamic microphone cartridge, cardioid Frequency stability characteristic Operating time Dimensions • 16 selectable UHF channels Weight (863-865 MHz), can be synchronised with the receivers TXS-81 or TXS-81PLUG via ACT function • LCD for frequency, battery status • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied)

TXS-81PLUG

TXS-81SX

Order No. 25.4350

Order No. 25.4360

Miniature multifrequency receiver unit, with UHF PLL technology.

• 6.3 mm plug for the direct connection to a mixer or an amplifier • Power supply via 1 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied) • 16 selectable UHF channels (863-865 MHz) • ACT function for transmitting the selected frequency to hand-held microphone TXS-81HT or pocket transmitter TXS-81SX via infrared signal • Volume control • LED for carrier signal and power

Model Carrier frequency RF S/N ratio Audio frequency range THD Dynamic range Audio output Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions Weight

TXS-81PLUG 863-865 MHz > 80 dB 50-20,000 Hz < 0.8 % > 100 dB 400 mV/10 kΩ (jack) 0-40 °C 1 x 1.5 V batt. AA size 210x22x60 mm 70 g

WIRELESS MICROPHONES

Multifrequency headband microphone transmitter, with UHF PLL technology.

• 16 selectable UHF channels (863-865MHz), can be synchronised with the receivers TXS-81 or TXS-81PLUG via ACT function • Compact design • Continuously adjustable volume • LCD for group/channel, frequency and battery status • Electret headband microphone (cardioid characteristic) with 3.5 mm plug with latching device • Belt clip • Power supply via 1 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied)

Model Carrier frequency Transmitting power Audio frequency range Frequency stability Operating time Dimensions Weight

www.imgstageline.com

TXS-81HT 863-865 MHz 10 mW 40-15,000 Hz ±0.005 % >5h ø 52 mm x 230 mm 210 g

TXS-81SX 863-865 MHz 10 mW 40-15,000 Hz ±0.005 % >5h 68x140x27 mm 90 g

M45

WIRELESS MICROPHONES

Carrier frequencies 863 MHz, 865 MHz

This product range includes various transmitting microphones and a pocket transmitter for the headband microphones from IMG Stage Line, consisting of 2 licence-free UHF frequency versions each as well as

TXS-860 Order No. 24.0870

2-channel receiver unit, matching transmitters with the same carrier frequency.

• Non-diversity system with folding antennas (BNC connection) • Squelch and volume controls for each channel • XLR output for each channel, bal.

• 6.3mm output for mixed signal • High/low selector switch for level adjustment (mic/line) • LED level display for audio signal and transmitting signal for each channel • Supplied with PSU • 482 mm (19") rack installation possible with supplied mounting brackets (1 RS)

the matching receivers (for each frequency as a basic non-diversity version or a switching-diversity version for a particularly safe reception and as a practical 2-channel unit)

Model Carrier frequency Audio frequency range THD Dynamic range Audio signal Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions Weight

TXS-842

TXS-840

Order No. 24.0860

Order No. 24.0850

Receiver unit, matching transmitters with the same carrier frequency.

• Switching diversity system with folding antennas • Squelch control • Volume control • XLR output and 6.3 mm output • LEDs for power, AF peak and transmitter status • Supplied with PSU

Receiver unit, matching transmitters with the same carrier frequency.

• Switching diversity system with folding antennas • Squelch control • Volume control • XLR output and 6.3 mm output • LEDs for power, AF peak and transmitter status • Supplied with PSU

Model Carrier frequency Audio frequency range THD Dynamic range Audio signal Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions Weight

M46

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

TXS-860 863.05 MHz, 864.80 MHz 50-15,000 Hz < 0.6 % > 110 dB 0-0.75 V/5 kΩ (jack) 60 mV/600 Ω (XLR, bal.)

0-40 °C via suppl. plug-in PSU 410x52x260 mm 2.4 kg

TXS-842 864.80 MHz 50-15,000 Hz < 0.6 % > 110 dB 0.75 V/5 kΩ (jack) 60 mV/600 Ω (XLR, bal.)

0-40 °C via suppl. plug-in PSU 220x114x40 mm 550 g

TXS-840 863.05 MHz 50-15,000 Hz < 0.6 % > 110 dB 0.75 V/5 kΩ (jack) 60 mV/600 Ω (XLR, bal.)

0-40 °C via suppl. plug-in PSU 220x114x40 mm 550 g

Carrier frequencies 863 MHz, 865 MHz

WIRELESS MICROPHONES

Hand-held Microphones with Integrated Transmitter • • • • •

Dynamic, cardioid characteristic Switch for transmission mode, power LED Power supply via 9 V battery (not supplied) Transmitting power: < 10 mW (EIRP) Operating range: approx. 30 m

Model TXS-822HT TXS-821HT

Order No. 24.0910 24.8500

Carrier frequency 864.80 MHz 863.05 MHz

Audio frequency range 50-15,000 Hz 50-15,000 Hz

Frequency stability ±0.005 % ±0.005 %

Dimensions ø 54/36 mm x 245 mm ø 54/36 mm x 245 mm

Weight 225 g 225 g

Frequency stability ±0.005 % ±0.005 %

Dimensions 66x108x35 mm 66x108x35 mm

Weight 95 g 95 g

Tie Clip Microphone Transmitters • • • • • • •

Cable with 3.5 mm plug with latching device Volume control Belt clip Switch for transmission mode, power LED Power supply via 9 V battery (not supplied) Transmitting power: < 5 mW (EIRP) Operating range: approx. 30 m

Model TXS-822LT TXS-820LT

Order No. 24.0930 24.0920

Carrier frequency 864.80 MHz 863.05 MHz

Audio frequency range 50-15,000 Hz 50-15,000 Hz

Pocket Transmitters • • • • • • •

Suitable for the combination with every HSE headband microphone with 3-pole mini XLR plug Transmitting power: < 5 mW (EIRP) Operating range: approx. 30 m Volume control Power LED Belt clip Power supply via 9 V battery (not supplied)

Model TXS-822HSE TXS-820HSE

Order No. 24.0890 24.0880

Carrier frequency 864.80 MHz 863.05 MHz

Audio frequency range 50-15,000 Hz 50-15,000 Hz

Frequency stability ±0.005 % ±0.005 %

Dimensions 66x108x35 mm 66x108x35 mm

Weight 100 g 100 g

Headband Microphone Transmitters • • • • •

Electret headband microphone with 3.5 mm plug with latching device Transmitting power: < 5 mW (EIRP) Operating range: approx. 30 m Volume control, power LED, belt clip Power supply via 9 V battery (not supplied)

Model TXS-822SX TXS-820SX

Order No. 24.0950 24.0940

Carrier frequency 864.80 MHz 863.05 MHz

Audio frequency range 50-15,000 Hz 50-15,000 Hz

Frequency stability ±0.005 % ±0.005 %

Dimensions 66x108x35 mm 66x108x35 mm

Weight 100 g 100 g

www.imgstageline.com

M47

WIRELESS MICROPHONES

Carrier frequency 672–697 MHz

Multifrequency receiver unit, with UHF PLL technology.

1,000 selectable UHF channels (672.000-696.975MHz) in 10 groups with 100 channels each • ACT function for transmitting the selected frequency to pocket transmitter TXS-606LT or hand-held microphone TXS-606HT via infrared signal • Automatic scan • True diversity system with removable antennas (BNC connection) • Volume and squelch can be adjusted • LCD for group/channel, antenna A/B, RF transmitting level and AF audio level • Additional LED level display for audio level • XLR output and 6.3 mm output • Robust metal housing • Supplied with PSU TXS-606

Order No. 25.3510

Model Carrier frequency RF S/N ratio Audio frequency range THD Dynamic range Audio output Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions Weight

TXS-606HT

TXS-606LT

TXS-606HSE

Order No. 25.3540

Order No. 25.3550

Order No. 25.4690

Hand-held microphone with integrated multifrequency transmitter, with UHF PLL technology.

Dynamic microphone cartridge, cardioid characteristic • 1,000 selectable UHF channels (672.000-696.975 MHz), can be synchronised with the receivers TXS-606, TXS-626 or TXS-646 via ACT function • Adjustable sensitivity • Switchable transmitting power (high: 25 mW/low: 2.5 mW) • LCD for group/channel, audio level and battery status • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied)

SOUNDCHECK 04/2012 "The TXS-646 can receive four wireless channels at the same time - the hand-held transmitter provides a warm and powerful sound and stands its ground among the instruments ... the earband microphones allow for unobtrusive miking with both a low susceptibility to acoustic feedback and an excellent speech

Multifrequency tie clip microphone transmitter, with UHF PLL technology.

1,000 selectable UHF channels (672.000-696.975 MHz), can be synchronised with the receivers TXS-606, TXS-626 or TXS-646 via ACT function • Continuously adjustable sensitivity • LCD for group/channel, audio level and battery status • Tie clip microphone with 3.5 mm plug with latching device • Belt clip • Power supply via 2 x 1.5V battery AA size (not supplied)

intelligibility ... the quad wireless system from IMG Stage Line provides a reliable operation at all times, is easy to use and impresses by a crisp sound." + Clear sound + Very good price-performance ratio + Future-proof frequency range (Test setup consisted of TXA-646 with TXS-606HT, TXS-606LT and HSE-70A/SK)

4-channel multifrequency receiver unit, with UHF PLL technology.

1,000 selectable UHF frequencies (672.000-696.975MHz) for each channel (10 groups with 100 channels each) • ACT function for transmitting the selected frequency to pocket transmitter TXS-606LT or hand-held microphone TXS-606HT via infrared signal • Automatic scan • True diversity system with removable antennas (BNC Model TXS-646 connection) • Volume and squelch conCarrier frequency 672.000-696.975MHz trols for each channel • LCD for RF S/N ratio 105dB group/channel, antenna A/B, RF transmitAudio frequency range 30-18,000Hz THD < 0.5% ting level, AF audio level and additional Dynamic range 120dB LED display for audio signal of each chanAudio output 350mV/600Ω (jack) nel • XLR output for each channel, bal.

25mV/600Ω (XLR, bal.)

• 6.3 mm output for mixed signal Admiss. ambient temp. 0-40 °C Power supply via suppl.

• Robust metal housing • Supplied with plug-in PSU PSU • 482 mm (19“) rack installation, 1 RS TXS-646

Order No. 25.3530

Dimensions Weight

M48

482x45x310mm 2.9kg

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Model Carrier frequency Transmitting power Audio frequency range Frequency stability Operating time Dimensions Weight

TXS-606 672.000-696.975 MHz 105 dB 30-18,000 Hz < 0.5 % 120 dB 350 mV/600 Ω (jack) 25 mV/600 Ω (XLR, bal.)

0-40 °C via suppl. plug-in PSU 212x45x180 mm 930 g

Multifrequency pocket transmitter, with UHF PLL technology.

1,000 selectable UHF channels (672.000-696.975 MHz), can be synchronised with the receivers TXS-606, TXS-626 or TXS-646 via ACT function • Continuously adjustable sensitivity • LCD for group/channel, audio level and battery status • Suitable for the combination with headband/earband microphones and tie clip microphones with 3-pole mini XLR connector • Belt clip • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied)

TXS-606HT 672.000-696.975 MHz 25 mW/2.5 mW 30-18,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±0.005 % >8h ø 51 mm x 265 mm 312 g

TXS-606LT 672.000-696.975 MHz 25 mW 30-18,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±0.005 % >8h 61x106x27 mm 125 g

TXS-606HSE 672.000-696.975 MHz 25 mW 30-18,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±0.005 % >8h 61x106x27 mm 96 g

2-channel multifrequency receiver unit, with UHF PLL technology.

1,000 selectable UHF frequencies (672.000-696.975 MHz) for each channel (10 groups with 100 channels each) • ACT function for transmitting the selected frequency to pocket transmitter TXS-606LT or hand-held microphone TXS-606HT via infrared signal • Automatic scan • True diversity system with removable antennas (BNC Model TXS-626 connection) • Volume and squelch conCarrier frequency 672.000-696.975MHz trols for each channel • LCD for RF S/N ratio 105dB group/channel, antenna A/B, RF transmitAudio frequency range 30-18,000Hz THD < 0.5% ting level, AF audio level and additional Dynamic range 120dB LED level display for audio level of each Audio output 350mV/600Ω (jack) channel • XLR output for each channel, 25mV/600Ω (XLR, bal.) bal. • 6.3 mm output for mixed signal Admiss. ambient temp. 0-40 °C Power supply via suppl.

• Robust metal housing • Supplied with plug-in PSU PSU • 482 mm (19“) rack installation, 1 RS TXS-626

Order No. 25.3520

Dimensions Weight

482x45x195mm 1.8kg

Carrier frequencies 672–697 MHz I 863–865 MHz

TXS-611SET

TXS-631SET

Order No. 25.3650

Order No. 25.3660

TXS-616SET

TXS-636SET

Order No. 25.3490

Order No. 25.3500

Multifrequency microphone systems, with UHF PLL technology.

• 1 hand-held microphone transmitter, cardioid characteristic, 1 receiver, 1 plug-in PSU • True diversity system • TXS-611SET: 80 selectable UHF channels (863-865 MHz) • TXS-616SET: 100 selectable UHF channels (672-6,975 MHz) • ACT function for transmitting the selected frequency to the hand-held microphone via infrared signal

• Automatic scan • Volume and squelch controls • Transmitting power can be switched at the hand-held microphone (high/low) • Indication for channel, antenna A/B, ACT status and AF audio level (receiver), channel and battery status (handheld microphone) • Robust metal housing (receiver)

Multifrequency microphone systems, with UHF PLL technology.

• 1 pocket transmitter, 1 tie clip microphone, 1 receiver, 1 plug-in PSU • True diversity system • TXS-631SET: 80 selectable UHF channels (863-865 MHz) • TXS-636SET: 100 selectable UHF channels (672-697 MHz) • ACT function for transmitting the selected frequency to the pocket transmitter via infrared signal

TXS-811SET

TXS-831SET

Order No. 25.3630

Order No. 25.3640

Multifrequency microphone system, with UHF PLL technology.

• 1 hand-held microphone transmitter, cardioid characteristic, 1 receiver, 1 plug-in PSU • Switching diversity system

Model Carrier frequency Transmitting power RF S/N ratio Audio range Dynamic range THD Audio output Operating range Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Transmitter Receiver Dimensions Transmitter Receiver Weight Transmitter Receiver Connections

• 9 selectable UHF channels (863-865 MHz) • Volume and squelch controls • 482 mm (19") rack installation of 2 receiver units possible with supplied mounting brackets

WIRELESS MICROPHONES

Multifrequency microphone system, with UHF PLL technology, for mobile applications, e.g. at sales events, aerobics.

• 1 pocket transmitter, 1 headband microphone and 1 tie clip microphone, 1 receiver, 1 plug-in PSU • Switching diversity system

• Automatic scan • Volume and squelch controls • Gain can be adjusted at the pocket transmitter • Indication for channel, antenna A/B, ACT status and AF audio level (receiver), channel and battery status (pocket transmitter) • Robust metal housing (receiver)

• 9 selectable UHF channels (863-865MHz) • Volume and squelch controls • 482 mm (19") rack installation of 2 receiver units possible with supplied mounting brackets

TXS-611SET 863-865MHz < 10mW (EIRP) 105dB 50-18,000Hz, ±3dB 120dB < 0.5% 350mV/10kΩ (jack) 25mV/10kΩ (XLR, bal.) approx. 30m 0-40 °C

TXS-616SET 672.000-696.975MHz < 25mW/2.5mW (EIRP) 105dB 50-18,000Hz, ±3dB 120dB < 0.5% 350mV/10kΩ (jack) 25mV/10kΩ (XLR, bal.) approx. 50m 0-40 °C

TXS-631SET 863-865MHz < 10mW (EIRP) 105dB 50-18,000Hz, ±3dB 120dB < 0.5% 350mV/10kΩ (jack) 25mV/10kΩ (XLR, bal.) approx. 30m 0-40 °C

TXS-636SET 672.000-696.975MHz < 25mW (EIRP) 105dB 50-18,000Hz, ±3dB 120dB < 0.5% 350mV/10kΩ (jack) 25mV/10kΩ (XLR, bal.) approx. 50m 0-40 °C

TXS-811SET 863-865MHz < 10mW (EIRP) > 90dB 50-15,000Hz, ±3dB > 100dB < 1% 50mV/10kΩ (jack) 100mV/10kΩ (XLR, bal.) approx. 30m 0-40 °C

TXS-831SET 863-865MHz < 10mW (EIRP) > 90dB 50-15,000Hz, ±3dB > 100dB < 1% 50mV/10kΩ (jack) 100mV10/kΩ (XLR, bal.) approx. 30m 0-40 °C

2 x 1.5V batt. AA size via suppl. plug-in PSU

2 x 1.5V batt. AA size via suppl. plug-in PSU

2 x 1.5V batt. AA size via suppl. plug-in PSU

2 x 1.5V batt. AA size via suppl. plug-in PSU

2 x 1.5V batt. AA size via suppl. plug-in PSU

2 x 1.5V batt. AA size via suppl. plug-in PSU

ø 52mm x 275mm 152x38x120mm

ø 52mm x 275mm 152x38x120mm

62x105x25mm 152x38x120mm

62x105x25mm 152x38x120mm

ø 48mm x 235mm 200x45x130mm

65x110x30mm 200x45x130mm

235g 482g 1 x 6.3mm jack, unbal.

1 x XLR, bal.

235g 482g 1 x 6.3mm jack, unbal.

1 x XLR, bal.

88g 482g 1 x 6.3mm jack, unbal.

1 x XLR, bal.

88g 482g 1 x 6.3mm jack, unbal.

1 x XLR, bal.

165g 370g 1 x 6.3mm jack, unbal.

1 x XLR, bal.

105g 370g 1 x 6.3mm jack, unbal.

1 x XLR, bal.

1 x 3-pole mini XLR (transmitter)

www.imgstageline.com

M49

MICROPHONES

Professional Headband Microphones

With regard to acoustic feedback, this microphone allows a particularly convenient operation due to the cardioid characteristic.

HSE-330/SK

HSE-310/SK

Order No. 23.0140

Order No. 23.4120

Professional headband microphone, of cardioid characteristic with a highquality sound which is suitable for any vocal or speech application. Innovative design features ensure a maximum suppression of both the impact sound and structure-borne noise as well as an extra low acoustic feedback, very comfortable to wear.

Beige version.

• Corrosion-resistant neckband, easy to clean

• Drip ring (protects the cartridge against moisture) • Unobtrusive and secure fit due to cable routing in the neck area incl. strain relief and cable bending protection • Stable positioning • Compatible with pocket transmitters from different manufacturers with a 3.5 mm stereo jack connection and 5.9 mm outside thread • Microphone windshield

Professional headband microphone, of cardioid characteristic with a highquality sound which is suitable for any vocal or speech application. Innovative design features ensure a maximum suppression of both the impact sound and structure-borne noise as well as an extra low acoustic feedback, very comfortable to wear.

Beige version.

• Corrosion-resistant neckband, easy to clean

HSE-152/SK

HSE-150/SK

Order No. 23.4280

Order No. 23.4050

Ultralight headband microphone The reliable HSE-150/SK is now also available with cardioid characteristic. Thus, the extensive list of features of the HSE-150/SK is now completed by a further important detail: excellent feedback rejection. This microphone also features a high-quality back electret cartridge which provides an optimum sound. The extra lightweight and almost invisible ergonomic headband makes the HSE-152/SK a perfect tool for every vocal artist.

Beige version.

• Wide transmission range ATTENTION Cardioid characteristic: higher directivity, i.e. it is necessary to direct the voice more precisely to the microphone and to take greater care when fixing and aligning the microphone. Less susceptible to ambient noise.

Omnidirectional characteristic: reproduction at a more constant volume level and higher susceptibility to ambient noise.

M50

• • • • • •

•

•

Excellent feedback rejection Very comfortable to wear Stable positioning Turning cartridge arm of adjustable length Drip ring (protects the cartridge against moisture) Compatible with all pocket transmitters TXS-...HSE with 3-pole mini XLR connection External power supply, e.g. via phantom power supply adapter EMA-1, EMA-2, EMA-40 or EMA-300P Microphone windshield

Ultralight headband microphone Suitable for the reproduction of vocals and speech for any kind of audio transmission. A high-quality back electret cartridge of omnidirectional characteristic provides a good sound of a high quality even if the cartridge is not perfectly aligned. An ergonomic design is the reason for both an unobtrusive and secure fit even during extreme head movements.

Beige version.

• Wide transmission range • Very comfortable to wear • Stable positioning

Model System

HSE-330/SK electret/cardioid

HSE-310/SK electret/cardioid

Frequency range Impedance Sensitivity Max. SPL Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Weight

50-18,000 Hz 2 kΩ 2.3 mV/Pa/1 kHz 120 dB 1.5-9 V 0-40 °C 18 g (w/o cable and plug) 3.5 mm stereo plug with locking device for screwing on for 5.9 mm outside thread

50-18,000Hz 2kΩ 2.3mV/Pa/1kHz 120dB 1.5-9V 0-40 °C 18g (w/o cable and plug) 3-pole mini XLR

Connection

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

• Drip ring (protects the cartridge against moisture) • Unobtrusive and secure fit due to cable routing in the neck area incl. strain relief and cable bending protection • Stable positioning • Compatible with all TXS-...HSE pocket transmitters (for type of connection, please refer to table) • External power supply, e.g. via phantom power supply adapter EMA-1, EMA-2, EMA-40 or EMA-300P • Microphone windshield

• Turning cartridge arm of adjustable length • Drip ring (protects the cartridge against moisture) • Compatible with all TXS-...HSE pocket transmitters with 3-pole mini XLR connection • External power supply, e.g. via phantom power supply adapter EMA-1, EMA-2, EMA-40 or EMA-300P • Microphone windshield

HSE-152/SK back electret cardioid 20-20,000Hz 1.5kΩ 1.8mV/Pa/1kHz 130dB 1.5-9V‡ 0-40 °C 7g

HSE-150/SK back electret omnidirectional 20-20,000Hz 1kΩ 8mV/Pa/1kHz 130dB 1.5-9V‡ 0-40 °C 7g

3-pole mini XLR

3-pole mini XLR

Professional Headband Microphones Ultralight headband microphone, cardioid characteristic.

This microphone with a back electret cartridge of cardioid characteristic is suitable for any application requiring a directional sound pick-up. A solid tool with a great sound for presenters and vocalists, even suitable for severe acoustic conditions thanks to the low acoustic feedback. The lightweight and almost invisible headband is very comfortable to wear and keeps the cartridge securely in place.

Connected to a cable with latching device and by using optional adapters, the HSE-152A/SK can be operated with wireless transmission systems of various manufacturers.

Wide transmission range • Very comfortable to wear • Stable positioning • Turning cartridge arm of adjustable length • Drip ring (protects the cartridge against moisture) • Removable sweat-proof connection cable with 2.5 mm stereo plug (replacement connection cable: HSE-70C) • With the supplied adapters, compatible with all TXS-...HSE pocket transmitters (3-pole mini XLR) and pocket transmitters from JTS (4-pole mini XLR) • With adapter NTA-4M (available at option), compatible with pocket transmitter TXS-882HSE • Optional adapters allow the application with units from other manufacturers • External power supply e.g. via the phantom power supply adapters EMA-1, EMA-2, EMA-40 or EMA-300P • Windshield

MICROPHONES

HSE-152A/SK Order No. 23.5170

tools4music 03/2008 "Top marks for appearance. Advantages: comfortable to wear, extra favourable price."

HSE-152A/SK

Ultralight headband microphone, omnidirectional characteristic.

This microphone is comfortable to wear, provides perfectly stable positioning and the highquality back electret cartridge ensures a high-quality audio reproduction of vocals and presentations. A cartridge which is not perfectly aligned is not a problem thanks to the omnidirectional characteristic. The flexible connection cable features a plug with latching device which ensures a secure connection to the corresponding adapter.

This microphone can be operated with wireless transmission systems of various manufacturers due to the additional adapters which are available at option.

Wide transmission range • Very comfortable to wear • Stable positioning • Turning cartridge arm of adjustable length • Drip ring (protects the cartridge against moisture) • Removable sweat-proof connection cable with 2.5 mm stereo plug (replacement connection cable: HSE-70C) • With the supplied adapters, compatible with all TXS-...HSE pocket transmitters (3-pole mini XLR) and pocket transmitters from JTS (4-pole mini XLR) • With adapter NTA-4M (available at option), compatible with pocket transmitter TXS-882HSE • Optional adapters allow the application with units from other manufacturers • External power supply e.g. via the phantom power supply adapters EMA-1, EMA-2, EMA-40 or EMA-300P • Windshield HSE-150A/SK Order No. 23.5160

Hyperlight miniature earband microphone, with a high-quality cartridge, omnidirectional characteristic.

Practically invisible, outstanding sound technology! The HSE-70A/SK features a state-of-the-art appearance, technology and sound! This earband microphone is ideally suited for any application requiring perfect audibility and an accentuated sound. The high-quality back electret cartridge of omnidirectional characteristic with an optimised sound has been manufactured in Europe and provides a voice reproduction of the brilliant high range which is almost unparalleled. It always provides a high-quality sound even if the microphone is not perfectly aligned to the mouth. The innovative and almost invisible one-ear attachment with earband and earlobe support provides a perfect fit and makes it very comfortable to wear. This microphone is the solution where headband-based systems are rather inconvenient to use. Separate headphones can also be used simultaneously without any problems and without them being uncomfortable to wear.

Special technical feature: The removable connection cable can be replaced by HSE-70C. With the optional adapters, the microphone can also be operated with transmission systems from other manufacturers.

Wide transmission range • Very comfortable to wear • Stable positioning • Drip ring (protects the cartridge against moisture) • Removable sweat-proof connection cable with 2.5 mm stereo plug • With the supplied adapters, compatible with all TXS-...HSE pocket transmitters (3-pole mini XLR) and pocket transmitters from JTS (4-pole mini XLR) • With adapter NTA-4M (available at option), compatible with pocket transmitter TXS-882HSE • Optional adapters allow the application with units from other manufacturers • External power supply e.g. via the phantom power supply adapters EMA-1, EMA-2, EMA-40 or EMA-300P • Windshield HSE-70A/SK

Order No. 23.5190

HSE-150A/SK

tools4music 03/2012 "The HSE-70A/SK from IMG Stage Line impresses by a very good price-performance ratio, clear budget tip from the editors. Provides the most balanced and most practice-orientated sound. Conclusion: anyone who wants to invest in new headsets with a good price-performance ratio for every-day use should try out the HSE-150/SK and the earband microphone HSE-70A/SK in a personal test environment." + Removable and replaceable connection cable + Comfortable to wear + Sound + Unobtrusive microphone + Very attractive price + Supplied with robust case + Supplied with two microphone windshields as replacement

HSE-70A/SK

Hyperlight miniature earband microphone, omnidirectional characteristic.

Small but efficient! The HSE-60A/SK impresses by a perfect sound and sophisticated and functional design. Excellent speech intelligibility due to a back electret cartridge of omnidirectional characteristic. It is very comfortable to wear due to the innovative earband with earlobe support which also allows the simultaneous use of separate headphones. The flexible sweat-proof connection cable allows for a secure connection to corresponding adapters thanks to the integrated latching device.

Optional adapters allow a connection to wireless transmission systems from other manufacturers in order to ensure most versatile applications with this microphone.

Wide transmission range • Very comfortable to wear • Stable positioning • Drip ring (protects the cartridge against moisture) • Sweat-proof connection cable with 2.5 mm stereo plug • Compatible with all TXS-...HSE pocket transmitters (3-pole mini XLR) and pocket transmitters from JTS (4-pole mini XLR) • With adapter NTA-4M (available at option), compatible with pocket transmitter TXS-882HSE • Optional adapters allow the application with units from other manufacturers • External power supply e.g. via the phantom power supply adapters EMA-1, EMA-2, EMA-40 or EMA-300P • Windshield HSE-60A/SK

Order No. 23.5180

Model System Frequency range Impedance Sensitivity Max. SPL Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Weight Connection

HSE-152A/SK back electret/cardioid 20-20,000Hz 1.5kΩ 1.8mV/Pa/1kHz 130dB 1.5-9V‡ 0-40 °C 7g 2.5mm stereo plug 2 connecting adapters

HSE-150A/SK back electret/omnidir.

20-20,000Hz 1kΩ 8mV/Pa/1kHz 130dB 1.5-9V‡ 0-40 °C 7g 2.5mm stereo plug 2 connecting adapters

HSE-70A/SK back electret/omnidir.

20-20,000Hz 2kΩ 5.6mV/Pa/1kHz 140dB 0.8-5V‡ 0-40 °C 6g 2.5mm stereo plug 2 connecting adapters

HSE-60A/SK

Model System Frequency range Impedance Sensitivity Max. SPL S/N ratio Power supply Weight Connection, cable Cable

ATTENTION

HSE-60A/SK back electret/omnidir.

20-20,000Hz 2kΩ 5.6mV/Pa/1kHz 140dB > 60dB 1.5-9V‡ 6g 2.5mm stereo plug 2 connecting adapters 1.2m

Matching adapters for these microphones can be found on the next page.

www.imgstageline.com

M51

MICROPHONES

Headband Microphone NTA-4M

NTA-4SH

Order No. 23.5230

Order No. 23.5240

Adapter 4-pole mini XLR inline jack to 2.5 mm stereo inline jack.

For connecting headband and earband microphones HSE-60A/SK, HSE-70A/SK, HSE-150A/SK and HSE-152A/SK to TXS-882HSE and wireless transmission systems of other manufacturers.

For the pin assignment, see technical drawing.

Earband Microphone

Adapter 4-pole mini XLR inline jack to 2.5 mm stereo inline jack.

For connecting headband and earband microphones HSE-60A/SK, HSE-70A/SK, HSE-150A/SK and HSE-152A/SK to wireless transmission systems of other manufacturers.

For the pin assignment, see technical drawing.

NTA-2SE

NTA-3A

Order No. 23.5210

Order No. 23.5220

Adapter 3.5 mm stereo plug to 2.5 mm stereo inline jack.

For connecting headband and earband microphones HSE-60A/SK, HSE-70A/SK, HSE-150A/SK and HSE-152A/SK to wireless transmission systems of other manufacturers.

For the pin assignment, see technical drawing.

I

Adapter 3-pole mini XLR inline jack to 2.5 mm stereo inline jack.

For connecting headband and earband microphones HSE-60A/SK, HSE-70A/SK, HSE-150A/SK and HSE-152A/SK to wireless transmission systems of other manufacturers.

For the pin assignment, see technical drawing.

HSE-110 Order No. 23.2170

Headband microphone, with highquality back electret cartridge. Very linear frequency response, especially resistant to external sound due to its supercardioid characteristic with high back suppression.

The power supply adapter EMA-1 or a respective power supply is required for operation.

HSE-110: with 3-pole mini XLR inline jack, matching EMA-1 or pocket transmitters TXS-...HSE (except TXS-882HSE)

ATTENTION

HSE-60/SK

Cardioid characteristic: higher directivity, i.e. it is necessary to direct the voice more precisely to the microphone and to take greater care when fixing and aligning the microphone. Less susceptible to ambient noise.

Order No. 23.4250

Omnidirectional characteristic: reproduction at a more constant volume level and higher susceptibility to ambient noise.

Model System Frequency range Impedance Sensitivity Max. SPL Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Weight Connection

M52

HSE-110 back electret supercardioid 20-20,000Hz 3kΩ 7mV/Pa/1kHz 120dB 1.3-20V‡ 0-40 °C 75g 3-pole mini XLR

HSE-60/SK back electret omnidirectional 20-20,000Hz 2kΩ 5.6mV/Pa/1kHz 140dB 1.5-9V‡ 0-40 °C 1g (w/o cable and plug) 3-pole mini XLR

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Hyperlight miniature earband microphone Practically invisible, outstanding sound technology, almost impossible to achieve a lower weight and made available at a very reasonable price - that is precisely describing the HSE-60/SK! This back electret microphone does not only offer an absolutely convincing sound for any speech application, the comfortable wear also represents an innovation. The new type of attachment is based on a combination of earband and earlobe support in order to guarantee the secure fit.

The advantages are quite obvious: Far more unobtrusive than headband-based systems and very popular particularly in theatres and with costumes, because extensive hairstyles will not be affected. With speech applications requiring a simultaneous use of headphones, the earband system is reported to be clearly more comfortable to wear and more flexible to use.

• Wide transmission range • Very comfortable to wear • Stable positioning • Drip ring (protects the cartridge against moisture) • Sweat-proof connection cable • Compatible with all TXS-...HSE pocket transmitters with 3-pole mini XLR connection • External power supply e.g. via phantom power supply adapter EMA-1, EMA-2, EMA-40 or EMA-300P • Supplied with microphone windshield and bag

Tie Clip Microphones I

Belt Bags

1,2 m

MICROPHONES

1,2 m

ECM-501L/SK

ECM-402L

Order No. 23.3900

Order No. 23.3520

Electret tie clip microphone Unobtrusive fit due to beige miniature design. High-quality microphone cartridge of omnidirectional characteristic.

With removable clip and 1.2 m connection cable, 3-pole mini XLR. A phantom power supply adapter (EMA-1, EMA-2, EMA-40, EMA-300P) or a pocket transmitter TXS-...HSE (except TXS-882HSE) is required for operation, available at option.

Model System Frequency range Impedance Sensitivity Max. SPL Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connection

ECM-501L/SK electret/omnidir.

20-20,000Hz 1kΩ 5.6mV/Pa/1kHz 110dB 1.5-9V‡ 0-40 °C ø 5mm x 10mm 5g 3-pole mini XLR

ECM-402L electret/cardioid 70-15,000Hz 1.5kΩ 7mV/Pa/1kHz 120dB via power supply adapter 0-40 °C ø 7mm x 22mm 4g 3-pole mini XLR

MH-2/SK

MH-2/SW

Order No. 23.5770

Order No. 23.5780

Clip, for the connection cables of headband or earband microphones. Due to the clip which is attached to the collar, the cable is unobtrusively led to the pocket transmitter behind the head across the back.

• Beige lacquered metal version • For cables up to ø 1.5 mm

Clip, for the connection cables of headband or earband microphones. Due to the clip which is attached to the collar, the cable is unobtrusively led to the pocket transmitter behind the head across the back.

• Black lacquered metal version • For cables up to ø 1.5 mm

TXS-10BELT

TXS-10BELT/SW

Order No. 23.4110

Order No. 23.5460

Belt bag, blue, suitable for wireless pocket transmitters from MONACOR, IMG Stage Line and JTS. • Ideally suited for mobile applications (e.g. at sports) • Flexible, adjustable strap • Bag with hook and loop fastener

Electret tie clip microphone, miniature version. Microphone cartridge of cardioid characteristic. With removable clip and 1.2 m connection cable, 3-pole mini XLR. A phantom power supply adapter (EMA-40, EMA-300P) or a pocket transmitter TXS-...HSE (except TXS-882HSE) is required for operation, available at option.

Belt bag, black, suitable for wireless pocket transmitters from MONACOR, IMG Stage Line and JTS. • Ideally suited for mobile applications (e.g. at sports) • Flexible, adjustable strap • Bag with hook and loop fastener

www.imgstageline.com

M53

MICROPHONES

Microphones for Recording or Studio

Recording software is available as freeware on the Internet.

ECM-220USB

ECM-170

ECM-140USB

Order No. 23.6060

Order No. 23.5520

Order No. 23.5620

USB stereo electret microphone, for professional stereo recordings or home recording of high requirements.

• For operating directly at a PC • No driver installation required, unit will be identified automatically • Integrated high-quality A/D converter 8-48 kHz/16 bits • 2 electret microphone cartridges (cardioid characteristic) in X/Y setup (90°) • Supplied with microphone holder with 16 mm (∫") thread, mini desktop stand and 3 m USB connection cable • Suitable for Windows* 98SE/ME/2000/XP/Vista or Mac OS* 9/X

Condenser microphone with large diaphragm, for professional studio applications.

• High brilliance and particularly transparent sound due to high-quality cartridge • Extra thin gold-plated 2.5 cm (1") diaphragm • Switchable directional characteristic: cardioid/omnidirectional/figure-eight • Low cut switch • 10 dB attenuation, switchable • 48 V phantom power • Supplied with vibration absorbing support (spider) with 16 mm (∫") thread and microphone windshield • Supplied in a foam-padded case

USB condenser microphone with large diaphragm, for professional studio applications or home recording of high requirements.

• For operating directly at a PC • No driver installation required, unit will be identified automatically • Integrated high-quality A/D converter 8-48kHz/16 bits • Extra thin gold-plated 2.5 cm (1") diaphragm • Blue power LED integrated into the head • Supplied with vibration absorbing support (spider) with 16 mm (∫") thread and 3 m USB connection cable • Supplied in a foam-padded case • Suitable for Windows* 98SE/ME/2000/XP/Vista or Mac OS* 9/X

Beat 03/2010 "The ECM-170 impresses by an absolutely linear and almost genuine transmission."

music&PC 02/2009 "An attractive offer. Unlike most of the other USB microphones, it offers a professional sound."

Model System Frequency range Impedance Sensitivity Max. SPL S/N ratio Power supply Body Dimensions Weight Connection, microphone Connection, cable Cable

M54

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

ECM-220USB electret/cardioid 20-20,000Hz 23mV/Pa/1kHz 130dB 76dB 5V‡ via USB interface aluminium ø 50mm x 185mm 430g USB B jack USB A plug 3m

ECM-170 electret/cardioid/omnidir./figure-eight 20-20,000Hz 150Ω 12mV/Pa/1kHz 132dB/142dB (-10dB PAD) > 80dB 48V‡, phantom metal ø 51mm x 187mm 490g XLR, bal.

-

ECM-140USB electret/cardioid 20-20,000Hz 18mV/Pa/1kHz 130dB > 80dB 5V‡ via USB interface metal ø 50mm x 185mm 440g USB B jack USB A plug 3m

Microphones for Recording or Studio

MICROPHONES

ECM-140

ECM-270

WSW-300

Order No. 23.4350

Order No. 23.5140

Order No. 23.6180

Condenser microphone with large diaphragm, for general applications.

• Extra thin gold-plated 2.5 cm (1") diaphragm • Low cut switch • 10 dB attenuation, switchable • 48 V phantom power • Supplied with vibration absorbing support (spider) with 16 mm (∫") thread and microphone windshield • Supplied in a foam-padded case

Professional condenser microphone, for studio applications and live performances. Ideally suited for the direct or overhead sound pick-up of acoustic instruments and vocals.

• Back electret cardridge of cardioid characteristic • Low cut switch • 10 dB attentuation, switchable • Electronically balanced output • Robust brass body of high quality • Supplied accessories: robust hard-sided case, microphone windshield, microphone holder (spider) for 16 mm (∫") stand

Portable absorber and diffuser, for high-quality microphone recordings in rooms without optimised acoustic noise reduction.

Suitable for general applications with microphone stands or for setting up desktop applications.

• Reduces the transmission of unwanted room influences such as reflections, echoes and ambient noise • Easy mounting to standard microphone stands with screw clamps • Supporting feet adjustable in height • Adjustable microphone attachment with thread: 16 mm (∫") and 9 mm (π") • Folding side parts, thus space-saving Supplied without microphone, microphone holder and stand.

WS-100 Order No. 23.2750

Microphone windshield, for studio applications.

• Fabric covering • Adjustable metal arm • Stand clamp

Model System Frequency range Impedance Sensitivity Max. SPL S/N ratio Power supply Body Dimensions Weight Connection, microphone

ECM-140 electret/cardioid 20-20,000Hz 200Ω 15mV/Pa/1kHz 130dB 80dB 48V‡, phantom metal ø 50mm x 195mm 470g XLR, bal.

Model System Frequency range Impedance Sensitivity Max. SPL Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connection

ECM-270 back electret/cardioid 50-18,000Hz 200Ω 5.6mV/Pa/1kHz 135dB 48V‡ (phantom) 0-40 °C ø 20mm x 150mm 140g XLR, bal.

www.imgstageline.com

M55

MICROPHONES

Dynamic Microphones

The dynamic microphones from IMG Stage Line impress by their robust and neat workmanship. Whether vocals or speech, they provide a convincing sound.

DM-5000LN

DM-4500

DM-3200

DM-2500

DM-1100

Order No. 23.0400

Order No. 23.5150

Order No. 23.3300

Order No. 23.0050

Order No. 23.3290

Dynamic microphone, for stage and vocals. Highly sensitive neodymium magnet version.

Supplied with microphone holder, cable and case.

Dynamic microphone Frequency response optimised for stage and vocals. High protection against acoustic feedback and low handling noise.

Robust body.

Supplied with microphone holder, cable and plastic case.

PROSOUND "A suitable solution, ... a wellbalanced microphone with an appealing sound."

Dynamic microphone, for stage, speech and vocals.

Supplied with microphone holder, cable and plastic case.

Dynamic microphone, for stage, speech, vocals and DJ applications. POP noise head.

Supplied with microphone holder, cable and case.

Dynamic microphone, for speech and vocals. Supplied without microphone holder.

Matching microphone holder (e.g. MH-202) is available at option.

Supplied with cable.

tools4music 06/2011 "The microphone with the highest output level, an excellent choice for female vocals."

tools4music "... as to sound, the microphone shamelessly turns the test field upside down."

Model System Frequency range Impedance Sensitivity Max. SPL Body Dimensions Weight Connection, microphone Connection, cable Cable

M56

DM-5000LN dyn./supercardioid 40-18,000Hz 250Ω 2.5mV/Pa/1kHz 130dB diecast zinc ø 53.5mm x 174mm 688g XLR, bal.

XLR 6m, low-noise

DM-4500 dyn./cardioid 50-16,500Hz 600Ω 1.8mV/Pa/1kHz 147dB diecast metal ø 51mm x 165mm 290g XLR, bal.

XLR 6m

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

DM-3200 dyn./supercardioid 50-16,000Hz 250Ω 2.5mV/Pa/1kHz 145dB metal ø 55mm x 173mm 300g XLR, bal.

6.3mm plug 5m, low-noise

DM-2500 dyn./cardioid 30-18,000Hz 250Ω 1.5mV/Pa/1kHz 120dB diecast zinc ø 54mm x 165mm 662g XLR, bal.

6.3mm plug 6m, low-noise

DM-1100 dyn./cardioid 50-16,000Hz 500Ω 2.5mV/Pa/1kHz 145dB metal ø 54mm x 175mm 250g XLR, bal.

6.3mm plug 5m, low-noise

Boundary Microphones I

Power Supply Units

MICROPHONES

Boundary microphones of very high sensitivity: a perfect solution for special applications!

6m

4m

6m Especially suitable for the use as a desktop microphone!

6m

4m

ECM-300B

ECM-302B/WS

ECM-302B

ECM-304BD/WS

ECM-304BD

Order No. 23.2390

Order No. 23.3630

Order No. 23.2370

Order No. 23.3270

Order No. 23.2510

Boundary microphone • Extra compact version • Phantom power via adapter EMA-300P, available at option • With 6 m connection cable 3-pole mini XLR

Model System Frequency range Impedance Sensitivity Max. SPL Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connection

ECM-300B electret/semicardioid 30-20,000Hz 300Ω 4mV/Pa/1kHz 120dB 9-48V via power supply adapter 0-40 °C ø 43mm x 15mm 40g 3-pole mini XLR, unbal.

Boundary microphones • Integrated electronics for the direct connection to phantom power 9-48 V‡ • Transformer-balanced AF output • With 6 m connection cable 3-pole mini XLR/XLR

ECM-302B/WS electret/semicardioid 30-20,000Hz 250Ω 22mV/Pa/1kHz 140dB 9-48V‡, ext. (phantom) 0-40 °C ø 120mm x 22mm 350g 3-pole mini XLR, bal. (cable: XLR)

ECM-302B electret/semicardioid 30-20,000Hz 250Ω 22mV/Pa/1kHz 140dB 9-48V‡, ext. (phantom) 0-40 °C ø 120mm x 22mm 350g 3-pole mini XLR, bal. (cable: XLR)

Automatic microphone switch, with optical distance sensor.

The automatic switch will be connected between microphone and cable. The integrated infrared system responds to persons present in the adjustable detection area or anyone leaving this area and then switches the microphone on or off respectively. Acoustic feedback and external noise/ambient noise resulting from open and unused microphones are thus effectively suppressed by an unobtrusively operating gate circuit.

• For dynamic and electret microphones with balanced output configuration • Simple operation via 48 V phantom power • Adjustable distance: 0-1.5 m, detection angle: 15° • Low-noise semiconductor switch • Reliable switching operations due to coded infrared signal • Additional on/off button • Status LED • Connections: 1 x XLR inline jack and 1 x XLR plug Supplied without microphone and cable.

Model Phantom power Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight

EMA-200 +48V‡ 230V~/50Hz/10VA 0-40 °C 180x50x145mm 1.2kg

EMA-300P via mixer 0-40 °C ø 19mm x 92mm 80g

ECM-304BD/WS electret/cardioid/omnidir.

30-20,000Hz 600Ω/1,000Ω 7mV/Pa/1kHz 1.5V button cell (LR44) 0-40 °C 70x96x20mm 300g 3.5mm plug

ECM-304BD electret/cardioid/omnidir.

30-20,000Hz 600Ω/1,000Ω 7mV/Pa/1kHz 1.5V button cell (LR44) 0-40 °C 70x96x20mm 300g 3.5mm plug

SOUNDCHECK 11/2012 "The optogate PB-05 is a perfect tool which should be kept on hand at all times. Provides a reliable operation without influencing the signal."

PB-05

Order No. 25.4130

These high-quality power supply units ensure the high reproduction quality of your microphone!

Boundary microphones • Switchable between cardioid characteristic and omnidirectional characteristic • Power supply via 1.5 V button cell (not supplied).

Phantom power via mixer not required • With 4 m connection cable and 3.5/6.3 mm plug

tools4music 03/2012 "Too many open microphones on stages which are too small, noticeably affecting the complete sound during crosstalk ... With the optogate PB-05, MONACOR INTERNATIONAL provides an elegant solution.

When adjusted correctly, the optogate only opens the microphone channel when the corresponding musician is actually singing ...

The measurements show that the optogate allows for a neat operation, has no problems with high levels and leaves the frequency response unaffected. Very fine. The editor recommends that every technician tool case should include an optogate."

EMA-200

EMA-300P

Order No. 23.2790

Order No. 23.2410

48 V phantom power supply, for 2 electret microphones/microphone cartridges.

2 x XLR input (bal.), 2 x XLR output (bal.), 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA.

Phantom power supply adapter, for connecting ECM-300W, ECM-300B, ECM-300L and other microphones with 3-pole mini XLR connection to a mixer with 48 V phantom power.

• Mini XLR plug and XLR plug, 3 poles

www.imgstageline.com

M57

HEADPHONES

MD-6800

DJ and Hi-fi Headphones I

3m

Order No. 22.1180

Plug Adapter Weight w/o cable

MD-6800 neodymium ø 53 mm, dynamic 15-28,000 Hz 60 Ω 600 mW 93 dB/1 mW 3 m, single-sided cable inlet 3.5 mm plug, gold-plated 6.3 mm plug, gold-plated 345 g

DJ stereo headphones • Closed system • Turnable folding earpieces • Padded ear cushions and headband • 3 m cable with single-sided cable inlet • 3.5 mm plug with 6.3 mm adapter

MD-6000 neodymium ø 50 mm, dynamic 20-22,000 Hz 32 Ω 100 mW 110 dB/1 mW 3 m, single-sided cable inlet 3.5 mm plug, gold-plated 6.3 mm plug, gold-plated 280 g

MD-4800 neodymium ø 50 mm, dynamic 18-20,000 Hz 32 Ω 300 mW 105 dB/1 mW 3 m, single-sided cable inlet 3.5 mm plug

MDH-6300 neodymium ø 50 mm, dynamic 10-22,000 Hz 46 Ω ±15 % 3,500 mW 96 dB/1 mW 1.3-2.8 m 6.3 mm plug

MD-480 neodymium ø 38 mm, dynamic 20-20,000 Hz 32 Ω 200 mW 95 dB/1 mW 1-2 m, single-sided cable inlet 3.5 mm plug

6.3 mm plug

-

6.3 mm plug

255 g

152 g

150 g

PPA-4

PPA-100/SW Order No. 24.4190

Stereo headphone amplifier 4 separate headphone amplifiers, each with 1 level control

Frequency range S/N ratio THD Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions Weight Line input, stereo Headphone output, stereo

M58

PPA-4 300mV 2 x 16mWRMS/8Ω, 2 x 35mWRMS/32Ω, 2 x 15mWRMS/600Ω (per headphone) 20-20,000Hz 64dB 0.1% 0-40 °C via suppl. plug-in PSU 117x93x40mm 375g 1 x 6.3mm jack 4 x 6.3mm jack

3m

MD-4800 Order No. 22.1250

DJ stereo headphones • Closed system • Turnable folding earpieces • Padded ear cushions and headband • 3 m helix cable with single-sided cable inlet • Gold-plated 3.5 mm plug with 6.3 mm adapter

Order No. 24.3770

Model Input Output

3m

MD-6000 Order No. 22.1260

Professional DJ and hi-fi stereo headphones • Excellent sound quality • Half-open system • Very comfortable to wear due to velvet ear cushions and padded headrest • 3 m cable with single-sided cable inlet • Gold-plated 3.5 mm plug with 6.3 mm screwon adapter

Model Driver System Frequency range Impedance Max. input power Sensitivity Cable

Headphone Amplifiers

Stereo headphone amplifier • 6 separate headphone amplifiers, each with 1 level control and 1 signal/clip LED as well as main/solo switching • 1 input (solo) per amplifier, switchable to the common main input • Main input with low/high selector switch for matching the input signal • Inputs: solo (stereo) 6 x 6.3 mm jack, main (stereo) 2 x 6.3 mm jack, 2 x RCA L/R • Outputs: headphones (stereo) 6 x 6.3 mm jack

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Model General Information Inputs Solo Main low Main high Outputs (per headphone)

Frequency range S/N ratio Channel separation THD Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions Weight

PPA-100/SW

250mV/50kΩ 250mV/50kΩ 2.2V/60kΩ 2 x 16mW/8Ω 2 x 45mW/32Ω 2 x 75mW/600Ω 5-30,000Hz > 60dB 50dB < 0.02% 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/11VA 482x44x185mm, 1RS 2.3kg

DJ Mono Hand-held Headphone I

1,3–2,8 m

MDH-6300 Order No. 22.1090

HEADPHONES

1,2 m

MD-480 Order No. 22.1190

DJ mono hand-held headphone • Powerful neodymium magnet driver ø 50 mm • Closed system • Movable earpiece • Padded ear cushion • Ergonomic padded handle • Removable helix connection cable (1.3-2.8 m) with XLR inline jack with latching device and right-angle 6.3 mm stereo plug • Supplied with transport bag

MD-370

Headphones

1,2 m

Order No. 22.1100

Stereo headphones, for general applications.

• Very good sound characteristics, very comfortable to wear • Closed system • Padded ear cushions and headband • 1.2 m cable with single-sided cable inlet • 3.5 mm plug with 6.3 mm adapter

3m

MD-350

MD-302

Order No. 22.0620

Stereo headphones, with a transparent sound and powerful bass reproduction.

• Neodymium driver • Closed system • Turnable folding earpieces • Padded ear cushions • 1.2 m cable with 3.5 mm stereo plug Model Driver System Frequency range Impedance Max. input power Sensitivity Cable

MD-370 neodymium ø 38 mm, dynamic 15-20,000 Hz 32 Ω 100 mW 98 dB/1 mW 1.2 m

Plug Adapter Weight w/o cable

3.5 mm plug 105 g

1,2 m

Order No. 22.1160

Stereo headphones, with very good sound characteristics, very comfortable to wear.

• Closed system • Padded ear cushions • 3 m helix cable with single-sided cable inlet • 3.5 mm plug with thread for a secure connection to the supplied 6.3 mm adapter MD-350 neodymium ø 40 mm, dynamic 20-20,000 Hz 32 Ω 100 mW 105 dB/1 mW 3 m, single-sided cable inlet 3.5 mm plug 6.3 mm plug 180 g

Stereo headphones, with very good sound characteristics, very comfortable to wear.

• Extra lightweight version • Turnable earpieces • 1.2 m cable with single-sided cable inlet and 3.5 mm plug

MD-302 neodymium ø 30 mm, dynamic 20-20,000 Hz 32 Ω 50 mW 110 dB/1 mW 1.2 m, single-sided cable inlet 3.5 mm plug, nickel-plated 50 g

www.imgstageline.com

M59

PA SPEAKER ARRAY

Professional PA Speaker Array

The L-RAY/2000 is the systematic further development of the L-RAY/1000.

The aim was to considerably increase the power capability in all areas of the system and thus improve the practical operation. This has been achieved by using high-power class D amplifiers and larger speakers with a considerably higher power capability and a higher efficiency. The high-performance magnetostatic tweeters operate on preceding waveguides which result in a good acoustic coupling of the individual systems. A 6.5" special system which has especially been developed for radiating the important midrange is supported in the lower midrange by two further 6.5" bass-midrange speakers. Two 12" systems of long excursion radiate the bass range and provide a solid and powerful deep fundamental bass reproduction, even without subwoofer support. The DSP system with the respective software is identical to the one included in the L-RAY/1000 and impresses by an easy and intuitive operation. The system is supplied with the same robust mounting frame which is suitable for suspended installation or ground-stacked configuration. The array elements can be curved in steps of 1°. The individual components can be locked with quick-release pins. The mounting frame also allows for suspended installation of the array elements only, without the subwoofer.

3400 WMAX

L-RAY/2000

L-RAY/2000 Order No. 25.4740

Professional PA speaker array (controlled by DSP software), active, 3,400 WMAX, 2,000 WRMS (1,000 W+1,000 W) • Array of high power capability with 4 mid-high range • Up to 10 L-RAY systems can be addressed via one speaker units and a dual bass module RS-485 data bus. With the optional USB/RS-485 con• A cluster with up to 4 complete systems is possible verter DA-70157, a PC or notebook with USB inter• Mounting frame for suspended installation or face can be connected to the serial RS-485 interface ground-stacked configuration • The factory presets are stored in the system and can • The array elements can be curved in steps of 1° be restored at any time • Quick and easy installation with quick-release pins • System connection cable (NEUTRIK SPEAKON) • DSP-controlled 2-way active module with digital • Mains connection via PowerCon® jack (e.g. with amplifiers mains cable AAC-115P) • The software allows the following adjustments (min.

• The robust wooden cabinets of birch plywood feature system requirement is a Windows PC only, WIN98 or grilles and a robust strucutured coating higher, with CD drive and interface): The L-RAY/2000 is a very high-quality solution for every - Parametric equalizer (6 bands) PA application where both a perfect tonality and a per- Filters (high-pass or low-pass up to 36 dB/oct. with fect radiation across the room are required. The advanvarious characteristics) tages of the system particularly take effect with fixed - Gain, level at the inputs and outputs installations in clubs and discotheques as well as mobile - Compressor and limiter stage applications. For larger PA applications, the use of - Delay several L-RAY systems in a cluster is recommended.

ATTENTION

ATTENTION

The unit is equipped with a PowerCon® jack. Supplied without mains cable (AAC-115P is available at option).

For installation by experts only! Please pay attention to the use of appropriate installation material, as otherwise persons and units will be put at risk.

M60

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Model System Bass speaker Midrange Tweeter Power rating Max. power Power rating General Information Frequency range SPL (1 W/1m) Max. rated SPL Radiation angle Connections Inputs Line Speaker (at the top) Power supply Outputs Line Speaker (at the bass speaker) Speaker (at the top) Admiss. ambient temp.

Amplifier section S/N ratio THD Power supply Dimensions array Weight Special feature

L-RAY/2000 speaker array 2 x 30 cm (12", bass speaker) 8 x 17 cm (6.5", bass-midrange speaker) 4 x 17 cm (6.5") 4 x magnetostatic speaker+ waveguide 3,400 WMAX 2,000 WRMS (1,000 W + 1,000 W) 40-20,000 Hz 98 dB (MHT), 94 dB (sub) 125 dB hor. 120°, vert. 30°-90° var.

XLR jack, 1-10 V/30 kΩ NEUTRIK SPEAKON PowerCon XLR par. out NEUTRIK SPEAKON NEUTRIK SPEAKON par. out 0-40 °C < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/3,500 VA 730x516x630 mm (subwoofer) 730x740x420 mm (4 x MHT system) 136 kg interface for DSP programming: USB, RS-232, RS-485 IN & OUT, supplied with software which is both extremely easy to use and very efficient

Professional PA Speaker Array The components of the L-RAY/1000 are now available individually. They allow for a ground-stacked configuration or suspended installation of the mid-high range units directly at the mounting frame without subwoofer cabinet.

PA SPEAKER ARRAY

LR-1000F

LR-1000SAT

LR-1000F

LR-1000SAT

Order No. 25.4720

Order No. 25.4700

Mounting frame for LR-1000SUB, LR-1000SAT and L-RAY/1000 • This frame allows for upright and suspended installations • LR-1000SAT can be mounted without LR-1000SUB • Supplied with mounting and adjustment elements • M8 threaded inserts • Ground-stacked configuration with LR-1000SUB, LR-1000SAT and LR-1000U (recommended spacer tube: KM-21367, available at option)

LR-1000SAT

LR-1000U

Mid-high range system of the L-RAY/1000 • 4 x mid-high range system • Equipped with 8 midrange speakers SP-4/60PRO and 4 magnetostatic speakers RBT-1000 • Integrated passive crossover network in each of the 4 systems • Recommended crossover frequency to the subwoofer: 120-200 Hz • Supplied with mounting and adjustment elements • NEUTRIK SPEAKON inputs and outputs • Can be mounted into the mounting frame LR-1000F, with or without LR-1000SUB • Ground-stacked configuration with LR-1000SUB and LR-1000U (recommended spacer tube: KM-21367, available at option) For specifications, please refer to the description of L-RAY/1000.

LR-1000SUB LR-1000U

LR-1000SUB

Order No. 25.4730

Order No. 25.4710

U-bracket for LR-1000SAT • This U-bracket allows for an upright installation (ground-stacked configuration) of the L-RAY/1000 system • The mid-high range unit can be tilted by +/-15° • Supplied with mounting and adjustment elements • Ground-stacked configuration with LR-1000SUB, LR-1000SAT and LR-1000F (recommended spacer tube: KM-21367) • Mounting onto a stand

LR-1000F

LR-1000SAT

Subwoofer system of the L-RAY/1000 • Cabinet subwoofer with 2-channel active module with DSP control • Equipped with 2 bass speakers SP-8/150PRO • Can be mounted into mounting frame LR-1000F • Ground-stacked configuration with LR-1000SAT and LR-1000U (recommended spacer tube: KM-21367, available at option) • M20 mounting plate For specifications, please refer to the description of L-RAY/1000.

LR-1000U

LR-1000F

LR-1000SUB

www.imgstageline.com

M61

PA SPEAKER ARRAYS

Professional PA Speaker Array

Professional State-of-the-Art PA Technology Now Also Available at a Compact Size: The active speaker arrays L-RAY/1000 and L-RAY/1000WS from IMG Stage Line impress by a perfect sound with professional adjustment facilities, the advantages of the radiation typical of array, a high-quality workmanship and an amazing level stability.

L-RAY/1000

L-RAY/1000WS

Order No. 25.2090

Order No. 25.0240

Professional PA speaker arrays (controlled by DSP software), active, 1,000 WMAX, 700 WRMS (350 W+350 W) A compact array of high power capability with 4 mid- Up to 10 L-RAY systems can be addressed via one RS-485 high range speaker units and a dual bass module, each data bus. With the optional USB/RS-485 converter section with its own 350 WRMS power amplifier and con- DA-70157, it is possible to connect a PC or notebook trolling software (the configuration of the system is sup- with USB interface to the serial RS-485 interface. ported by a PC, but it operates as a stand-alone unit!). On delivery, the software of the system is matched to a Supplied with extensive and variable equipment for sus- perfect base linearity and can be used immediately! Othpended mounting systems (Flyware), clusters with up to erwise, the software adjustments are extremely easy to 4 x L-RAY/1000 are possible. The mid-high range systems do and sound engineers can even operate it intuitively. are each equipped with 2 x 10 cm (4") high-performance Beside the system connection cables (NEUTRIK speakers and a magnetostatic speaker for a perfect SPEAKON), adjustment elements for the alignment of the reproduction rich in detail. The dynamic characteristics system and solid eyelet bolts for suspension are also supare absolutely convincing, at the same time the tonality plied with the unit. Connection to the mains is done via at the basic setting is very pleasant. Despite its compact a PowerCon® jack (e.g. with mains cable AAC-115P). size, the bass module with two 20 cm (8") bass speakers The stable wooden cabinets feature grilles and a robust provides an amazingly deep bass reproduction and a structured coating. high level stability which is only possible by using special The L-RAY/1000 systems are a very high-quality solution bass speakers of very high power capability and the for every PA application where both perfect tonality and extensive optimisation of the DSP. perfect radiation across the room are required. The The software allows the following adjustments (min. sys- advantages of the system particularly take effect with tem requirement is a Windows PC only, WIN98 or higher, fixed installations in clubs and discotheques as well as with CD drive and interface): mobile stage applications of medium size. For larger PA - Parametric equalizer (6 bands) applications, the use of several L-RAY in a cluster is rec- Filters (high-pass or low-pass up to 36 dB/oct. with ommended. various characteristics) L-RAY/1000: black - Level L-RAY/1000WS: white - Compression and limiting - Delay

Xound 01/2009 "The L-RAY/1000 gives a convincing performance. The system provides a detailed reproduction of absolutely low distortion up to the highest frequencies, even at high volume levels. A real pleasure with perfect speech intelligibility. Excellent priceperformance ratio!"

SOUNDCHECK 05/2008 "Remarkable features for this price class. The L-RAY/1000 provides a clear and precise sound with a little help from the system controller and impresses by remarkable level reserves."

tools4music 03/2008 "Beside an unobtrusive appearance, the L-RAY/1000 also provides a pleasant sound with a good speech intelligibility and convincing operating ranges. It is quite amazing what this little system is capable of."

Dirk Wedell, PROSOUND 04/2008 "The L-RAY from IMG Stage Line is a useful tool which is available at a favourable price and works exactly as you need it."

Model System Bass speaker Midrange Tweeter Power rating Max. power Power rating General Information Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Radiation angle Connections Inputs Line Speaker (at the top) Power supply Outputs Line Speaker (at the bass speaker) Speaker (at the top) Admiss. ambient temp.

Amplifier section S/N ratio THD Power supply Dimensions array Weight Special feature

L-RAY/1000 | L-RAY/1000WS compact line array 2 x 20 cm (8") 8 x 10 cm (4") 4 x magnetostatic speaker 1,000 WMAX 700 WRMS (350 W + 350 W) 50-25,000 Hz 98 dB 121 dB hor. 120°, vert. 30°-90° var.

XLR jack, 1-10 V/30 kΩ NEUTRIK SPEAKON PowerCon XLR par. out NEUTRIK SPEAKON NEUTRIK SPEAKON par. out 0-40 °C 80 dB < 0.1 % 230 V~/50 Hz/1,400 VA 495x850x610 mm 51 kg interface for DSP programming: USB, RS-232, RS-485 IN & OUT, supplied with software which is both extremely easy to use and very efficient

MR-1000L Order No. 25.0410

Flight case with castors, for transporting L-RAY/1000 or L-RAY/1000WS. • 9 mm multiplex wood, black, plastic-laminated • Aluminium profile edges • Chromium-plated ball protection corners • Butterfly locks, folding recessed handles • 4 castors, two of which are provided with brakes • Foam-padded interior • Outside dimensions: 693x646x518 mm • Weight: 35 kg

M62

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

ATTENTION The unit is equipped with a PowerCon® jack. Supplied without mains cable (AAC-115P is available at option).

1000 WMAX

1000 WMAX

L-RAY/1000

L-RAY/1000WS

PSUB-18L

800 WMAX

ATTENTION For installation by experts only!

Please pay attention to the use of appropriate installation material, as otherwise persons and units will be put at risk.

PSUB-18L Order No. 25.0420

Professional active subwoofer system, 800 WMAX, 400 WRMS Professional subwoofer of high power capability in a band-pass cabinet (double ventilation) with black textured coating. The special bass speaker of highest quality [46 cm (18") bass speaker of long excursion] is set up with extensive ventilation of the voice coil and is thus particularly temperature-stable and compression-free. Highpower amplifier section with integrated limiter (LED indication) and fixed subsonic filter (25 Hz), gain control and variable active low-pass filter. A balanced input with par. out (both XLR), a phase reverse switch as well as various protective circuits complete the range of features. Equipped with lateral carrying handles and a stand sleeve on the top of the cabinet. It provides an extra powerful sound with a good low limit frequency. The excellent efficiency of the sytem is remarkable for a subwoofer. At a perfect sound adjustment of the low-pass filter, Model PSUB-18L the upper limit frequency matches highFrequency range 35-150Hz performance top parts which are able to Amplifier power 800WMAX/400WRMS reproduce a sound down to at least Inputs 300mV/20kΩ (bal. line in) SPL (1W/1m) 99dB 100 Hz at max. load in a way typical of Max. rated SPL 125dB band-pass. The PSUB-18L is a professionAdmiss. ambient temp. 0-40 °C al addition, particularly to the 400 series, Power supply 230V~/50Hz/1,000VA 500 series and 600 series from IMG Stage Dimensions (WxHxD) 695x530x580mm Weight 47kg Line and very well-suited for the L-RAY Connections input: XLR vertical arrays. par. output: XLR

tools4music 05/2011 "Subwoofer of neat workmanship, the output power measured in the laboratory even exceeds the indicated 400 W (measured: 492 W)."

SOUNDCHECK 04/2010 "The speaker system provides a really mature sound. This subwoofer is able to clearly increase the volume with increasing high-cut. That’s how bass frequencies must be reproduced."

www.imgstageline.com

M63

PROTON The PROTON systems from IMG Stage Line set the limit which can be achieved regarding mobility, power capability and sound.

The active 3-channel systems are equipped with high-performance speakers which allow highest volume levels at an absolutely professional level in cabinets as small as possible.

The special highlight: the subwoofer serves as a case for the satellite speakers and cables during transport.

Compact Professional Active PA System PROTON-18 Order No. 25.2500

Compact professional active PA system, 1,800 WMAX, 1,150 WRMS • Subwoofer/satellite system with integrated 3-channel amplifier • High-quality cabinet made of birch plywood (multiplex) • Durable two-component PU coating • High-performance bass-reflex subwoofer system with 45 cm (18") bass speaker • 25 cm (10") midrange speaker providing a powerful sound and 25 mm (1") CD horn tweeter, constant directivity • Adjustable volume balance between subwoofer and satellites • Balanced (comb. XLR) and unbalanced (RCA) inputs and parallel outputs • Limiter • Stereo/mono selection • Surround effect circuit • Satellites can be stored in the subwoofer cabinet • Supplied with speaker cables with NEUTRIK SPEAKON plugs • Stand sleeve in the satellites • Protective cover Supplied w/o stands.

OKEY 01/2011 "A good system for versatile applications with a great power capability. Provides a simply perfect and well-balanced sound, never overpowering or exorbitant."

Beat 11/2010 "The PROTON-18 is a very compact PA system of high power capability providing extra sound pressure of high quality to both DJs and bands. An efficient and complete solution for beginners and advanced users."

SOUNDCHECK 06/2010 "The PROTON-18 always keeps its balance - perfectly suitable for live applications where reliability is quite important."

PROTON-18

1800 WMAX Matching speaker stand set PAST-280SET is available at option.

M64

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Compact Professional Active PA System

PROTON

PROTON-15 Order No. 24.5620

Compact professional active PA system, 1,500 WMAX, 1,100 WRMS • Subwoofer/satellite system with integrated 3-channel amplifier • High-quality cabinet made of birch plywood (multiplex) • Durable two-component PU coating • High-performance bass-reflex subwoofer system with 38 cm (15") bass speaker • 25 cm (10") midrange speaker providing a powerful sound and 25 mm (1") CD horn tweeter, constant directivity • Adjustable volume balance between subwoofer and satellites • Balanced (comb. XLR) and unbalanced (RCA) inputs and parallel outputs • Limiter • Stereo/mono selection • Surround effect circuit • Satellites can be stored in the subwoofer cabinet • Supplied with speaker cables with NEUTRIK SPEAKON plugs • Stand sleeve in the satellites • Protective cover Supplied w/o stands.

Model Power capability Max. output power Power rating Speakers

Max. rated SPL (system) Frequency range Inputs Balanced Unbalanced Outputs Line (par. out) Satellite speakers (>150Hz) S/N ratio Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Subwoofer (WxHxD) Satellite speakers (WxHxD) Weight Subwoofer Satellite speaker System

PROTON-18

PROTON-15

1,800WMAX 750WRMS (SUB), 2 x 200WRMS (SAT) 1 x 46cm (18") bass speaker, 2 x 25cm (10") midrange speaker, 2 x 25mm (1") horn tweeter 125dB 30-20,000Hz

1,500WMAX 650WRMS (SUB), 2 x 225WRMS (SAT) 1 x 38cm (15") bass speaker, 2 x 25cm (10") midrange speaker, 2 x 25mm (1") horn tweeter 125dB 33-20,000Hz

comb. XLR jack, 420mV-7V RCA, 420mV-7V

comb. XLR jack, 370mV-7V RCA, 170mV-7V

XLR (bal.) + RCA (unbal.)

NEUTRIK SPEAKON, 8Ω > 88dBA 230V~/50Hz/2,200VA 0-40 °C

XLR (bal.) + RCA (unbal.)

NEUTRIK SPEAKON, 8Ω > 75dB 230V~/50Hz/2,100VA 0-40 °C

530x640x730mm 280x400x235mm

445x610x720mm 275x440x200mm

55kg 8.5kg 72kg

46kg 9.5kg 65kg

music&PC 06/2008 "The PROTON-15 provides a stage performance of extraordinary power. The sound quality is absolutely convincing."

tastenwelt 03/2008 "The practical test was a real challenge ...

However, the PROTON-15 never showed any weakness. Of extra compact size but still of very high power capability, perfect transport solution!"

PROTON-15

1500 WMAX

Matching speaker stand set PAST-280SET is available at option.

www.imgstageline.com

M65

TRITON

Compact Active PA System

tools4music 01/2013 "Highly recommendable if the user is looking for an all-in-one solution. Easy operation, solid workmanship, smart transportation concept and ... it provides a clear and well-tuned sound."

With the TRITON-800, IMG Stage Line offers an active subwoofer/satellite system for any user requiring maximum mobility and a high operating convenience.

The system is available at an attractive price and is ideally suited for medium-sized events. The high-quality speaker technology allows for a very good sound quality.

TRITON-800

1200 WMAX

Matching speaker stand set PAST-280SET is available at option.

TRITON-800 Order No. 25.4220

Compact high-performance active PA system, 1,200 WMAX, 870 WRMS • Subwoofer/satellite system with integrated 3-channel amplifier • 38 cm (15") bass speaker of high power capability and of long excursion • 25 cm (10") midrange speaker and 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Adjustable volume balance between subwoofer and satellites • Balanced (comb. XLR) and unbalanced (RCA) inputs and parallel outputs • Stereo/mono selection • Surround effect circuit • Limiter • Satellites can be transported in the subwoofer • Supplied with castors and speaker cables • Stand sleeve in the satellites • Protective cover Supplied without stands.

M66

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Model Power capability Max. output power Power rating Speakers

Max. rated SPL (system) Frequency range Inputs Balanced Unbalanced Outputs Line (par. out) Satellite speakers (>150Hz) S/N ratio Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Subwoofer (WxHxD) Satellite speakers (WxHxD) Weight Subwoofer Satellite speaker System

TRITON-800 1,200WMAX 600WRMS (SUB), 2 x 135WRMS (SAT) 1 x 38cm (15") bass speaker, 2 x 25cm (10") midrange speaker, 2 x 25mm (1") horn tweeter 122dB 34-20,000Hz comb. XLR jack, 260mV-7V RCA, 280mV-7V XLR (bal.) RCA (unbal.)

SPEAKER, 8Ω > 80dB 230V~/50Hz/1,860VA 0-40 °C 445x613x770mm 290x440x220mm 48kg 10kg 68kg

Compact Active PA System

TRITON

It provides a transparent and powerful sound. Due to the neat workmanship, the robust, black lacquered MDF cabinets impress by an elegant design as well as a high stability and functionality. For transport purposes, the satellites and cables are simply stored in the rolling subwoofer.

Beat 06/2010 "Our recommendation for mobile DJs."

TRITON-600

900 WMAX

Matching speaker stand set PAST-280SET is available at option.

TRITON-600 Order No. 24.4730 Model Power capability Max. output power Power rating Speakers

Max. rated SPL (system) Frequency range Inputs Balanced Unbalanced Outputs Line (par. out) Satellite speakers (>150Hz) S/N ratio Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Subwoofer (WxHxD) Satellite speakers (WxHxD) Weight Subwoofer Satellite speaker System

TRITON-600 900WMAX 300WRMS (SUB), 2 x 150WRMS (SAT) 1 x 38cm (15") bass speaker, 2 x 20cm (8") midrange speaker, 2 x 25mm (1") horn tweeter 118dB 40-19,000Hz XLR jack, 320mV-7V XLR (bal.)

NEUTRIK SPEAKON, 4Ω > 70dB 230V~/50Hz/1,000VA 0-40 °C

Compact high-performance active PA system, 900 WMAX, 600 WRMS • Subwoofer/satellite system with integrated 3-channel amplifier • High-performance 38 cm (15") bass speaker of long excursion • 20 cm (8") midrange speaker and 25 mm (1") horn tweeter • Adjustable volume balance between subwoofer and satellites • Gain control R/L, integrated subsonic filter • Balanced (XLR) inputs and parallel outputs • Ground lift • Supplied with castors and speaker cables • Stand sleeve in the satellites • Supplied with protective cover and tension belt for securing systems during transport Supplied without stands.

550x450x810mm 265x435x250mm 45kg 9.5kg approx. 65kg

www.imgstageline.com

M67

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

Multi-purpose PA Speakers

The multi-purpose PA speakers of the 300 series from IMG Stage Line are suitable for versatile applications. They can be used for both fixed installations and mobile applications. Ideally suited for powerful PA applications of good level stability in rooms as well as for

rearfill applications and sidefill applications. The very compact and easy-to-transport systems are also very well-suited for mobile applications when combined with appropriate subwoofers, e.g. PSUB-12AKA or PSUB-15AKA and as small floor monitors.

EVENT Rookie 08/2012 "Any speaker with a great appearance should ideally provide a great sound. This is exactly what the PAB-306/SW and PAB-308/SW do - throughout low volume levels and high volume levels. Even though, these speaker systems are not intended for excessive volume levels, they provide a surprisingly powerful sound. Based on subjective assessment, the PAB-306 with the two 6.5" speakers provides a fuller, more prominent sound. However, with a slightly lower frequency range, the PAB-308 provides a little bit more bass. Each user should decide whether this will be required for the intended range of application, or not. The slim and unobtrusive appearance is also an advantage of the PAB-306. With its particularly slimline design, this speaker system is particularly suitable for the use as a small monitor speaker. It can be fully recommended for small monitoring, unobtrusive room and background music or as a fill for larger systems.

Both models are available in rock 'n' roll black and gala white."

PAB-306/SW

PAB-306/WS

PAB-308/WS

PAB-308/SW

Order No. 25.4270

Order No. 25.4280

Order No. 25.4300

Order No. 25.4290

Universal PA speaker systems, 320 WMAX, 8 Ω • Closed 2-way system in D-Appolito arrangement • 2 x 16 cm (6.5") bass speaker and 25mm (1") horn tweeter • High-quality MDF wooden cabinets in black (SW) or white (WS), with metal protective grille • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • 4 x M8 thread inserts for suspended installation • Supplied with mounting bracket and integrated stand sleeve • NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal

Model System Bass speaker Tweeter Power capabilities Music power Power rating General information Impedance Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Inputs Outputs Weight

PAB-306/SW | PAB-306/WS 2-way D’Appolito, closed 2 x 16cm (6.5") 25mm (1") horn tweeter

PAB-308/SW | PAB-308/WS 2-way bass-reflex 20cm (8") 25mm (1") horn tweeter

320WMAX 160WRMS

250WMAX 125WRMS

8Ω 65-20,000Hz 93dB 116dB 0-40 °C 212x565x190mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON, par. out 9.5kg

8Ω 60-20,000Hz 93dB 115dB 0-40 °C 258x410x247mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON par. out 7.5kg

Universal PA speaker systems, 250 WMAX, 8 Ω • Compact 8/2 full range bass-reflex system • 20 cm (8") bass speaker and 25 mm (1") horn tweeter • High-quality MDF wooden cabinet in black (SW) or white (WS), with metal protective grille • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • 4 x M8 thread inserts for suspended installation • Supplied with mounting bracket and integrated stand sleeve • NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal

Examples of application Combination: SAT: 2 x PAB-306/SW SUB: 1 x PSUB-12AKA Stands: PAST-25/SW (variable adapter piece)

as floor monitors

M68

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

as fixed wall speakers

Active PA Subwoofer The high-performance subwoofers of compact size with integrated 2.1 active modules are suitable for a wide range of applications.

They are the basis for setting up a small or medium-sized compact PA system without the need for transporting additional amplifier

SUBWOOFERS

systems. The microphone and line inputs can be mixed and the crossover frequency of the subwoofer to the passive satellite speakers can be adjusted over a wide range. The mixed signal can then be passed on to further systems via stereo pre out.

Integrated 2.1. active module

PSUB-15AKA Order No. 25.4320

Active 2.1 PA subwoofer, 1,200 WMAX, 800 WRMS • Active bass-reflex subwoofer system with wooden cabinet • Integrated 2.1 active module • Power rating: SUB: 500WRMS SAT: 2 x 150 WRMS • 38 cm (15") bass speaker of high power capability and long excursion • Stereo line + mic input with gain control • Adjustable crossover frequency: 80-250 Hz • 2-way tone control for bass and treble, balance • Integrated limiter, clipping display • High-quality workmanship, incorporated carrying handles • Metal front grille, stand sleeve, rubber feet

Model Power capability Max. output power Power rating Speakers Max. rated SPL (system) Frequency range Inputs Balanced Unbalanced Outputs Line (par. out) Satellite speakers (>150Hz) S/N ratio Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Subwoofer (WxHxD) Weight Subwoofer Satellite speaker System

PSUB-15AKA

PSUB-12AKA

1,200WMAX 500WRMS (SUB), 2 x 150WRMS (SAT) 1 x 38cm (15") bass speaker 124dB 30-250Hz (sub)

1,200WMAX 500WRMS (SUB), 2 x 150WRMS (SAT) 1 x 30cm (12") bass speaker 123dB 30-250Hz (sub)

XLR L/R RCA L/R (line: 880mV-7V) 6.3mm jack (mic: 30mV)

XLR L/R RCA L/R (line: 880mV-7V) 6.3mm jack (mic: 30mV)

RCA L/R NEUTRIK SPEAKON L/R > 74dB 230V~/50Hz/1,870VA 0-40 °C

RCA L/R NEUTRIK SPEAKON L/R > 74dB 230V~/50Hz/1,870VA 0-40 °C

600x500x580mm

460x380x455mm

48kg -

28kg -

PSUB-12AKA Order No. 25.4310

Active 2.1 PA subwoofer, 1,200 WMAX, 800 WRMS • Active bass-reflex subwoofer system with wooden cabinet • Integrated 2.1. active module • Power rating: SUB: 500WRMS SAT: 2 x 150WRMS • 30 cm (12") bass speaker of high power capability and long excursion • Stereo line + mic input with gain control • Adjustable crossover frequency: 80-250 Hz • 2-way tone control for bass and treble, balance • Integrated limiter, clipping display • High-quality workmanship, incorporated carrying handles • Metal front grille, stand sleeve, rubber feet

Examples of application Combination: SAT: 2 x PAB-306/SW SUB: 1 x PSUB-12AKA Stands: e.g. PAST-164SET

Combination: SAT: 2 x PAB-308/SW SUB: 1 x PSUB-15AKA Stands: e.g. PAST-164SET

www.imgstageline.com

M69

CLUB SYSTEM

Professional PA Speaker System

CLUB-1TOP Order No. 25.2490

Pair of professional PA speaker systems, Model CLUB-1TOP System 2-way bass-reflex 2 x 160 WMAX, 2 x 100 WRMS/8 Ω Bass speaker 16cm (6.5") An extra compact PA speaker system of perfect quality, Tweeter dome tweeter with waveguide suitable for applications in trendy bars and restauPower capabilities rants, music cafés, in lounges, bars and clubs as well as Music power 160WMAX Power rating 100WRMS for PA application of highest requirements in adjoining General information areas of discotheques. In combination with the CLUB8Ω Impedance 1SUB and the STA-1603CLUB, a full-range system of Frequency range 55-21,000Hz amazingly high volume levels can be created, too. FurSPL (1W/1m) 90dB Max. rated SPL 110dB thermore, it is also ideally suited as a mobile system, 0-40 °C Admiss. ambient temp. both for announcements and presentations. With a subDimensions 210x300x260mm woofer addition, it is also suitable for DJ applications.

Inputs 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON High-quality lacquered MDF cabinet with full front grille Outputs 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 6kg Weight cased with acoustic foam. Six threaded inserts (M8) and a standard stand sleeve at the bottom for really universal mounting possibilities. Configuration: a high-performance 16 cm bass-midrange speaker with carbon fibre cone and a waveguide dome tweeter for an absolutely undistorted reproduction of the high frequencies. Perfect tonality for a pleasant perception of the music and precise speech intelligibility at all levels. SPEAKER IN/OUT for an easy parallel connection.

ATTENTION The shape and size of the CLUB-1TOP are designed in such a way that the ambience of the location ist still maintained even in larger rooms with a decentralised arrangement of several speakers for acoustic reasons. For driving the system, an amplifier STA-1503CLUB is perfectly suitable at which 1, 2, 4 or even 8 CLUB-1TOP speakers can be operated per mid-high range channel (4 or 8 in corresponding series/parallel circuits). The power capability of the amplifier is quite high when connecting one or two speakers, but the volume capability of the speakers is still almost fully utilised when connecting 8 speakers. The application of multichannel amplifiers STA-... from IMG Stage Line (STA-1504 to STA-1508) at which up to two CLUB-1TOP speakers per channel can perfectly be operated in parallel may be an alternative.

CLUB-1SUB Order No. 25.2480

Professional subwoofer, 1,200 WMAX, 600 WRMS/8 Ω CLUB-1SUB Model System bass-reflex subwoofer or 2 Ω or 2 x 600 WMAX, 2 x 300 WRMS/4 Ω Bass speaker 4 x 20cm (8") A subwoofer perfectly matched to the requirements of Tweeter high-quality indoor PA applications. For event gastronoPower capabilities my and trendy bars and restaurants, music pubs, small 1,200WMAX Music power Power rating 600WRMS clubs, dancing schools, function rooms, bowling alleys, General information etc.: The CLUB-1SUB provides a precise bass reproduc8Ω/2 x 4Ω/2Ω Impedance tion. Despite the excellent bass qualities, the four 45-250Hz Frequency range 20 cm (8") top-class woofers ensure an exceptionally SPL (1W/1m) 96dB Max. rated SPL 122dB slim and compact design of the CLUB-1SUB. With these Admiss. ambient temp.

0-40 °C compact dimensions, mobile application may also be an 300x880x440mm Dimensions interesting option. At the same time, the multiple speakInputs 1 x or 2 x SPEAKER, er configuration allows for a variable impedance concept switchable Outputs (switchable between 1 x 8 Ω and 2 x 4 Ω, for parallel Weight 29.5kg connection in the 2 x 4 Ω position as 1 x 2 Ω). Thus, multiple arrangements of the CLUB-1SUB can perfectly be matched e.g. to the STA-1603CLUB but also to many other amplifiers. The cabinet with black textured coating and acoustic foam padding of the stable grille is both robust and of an appealing design. An amplifier with integrated or external active crossover network is required for operation.

ATTENTION With its exceptionally high power capability and a perfect sound, one CLUB-1SUB is sufficient already to provide such an extended bass reproduction that even several top parts, e.g. like the CLUB-1TOP which is a perfect combination can ideally be complemented. In case of particularly high level requirements in the bass range, it is possible to connect up to three CLUB-1SUB units without any problems, e.g. to the mono sub channel of the STA-1503CLUB (each in the 8 Ω mode, all in parallel). In 2 x 4 Ω operation, the CLUB-1SUB is of course also an ideal partner for other multichannel amplifiers or every suitable 2-channel subwoofer amplifier.

STA-1603CLUB Order No. 25.3250

Professional PA 3-channel amplifier • Variable crossover frequencies for sat and sub • Excellent sound, high S/N ratio, very good channel separation

M70

Model Output power RMS power Subwoofer 2Ω Subwoofer 4Ω Subwoofer 8Ω Satellite 4Ω Satellite 8Ω Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range Crossover frequency Bass boost S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Connections

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

STA-1603CLUB

1 x 1,300WRMS 1 x 850WRMS 1 x 550WRMS 2 x 320WRMS 2 x 200WRMS 3,000WMAX 1V/19kΩ 20-20,000Hz 70-120Hz > 81dB > 59dB < 0.05% 230V~/50Hz/3,200VA 0-40 °C 483x132x384mm, 3RS 25kg 2 x XLR/IN, bal.

2 x XLR/par. out, bal.

4 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON (sat L/R and 2 x sub par.)

Beat 69, 07-08/2011 "A multi-purpose system showing high stability and reliability in continuous operation. The small satellites provide an assertively pleasant sound. The subwoofers feature a dynamic and full sound. The CLUB system ensures sophisticated, compact and reliable PA applications of high quality at a fair price."

Professional PA Speaker System

CLUB SYSTEM

The CLUB system from IMG Stage Line: Compact full range speaker, subwoofer and amplifier perfectly matched to each other and in combination provide a top-quality performance and considering the dimensions and price, they are simply fascinating! The units of the CLUB series from IMG Stage Line provide unique possibilities, whether applied individually or together with other PA products of highest quality!

The perfect central power unit for various PA systems capable of high volumes. Ideally suited for clubs and lounges, trendy bars and restaurants, PA applications in function rooms, music pubs, dancing schools, gyms with exercise rooms, etc.

The 3-channel concept of extra high power capa-

bility with variable frequency filters and various connecting facilities allows for a variety of different system concepts. The club speakers CLUB-1SUB and CLUB-1TOP from IMG Stage Line are especially well-suited. However, other highquality PA speakers can also be operated.

• Very high output power • High load stability (sat out: 4 Ω, sub out: 2 Ω) • Integrated limiter • Integrated subsonic filter (30 Hz) • Ground lift • Professional connection configuration • Controlled fans (off with the unit cooled down!)

CLUB-1TOP

2x 160 WMAX 1 PAIR

3000 WMAX

STA-1603CLUB

tastenwelt 06/2011 "Clear voices, a solid and an amazingly balanced deep bass reproduction and a system with a very well-balanced sound ... solid design ... high-quality components ... the system amplifier STA-1603CLUB with three power amplifiers, integrated limiters, subsonic filters and a tunable crossover network provides everything from one source to become an ideal partner for the MEGA set ... this solution deserves the rating: plug & play."

(Test setup: MEGA-112 and MEGA-118SUB with STA-1603CLUB)

discret 02/2011 "Above all, the CLUB system impresses by a sophisticated concept for a high flexibility, reliability and a solid quality with high level reserves. The system surely provides a high power capability, great features and a good workmanship for its price and the sound is more than adequate for many applications in trendy clubs, bars and restaurants, even applications of high requirements."

1000 WMAX

CLUB-1SUB

tools4music 01/2011 "The CLUB system from IMG Stage Line impresses by a full bass reproduction and pleasant high frequencies. The CLUB system can perfectly be matched to individual requirements and be extended any time by adding further components. The basic equipment already presents an appealing picture." + Compact size + Robust cabinet + Two Speakon jacks

SOUNDCHECK 10/2010 "Lightweight top speakers of a compact size with extensive crossover network ... money put on operational reliability!"

"A nice compact size and unobtrusive appearance. A well-balanced bass reproduction, an appealing midrange and a very enjoyable reproduction of the high frequencies - simply very nice. Offers various possibilities for extension." (on the CLUB system)

www.imgstageline.com

M71

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

Professional Active DSP Speaker Systems

State-of-the-art DSP-controlled digital amplifier technology combined with high-performance speakers from Beyma and Faital accommodated in cabinets of first-class workmanship provide a performance which has not yet been achieved with standard active speaker systems. The integrated DSP is programmed via Ethernet

LAN connection and a user-friendly software. Switches and router are used for the central administration, grouping as well as for the individual programming and tuning of any number of MEGA DSP systems. The user can store up to 100 presets in the active DSP module and activate them directly at the speaker. In user mode, it is pos-

MEGA-DSP15

MEGA-DSP12

Order No. 25.4780

Order No. 25.4770

Professional active DSP speaker system with 2-channel amplifier, 600 WRMS • Compact 15/2 full range system with cabinet made of birch plywood • DSP-controlled amplifier (bass: class D, treble: class A/B) • Max. sound pressure at nominal power: 123 dB, music: 126 dB, peak: 129 dB • Sample frequency: 65 kHz and 64 bit technology • Programming and administration via Ethernet LAN connection and control software • With the control software, the following parameters can be adjusted: - Activating and storing presets - 10 equalizers for each channel with the filter functions: bell, notch, allpass, low-shelf, high-shelf, bandpass, high-pass, low-pass - Delay - Limiter - Gain of the inputs

M72

• •

•

• • • • • • • • •

- Master volume - Low cut 6 presets available Up to 100 presets can be activated directly at the speaker, no software required 38 cm (15", BEYMA) bass speaker and 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil, BEYMA) horn tweeter High-quality workmanship and coating Multi-purpose positioning and installation options Horn tweeter with an even beaming, can be turned by 90° M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation, stand sleeve 2 x balanced line/mic inputs and parallel outputs A and B 1 x unbalanced input RCA L/R 1 x balanced output Mix A+B Auto power on/off with LED indication PowerCon mains connection and PowerCon parallel output

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Professional active DSP speaker system with 2-channel amplifier, 600 WRMS • Compact 12/2 full range system with cabinet made of birch plywood • DSP-controlled amplifier (bass: class D, treble: class A/B) • Max. sound pressure at nominal power: 121 dB, music: 124 dB, peak: 127 dB • Sample frequency: 65 kHz and 64 bit technology • Programming and administration via Ethernet LAN connection and control software • With the control software, the following parameters can be adjusted: - Activating and storing presets - 10 equalizers for each channel with the filter functions: bell, notch, allpass, low-shelf, high-shelf, bandpass, high-pass, low-pass - Delay - Limiter - Gain of the inputs

• •

•

• • • • • • • • •

- Master volume - Low cut 6 presets available Up to 100 presets can be activated directly at the speaker, no software required 30 cm (12", BEYMA) bass speaker and 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil, BEYMA) horn tweeter High-quality workmanship and coating Multi-purpose positioning and installation options Horn tweeter with an even beaming, can be turned by 90° M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation, stand sleeve 2 x balanced line/mic inputs and parallel outputs A and B 1 x unbalanced input RCA L/R 1 x balanced output Mix A+B Auto power on/off with LED indication PowerCon mains connection and PowerCon parallel output

Professional Active DSP Speaker Systems sible to adjust up to 10 equalizers with 8 filter functions, delay, limiter, gain and low cut as well as load and store presets for each input. Every speaker of the MEGA DSP series is equipped with the same high-power 2-channel amplifier system which features a total power capability of more than 600 WRMS. This high performance is

matched internally via DSP to the different models of the MEGA DSP series.

MEGA-DSP10

MEGA-DSP08

Order No. 25.4760

Order No. 25.4750

Professional active DSP speaker system with 2-channel amplifier, 600 WRMS • Compact 10/2 full range system with cabinet made of birch plywood • DSP-controlled amplifier (bass: class D, treble: class A/B) • Max. sound pressure at nominal power: 119 dB, music: 122 dB, peak: 125 dB • Sample frequency: 65 kHz and 64 bit technology • Programming and administration via Ethernet LAN connection and control software • With the control software, the following parameters can be adjusted: - Activating and storing presets - 10 equalizers for each channel with the filter functions: bell, notch, allpass, low-shelf, high-shelf, bandpass, high-pass, low-pass - Delay - Limiter Model Frequency range Amplifier power

Inputs

SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Connections

Other features

• •

•

• • • • • • • • •

- Gain of the inputs - Master volume - Low cut 6 presets available Up to 100 presets can be activated directly at the speaker, no software required 25 cm (10", FAITAL) bass speaker and 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil, BEYMA) horn tweeter High-quality workmanship and coating Multi-purpose positioning and installation options Horn tweeter with an even beaming, can be turned by 90° M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation, stand sleeve 2 x balanced line/mic inputs and parallel outputs A and B 1 x unbalanced input RCA L/R 1 x balanced output Mix A+B Auto power on/off with LED indication PowerCon mains connection and PowerCon parallel output

MEGA-DSP15 40-20,000 Hz DSP-controlled, 600 WRMS (500+100) bass: 500 W treble: 100 W 1 x line/mic (bal.)

1 x line (bal.)

Aux RCA L/R 98 dB 123 dB at nominal power RMS 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz 416x678x454 mm 25.5 kg 2 x XLR/6.3 mm comb. (line/mic A, line B) 2 x XLR, par. out, 1 x XLR MIX A+B out RCA L/R DSP programming via Ethernet

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

Professional active DSP speaker system with 2-channel amplifier, 600 WRMS • Compact 8/2 full range system with cabinet made of birch plywood • DSP-controlled amplifier (bass: class D, treble: class A/B) • Max. sound pressure at nominal power: 116 dB, music: 119 dB, peak: 122 dB • Sample frequency: 65 kHz and 64 bit technology • Programming and administration via Ethernet LAN connection and control software • With the control software, the following parameters can be adjusted: - Activating and storing presets - 10 equalizers for each channel with the filter functions: bell, notch, allpass, low-shelf, high-shelf, bandpass, high-pass, low-pass - Delay - Limiter

MEGA-DSP12 45-20,000 Hz DSP-controlled, 600 WRMS (500+100) bass: 500 W treble: 100 W 1 x line/mic (bal.)

1 x line (bal.)

Aux RCA L/R 97 dB 121 dB at nominal power RMS 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz 350x612x383 mm 19 kg 2 x XLR/6.3 mm comb. (line/mic A, line B) 2 x XLR, par. out, 1 x XLR MIX A+B out RCA L/R DSP programming via Ethernet

MEGA-DSP10 55-20,000 Hz DSP-controlled, 600 WRMS (500+100) bass: 500 W treble: 100 W 1 x line/mic (bal.)

1 x line (bal.)

Aux RCA L/R 97 dB 119 dB at nominal power RMS 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz 320x504x345 mm 18 kg 2 x XLR/6.3 mm comb. (line/mic A, line B) 2 x XLR, par. out, 1 x XLR MIX A+B out RCA L/R DSP programming via Ethernet

• •

•

• • • • • • • • •

- Gain of the inputs - Master volume - Low cut 6 presets available Up to 100 presets can be activated directly at the speaker, no software required 20 cm (8", FAITAL) bass speaker and 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil, BEYMA) horn tweeter High-quality workmanship and coating Multi-purpose positioning and installation options Horn tweeter with an even beaming, can be turned by 90° M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation, stand sleeve 2 x balanced line/mic inputs and parallel outputs A and B 1 x unbalanced input RCA L/R 1 x balanced output Mix A+B Auto power on/off with LED indication PowerCon mains connection with PowerCon parallel output MEGA-DSP08 60-20,000 Hz DSP-controlled, 600 WRMS (500+100) bass: 500 W treble: 100 W 1 x line/mic (bal.)

1 x line (bal.)

Aux RCA L/R 95 dB 116 dB at nominal power RMS 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz 290x480x313 mm 15.5 kg 2 x XLR/6.3 mm comb. (line/mic A, line B), 2 x XLR, par. out, 1 x XLR MIX A+B out RCA L/R DSP programming via Ethernet

www.imgstageline.com

M73

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

Premium Professional PA Speaker System The modern professional PA speaker systems of the MEGA series impress by the application of top-quality materials and the use of brand speakers from Beyma and Celestion. The cabinets are made of birch plywood of superior workmanship. With this design, the MEGA series is suitable for (almost) any event.

MEGA-115

MEGA-112

MEGA-110

Order No. 25.3720

Order No. 25.3710

Order No. 25.3700

Premium professional PA speaker system, 800 WMAX, 400 WRMS, 8 Ω • Professional full range system • Cabinet made of birch plywood • 38 cm (15", Beyma) bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", Beyma) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Top-quality crossover network • Switchable between passive operation and bi-amp active operation • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handles

tools4music 05/2011 "A great sound, professional appearance. With regard to sound performance and level stability, the speaker systems of the MEGA series can surely compete with far more expensive speaker systems. A good price-performance ratio."

Premium professional PA speaker system, 800 WMAX, 400 WRMS, 8 Ω • Professional full range system • Cabinet made of birch plywood • 30 cm (12", Beyma) bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", Beyma) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Top-quality crossover network • Switchable between passive operation and bi-amp active operation • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

Model System Bass speaker Tweeter Power capabilities Music power Power rating General information Impedance Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Inputs

ATTENTION Matching protective bags for speaker systems MEGA-115BAG, MEGA-112BAG and MEGA-110BAG are available at option.

Outputs Weight

M74

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Premium professional PA speaker system, 500 WMAX, 250 WRMS, 8 Ω • Professional full range system • Cabinet made of birch plywood • 25 cm (10", Celestion) bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", Beyma) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Top-quality crossover network • Switchable between passive operation and bi-amp active operation • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

MEGA-115 2-way bass-reflex 38cm (15") dyn. mid-high range speaker

MEGA-112 2-way bass-reflex 30cm (12") dyn. mid-high range speaker

MEGA-110 2-way bass-reflex 25cm (10") dyn. mid-high range speaker

800WMAX 400WRMS

800WMAX 400WRMS

500WMAX 250WRMS

8Ω 40-20,000Hz 98dB 125dB 0-40 °C 432x675x415mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON (passive operation) or 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON (bi-amp active operation) 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON (in passive operation only) 26.7kg

8Ω 48-20,000Hz 97dB 124dB 0-40 °C 342x586x348mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON (passive operation) or 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON (bi-amp active operation) 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON (in passive operation only) 21kg

8Ω 60-20,000Hz 96dB 120dB 0-40 °C 321x530x333mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON (passive operation) or 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON (bi-amp active operation) 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON (in passive operation only) 15.5kg

Premium Professional PA Cabinet Subwoofers

SOUNDCHECK 09/2011 "The features of this speaker system include a high quality and a high reliability. The MEGA-118SUB does exactly what it was built for: to provide both a clear and reliable bass reproduction as well as a dynamic and powerful sound."

MEGA-118SUB

MEGA-118SUBAK

Order No. 09.0080

Order No. 09.0090

Premium professional PA cabinet subwoofer, 2,000 WMAX, 1,000 WRMS, 8 Ω • Subwoofer system • Cabinet made of birch plywood • Durable two-component PU coating • 46 cm (18", Celestion) high-performance bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • Bass-reflex system • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handles • Rubber feet • Mounting holes for mounting castors, available at option

tastenwelt 06/2011 "Clear voices, a solid and an amazingly balanced deep bass reproduction and a system with a very well-balanced sound ... solid design ... high-quality components ... the system amplifier STA-1603CLUB with three power amplifiers, integrated limiters, subsonic filters and a tunable crossover network provides everything from one source to become an ideal partner for the MEGA set ... this solution deserves the rating: plug&play."

(Test setup: MEGA-112 and MEGA-118SUB with STA-1603CLUB)

tools4music 05/2011 "The MEGA-118SUB also features a good price-performance ratio. The cabinet adequately enhances the benefits of the topclass speaker."

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

Model System Bass speaker Tweeter Power capabilities Music power Power rating General information Impedance Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Inputs Outputs Weight

Premium professional active PA cabinet subwoofer, 1,500 WMAX, 1,000 WRMS • Active high-performance bass-reflex subwoofer system • 46 cm (18", Celestion FTR18-4080HDX) high-performance bass speaker • Digital amplifier with high power reserves • Adjustable crossover frequency: 50-250 Hz, gain control, phase reverse switch • Balanced inputs: comb. XLR/6.3 mm and parallel XLR outputs • Further XLR line outputs L/R (50-250 Hz) with highpass filter for additional active speakers and XLR line output with low-pass filter for another active subwoofer • NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal for second passive subwoofer (8 Ω min.)

• Cabinet made of high-quality and extensively reinforced premium birch plywood • Durable two-component PU coating • High-quality workmanship, front grille • Threaded inserts for castors, stand sleeve, rubber feet • Supplied with NEUTRIK PowerCon network cable

MEGA-118SUB bass-reflex 46cm (18", FTR18-4080HDX) -

Model Frequency range Amplifier power Inputs

2,000WMAX 1,000WRMS

SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Connections

8Ω 30-200Hz 97dB 126dB 0-40 °C 700x570x590mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 47kg

MEGA-118SUBAK 30-250 Hz 1,500 WMAX/1,000 WRMS comb. XLR/6.3 mm, bal. line, L/R 97 dB 126 dB 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/3,050 VA 700x570x590 mm 51 kg comb. XLR/6.3 mm input (L+R) XLR: par. out (L+R) XLR: high-pass out (L+R) XLR: low-pass out NEUTRIK SPEAKON

www.imgstageline.com

M75

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

Professional PA Speaker Systems

Professional PA speaker systems which have been matched to the special requirements of mobile applications. The applied bass speakers and tweeter systems from BEYMA or FAITAL provide a high-quality sound for an excellent performance.

MOVE-15

MOVE-12

Order No. 25.4930

Order No. 25.4920

Professional PA speaker system, 1,000 WMAX, 500 WRMS, 8 Ω • Professional full range bass-reflex system • Cabinet made of birch plywood • 38 cm (15", BEYMA) bass speaker • 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil, BEYMA) horn tweeter, can be turned by 90° • Neutral sound settings • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • "Catch & Carry" carrying handles • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve, robust front grille

Model System Bass speaker Tweeter

Power capabilities Music power Power rating General information Impedance Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Inputs Outputs Weight

M76

Professional PA speaker system, 600 WMAX, 300 WRMS, 8 Ω • Professional full range bass-reflex system • Cabinet made of birch plywood • 30 cm (12", BEYMA) bass speaker • 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil, BEYMA) horn tweeter, can be turned by 90° • Neutral sound settings • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • "Catch & Carry" carrying handles • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve, robust front grille

MOVE-15 2-way bass-reflex 38 cm (15", BEYMA) 25 mm (1") dyn. mid-high range speaker (44 mm voice coil, BEYMA)

MOVE-12 2-way bass-reflex 30 cm (12", BEYMA) 25 mm (1") dyn. mid-high range speaker (44 mm voice coil, BEYMA)

MOVE-10 2-way bass-reflex 25 cm (10", FAITAL) 25 mm (1") dyn. mid-high range speaker (44 mm voice coil, BEYMA)

MOVE-08 2-way bass-reflex 20 cm (8", BEYMA) 25 mm (1") dyn. mid-high range speaker (44 mm voice coil, BEYMA)

MOVE-06 2-way bass-reflex 16 cm (6.5", BEYMA) 25 mm (1") dyn. mid-high range speaker (44 mm voice coil, FAITAL)

1,000 WMAX 500 WRMS

500 WMAX 300 WRMS

400 WMAX 200 WRMS

400 WMAX 200 WRMS

200 WMAX 100 WRMS

8Ω 40-20,000 Hz 98 dB 127 dB 0-40 °C 416x678x453 mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON par. out 24.5 kg

8Ω 45-20,000 Hz 97 dB 124 dB 0-40 °C 350x612x382 mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON par. out 19.5 kg

8Ω 55-20,000 Hz 96 dB 121 dB 0-40 °C 320x540x350 mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON par. out 13.6 kg

8Ω 65-20,000 Hz 95 dB 120 dB 0-40 °C 290x480x312 mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON par. out 12.8 kg

8Ω 60-20,000 Hz 91 dB 113 dB 0-40 °C 200x319x215 mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON par. out 6.9 kg

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Professional PA Speaker Systems

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

MOVE-10

MOVE-08

MOVE-06

Order No. 25.4910

Order No. 25.4900

Order No. 25.4890

Professional PA speaker system, 400 WMAX, 200 WRMS, 8 Ω • Professional full range bass-reflex system • Cabinet made of birch plywood • 25 cm (10", FAITAL) bass speaker • 25 mm (1", 44mm voice coil, BEYMA) horn tweeter, can be turned by 90° • Neutral sound tuning • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • "Catch & Carry" carrying handles • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve, robust front grille

Professional PA speaker system, 400 WMAX, 200 WRMS, 8 Ω • Compact professional full range bass-reflex system • Cabinet made of birch plywood • 20 cm (8", BEYMA) bass speaker • 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil, BEYMA) horn tweeter, can be turned by 90° • Neutral sound tuning • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • "Catch & Carry" carrying handle • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve, robust front grille

Professional PA speaker system, 200 WMAX, 100 WRMS, 8 Ω • Very compact professional full range bass-reflex system • Cabinet made of birch plywood • 16 cm (6.5", BEYMA) bass speaker • 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil, FAITAL) horn tweeter, can be turned by 90° • Neutral sound tuning, impressive bass reproduction for its size • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve, robust front grille

www.imgstageline.com

M77

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

High-power PA and DJ Speaker Systems

tastenwelt 01/2013 "A powerful set for the stage - suitable for on-the-road applications. Impressive sound and features. The PAB-215MK2 provides a clean and powerful sound up to maximum volume levels, only rarely missing a subwoofer in full range applications."

(Test setup: 2 x PAB-215MK2 & PMX-1282USB)

PAB-215MK2

The high-power speaker systems of the 200 series in classic wooden cabinets are of a high power capability, provide an amazing sound and are ideally suited for stage or DJ applications. The high-quality cabinets impress by a combination of MDF wood and plywood. Furthermore, they are extensively reinforced on the inside. With these features, the systems are absolutely suitable for multi-purpose applications.

PSUB-218MK2 PSUB-215MK2

PAB-212MK2 PAB-210MK2

w/o picture

PAB-215MK2

PAB-212MK2

PAB-210MK2

PSUB-218MK2

Order No. 25.3850

Order No. 25.3840

Order No. 25.3830

Order No. 25.3870

High-power PA and DJ speaker system, 700 WMAX, 350 WRMS, 8 Ω • Full range system of a very high efficiency • Cabinet made of a combination of MDF wood and plywood • 38 cm (15") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • High-quality crossover network • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handles

Model System Bass speaker Tweeter

Power capabilities Music power Power rating General information Impedance Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Inputs Outputs Weight

M78

High-power PA and DJ speaker system, 500 WMAX, 250 WRMS, 8 Ω • Full range system of a very high efficiency • Cabinet made of a combination of MDF wood and plywood • 30 cm (12") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", mit 44 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • High-quality crossover network • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handles

PAB-215MK2 2-way bass-reflex 38cm (15", 75mm voice coil) 25mm (1") dyn. mid-high range speaker (44mm voice coil)

PAB-212MK2 2-way bass-reflex 30cm (12", 63mm voice coil) 25mm (1") dyn. horn tweeter (44mm voice coil)

PAB-210MK2 2-way bass-reflex 25cm (10") 25mm dyn. mid-high range speaker (1", 34mm voice coil)

700WMAX 350WRMS

500WMAX 250WRMS

400WMAX 200WRMS

8Ω 45-20,000Hz 99dB 124dB 0-40 °C 470x770x440mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON par. out 32.5kg

8Ω 50-20,000Hz 98dB 122dB 0-40 °C 380x630x350mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON par. out 21.8kg

8Ω 65-20,000Hz 97dB 120dB 0-40 °C 330x520x300mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON par. out 15.7kg

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

High-power PA and DJ speaker system, 400 WMAX, 200 WRMS, 8 Ω • Full range system of a very high efficiency • Cabinet made of a combination of MDF wood and plywood • 25 cm (10") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", 34 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • High-quality crossover network • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out

Model System Bass speaker Tweeter Power capabilities Music power Power rating General information Impedance Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Inputs Outputs Weight

PA and DJ cabinet subwoofer, 1,200 WMAX, 600 WRMS, 8 Ω

PSUB-215MK2 Order No. 25.3860

PA and DJ cabinet subwoofer, 800 WMAX, 400 WRMS, 8 Ω • Subwoofer system • Cabinet made of a combination of MDF wood and plywood • 38 cm (15") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • Bass-reflex system • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handles • Rubber feet

PSUB-218MK2 bass-reflex 46cm (18", 100mm voice coil) -

PSUB-215MK2 bass-reflex 38cm (15", 100mm voice coil) -

1,200WMAX 600WRMS

800WMAX 400WRMS

8Ω 30-300Hz 98dB 126dB 0-40 °C 600x750x750mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON, par. out 57kg

8Ω 35-300Hz 98dB 124dB 0-40 °C 450x610x600mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON, par. out 39kg

High-power PA and DJ Speaker Systems The active PA speaker systems and subwoofers of the 200 series impress by their high power capability and sound quality.

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

EVENT Rookie 01/2012 "The speaker system provides a pleasant midrange and a high resolution of the high frequencies, thus allowing for a natural and powerful reproduction of sound and vocals. It features a remarkable maximum level with promising reserves. Attractive price-performance ratio. The top parts already provide a good performance at smaller gigs or perhaps as a monitor, too.

Together with the subwoofers (PSUB-215AK), a real powerful PA system can be created."

PSUB-218AK PSUB-215AK

PAK-215MK2

PAK-212MK2 PAK-210MK2

PAK-215MK2

PAK-212MK2

PAK-210MK2

PSUB-218AK

Order No. 25.3910

Order No. 25.3900

Order No. 25.3890

Order No. 25.3930

Active PA and DJ speaker system, 600 WMAX, 400 WRMS • Full range system of a very high efficiency • Cabinet made of a combination of MDF wood and plywood • 38 cm (15") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • 2-channel power amplifier with integrated active crossover network • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • XLR in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handles

Model Frequency range Amplifier power Inputs SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Connections Other features

PAK-215MK2 45-20,000Hz 100+300WRMS, total: 600WMAX 1 x line (bal.)

99dB 125dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/625VA 470x775x440mm 32.5kg XLR (line) par. line out (XLR, bal.), integr. limiter

Active PA and DJ speaker system, 500 WMAX, 300 WRMS • Full range system of a very high efficiency • Cabinet made of a combination of MDF wood and plywood • 30 cm (12") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", 44mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • 2-channel power amplifier with integrated active crossover network • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • XLR in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handles

PAK-212MK2 50-20,000Hz 80+220WRMS, total: 500WMAX 1 x line (bal.)

98dB 123dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/625VA 400x635x345mm 25.2kg XLR (line) par. line out (XLR, bal.), integr. limiter

PAK-210MK2 65-20,000Hz 50+200WRMS, total: 400WMAX 1 x line (bal.)

97dB 120dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/460VA 340x565x330mm 19.5kg XLR (line) par. line out (XLR, bal.), integr. limiter

Active PA and DJ speaker system, 400 WMAX, 250 WRMS • Full range system of very high efficiency • Cabinet made of a combination of MDF wood and plywood • 25 cm (10") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", 34mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • 2-channel power amplifier with integrated active crossover network • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts for suspended installation • XLR in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handles

Model Frequency range Amplifier power Inputs SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Connections

Active PA and DJ cabinet subwoofer, 700WMAX, 500WRMS w/o picture

PSUB-215AK Order No. 25.3920

Active PA and DJ cabinet subwoofer, 600 WMAX, 400 WRMS • Active bass-reflex subwoofer system with wooden cabinet • 38 cm (15", 100 mm voice coil) bass speaker of long excursion • Adjustable crossover frequency: 35-200 Hz, gain control, phase reverse switch • Additional high-pass filter XLR line outputs • High-quality workmanship, incorporated carrying handles • Stand sleeve, rubber feet

PSUB-218AK 30-200Hz 700WMAX/500WRMS bal. line, L/R 98dB 125dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/1,000VA 600x750x750mm 66.4kg XLR input (L+R) XLR par. out (L+R) XLR high-pass out (L+R)

PSUB-215AK 35-200Hz 600WMAX/400WRMS bal. line, L+R 97dB 123dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/865VA 450x615x690mm 44.7kg XLR input (L+R) XLR par. out (L+R) XLR high-pass out (L+R)

EVENT Rookie 01/2012 "The PSUB-215AK shows no weakness and provides an impressive fundamental bass reproduction. With a very deep bass tuning, the 15" subwoofer of long excursion moves some air. That’s what DJs like ... a slight correction with a low-cut filter gives the subwoofer some leeway ... and allows it to provide a faster and a more direct bass reproduction (for live performances). Attractive price-performance ratio. A trolley (MR-1MOVE) can definitely be recommended for purchase."

www.imgstageline.com

M79

PA SPEAKERS

Professional PA Speaker Systems

The professional PA speaker systems with cabinets made of ABS plastic are of extra low weight. The speakers with neodymium magnets allow for a powerful reproduction which meets highest requirements.

PAB-615/SW

PAB-612/SW

Order No. 25.2080

Order No. 25.2070

Professional PA speaker system, 700 WMAX, 350 WRMS, 8 Ω • Ultra-lightweight full range system of very high efficiency • Robust ABS plastic cabinet • 38 cm (15", neodymium magnet) bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", neodymium magnet) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Top-quality crossover network • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M10 threaded inserts for suspended installation • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and ergonomic carrying handle

Model System Bass speaker Tweeter Power capabilities Music power Power rating General information Impedance Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Inputs Outputs Weight

M80

Professional PA speaker system, 700 WMAX, 350 WRMS, 8 Ω • Ultra-lightweight full range system of very high efficiency • Robust ABS plastic cabinet • 30 cm (12", neodymium magnet) bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", neodymium magnet) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Top-quality crossover network • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M10 threaded inserts for suspended installation • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and ergonomical carrying handle

PAB-615/SW 2-way bass-reflex 38cm (15") dyn. mid-high range horn speaker

PAB-612/SW 2-way bass-reflex 30cm (12") dyn. mid-high range horn speaker

700WMAX 300WRMS

700WMAX 350WRMS

8Ω 40-20,000Hz 101dB 125dB 0-40 °C 445x700x360mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 17.9kg

8Ω 47-20,000Hz 101dB 125dB 0-40 °C 415x615x385mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 15.6kg

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Professional PA Speaker Systems

PA SPEAKERS The professional PA speaker cabinets of the 500 series in a trapezoid plastic cabinet have especially been developed to meet the requirements of professional applications. They are equipped with a coated, humidityproof cone.

PAB-515/BL

PAB-512/BL

Order No. 24.8250

Order No. 24.8240

Professional PA speaker system, 600 WMAX, 8 Ω • Full range system of high power capability and of very high efficiency • Robust plastic cabinet • 38 cm (15") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket and coated cone • 25 mm (1", 44mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • High-quality crossover network • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts on the top and bottom • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and ergonomic carrying handle

Model System Bass speaker Tweeter Power capabilities Music power Power rating General information Impedance Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Inputs Outputs Weight

Professional PA speaker system, 500 WMAX, 8 Ω • Full range system of high power capability and of very high efficiency • Robust plastic cabinet • 30 cm (12") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket and coated cone • 25 mm (1", 44mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • High-quality crossover network • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts on the top and bottom • 2 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and ergonomic carrying handle

PAB-515/BL 2-way bass-reflex 38cm (15") dyn. mid-high range horn speaker

PAB-512/BL 2-way bass-reflex 30.5cm (12") dyn. mid-high range horn speaker

600WMAX 300WRMS

500WMAX 250WRMS

8Ω 45-18,500Hz 102dB 126dB 0-40 °C 450x670x345mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON par. out 23kg

8Ω 55-18,500Hz 102dB 125dB 0-40 °C 395x590x300mm 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON 1 x NEUTRIK SPEAKON par. out 18kg

www.imgstageline.com

M81

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

DJ and Power Speaker Systems The 100 series provides PA speaker systems of high power capability with a nice sound for PA and DJ applications, suitable for medium-sized to large function rooms. The timeless plastic cabinets are also very robust and have extensively been tested in practical operation.

PAB-115MK2

PAB-112MK2

PAB-110MK2

PAB-108MK2

PSUB-115

Order No. 25.2250

Order No. 25.2240

Order No. 25.2230

Order No. 25.2220

Order No. 25.2550

DJ and power speaker system, 600 WMAX, 8 Ω • Full range system of high power capability and of a high efficiency • Robust plastic cabinet • 38 cm (15") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts (2 x top, 1 x bottom) • 2 x speaker terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

DJ and power speaker system, 500 WMAX, 8 Ω • Full range system of high power capability and of high efficiency • Robust plastic cabinet • 30 cm (12") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", 34 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts (2 x top, 1 x bottom) • 2 x speaker terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

DJ and power speaker system, 400 WMAX, 8 Ω • Full range system of high power capability and of high efficiency • Robust plastic cabinet • 25 cm (10") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", 34 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts (2 x top, 1 x bottom) • 2 x speaker terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

DJ and power speaker system, 200 WMAX, 8 Ω • Full range system of high power capability and of high efficiency • Robust plastic cabinet • 20 cm (8") bass speaker with diecast aluminum basket • 25 mm (1", 34 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M6 threaded inserts (2 x top, 1 x bottom) • 2 x speaker terminal, in/out • Stand adapter for standard stands

DJ and power subwoofer speaker system, 600 WMAX, 300 WRMS, 8 Ω • Subwoofer system • Robust plastic cabinet • 38cm (15") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • Bass reflex-system • Integrated low-pass filter • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts (2 x top, 1 x bottom) • 2 x speaker terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

tools4music 01/2012 "Provide a good sound, available at an attractive price. Top marks for operating convenience. The PAB speakers provide a pleasant sound, a full fat bass, a prominent midrange and a clear reproduction of the high frequencies. Musicians are impressed by the features of the PAB-115MK2. Provides a fat sound of high volumes, pleasantly effortless." + well tuned sound + protective covers of neat workmanship as accessories + solid tools

Beat 06/2012 "The PAB-112MK2 is a really good entry-level unit for getting hooked on DJing. It provides a powerful and well-balanced sound and is of a neat workmanship ... the unit is highly enjoyable. Features a very good price-performance ratio." + neat workmanship + clear sound + lightweight

ATTENTION

ATTENTION

Due to the centre of gravity inside these very compact cabinets, stands with legs of a sufficient size have to be selected for the PAK-110MK2 and the PAB-110MK2, e.g. PAST-164/SW.

Due to an integrated low-pass filter, it can easily be connected to 4-Ω stable amplifiers in parallel to 8Ω full range speakers.

M82

Model Bass-midrange speaker Power capabilities Music power Power rating Gen. information Impedance Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Connections

PAB-115MK2 38cm (15")

PAB-112MK2 30cm (12")

PAB-110MK2 25cm (10")

PAB-108MK2 20cm (8")

600WMAX 300WRMS

500WMAX 250WRMS

400WMAX 200WRMS

200WMAX 100WRMS

8Ω 48-20,000Hz 99dB 124dB 0-40 °C 447x685x355mm 18.4kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out

8Ω 55-20,000Hz 98dB 122dB 0-40 °C 430x580x310mm 16.1kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out

8Ω 59-20,000Hz 97dB 120dB 0-40 °C 360x500x260mm 11.1kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out

8Ω 60-19,000Hz 95dB 114dB 0-40 °C 290x405x220mm 7.4kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Model Bass-midrange speaker Power capabilities Music power Power rating Gen. information Impedance Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Connections

PSUB-115 38cm (15") 600WMAX 300WRMS 8Ω 40-250Hz 96dB 120dB 0-40 °C 447x685x355mm 21kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out

Active DJ and Power Speaker Systems The active version PAK features a warm sound due to well-approved transistor technology and supplies dynamic reserves and power reserves.

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

djmagazin.de 05/2012 "With quiet, so-called dinner music, both of the speaker systems provide a well-balanced sound with a very good reproduction of all frequencies. At higher volume levels, both of the speaker systems provide a reliable reproduction and a neutral sound. Suitable for versatile applications. Also provided a surprisingly powerful reproduction outdoors which is still well audible at a distance. Both speaker systems received a grade 1!"

(PAK-108MK2 and PAK-110MK2 in the test)

PAK-115MK2

PAK-112MK2

PAK-110MK2

PAK-108MK2

PSUB-115AK

Order No. 25.2290

Order No. 25.2280

Order No. 25.2270

Order No. 25.2260

Order No. 25.2560

Active DJ and power speaker system, 300 WMAX, 175 WRMS • Full range system of high efficiency • Robust plastic cabinet • 38 cm (15") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Active module of high power capability • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts (2 x top, 1 x bottom) • XLR and RCA L/R (line), XLR (mic) • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

Active DJ and power speaker system, 270 WMAX, 150 WRMS • Full range system of high efficiency • Robust plastic cabinet • 30 cm (12") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", 34mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Active module of high power capability • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts (2 x top, 1 x bottom) • XLR and RCA L/R (line), XLR (mic) • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

Active DJ and power speaker system, 200 WMAX, 110 WRMS • Full range system of high efficiency • Robust plastic cabinet • 25cm (10") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25mm (1", 34mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Active module of high power capability • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts (2 x top, 1 x bottom) • XLR and RCA L/R (line), XLR (mic) • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

Active DJ and power speaker system, 130 WMAX, 75 WRMS • Full range system of high efficiency • Robust plastic cabinet • 20 cm (8") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • 25 mm (1", 34 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Active module of high power capability • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts (2 x top, 1 x bottom) • XLR and RCA L/R (line), XLR (mic) • Stand adapter for standard stands

DJ and power subwoofer system, 500 WMAX, 300 WRMS • Robust plastic cabinet • 38 cm (15") bass speaker with diecast aluminium basket • Bass-reflex system • Amplifier of high power capability • Integrated limiter • Integrated active crossover network • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts (2 x top, 1 x bottom) • 2 x speaker terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

SOUNDCHECK 12/2010 "This speaker system provides a great sound which is an advantage over many competitors in this price class who are unable to achieve this. The speaker system provides a clear round sound up to high volume levels. With the mini mixer aboard, it is even possible to quickly perform a very small gig."

Model Frequency range Amplifier power Inputs

SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Connections

Other features

PAK-115MK2 45-20,000Hz 175WRMS, 300WMAX 1 x line (bal., 240mV, stereo unbal., 950mV) 2 x mic (bal., 10mV) 96dB 119dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/370VA 447x685x355mm 22.8kg XLR and RCA L/R (line) 2 x XLR (mic) 2 x 6.3mm jack (mic) par. line out (XLR and 6.3mm jack, bal.)

2-band EQ ±12dB integr. limiter

PAK-112MK2 49-20,000Hz 150WRMS, 270WMAX 1 x line (bal., 150mV, stereo unbal., 620mV) 1 x mic (bal., 6.5mV) 96dB 118dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/340VA 430x580x310mm 20kg XLR and RCA L/R (line) XLR (mic) 6.3mm jack (mic) par. line out (XLR and 6.3mm jack) 2-band EQ ±12dB integr. limiter

ATTENTION Due to the centre of gravity inside these very compact cabinets, stands with legs of a sufficient size have to be selected for the PAK-110MK2 and the PAB-110MK2, e.g. PAST-164/SW.

PAK-110MK2 59-20,000Hz 110WRMS, 200WMAX 1 x line (bal., 150mV, stereo unbal., 620mV) 1 x mic (bal., 6.5mV) 96dB 116dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/300VA 360x500x260mm 12.9kg XLR and RCA L/R (line) XLR (mic) 6.3mm jack (mic) par. line out (XLR and 6.3mm jack) 2-band EQ ±12dB integr. limiter

PAK-108MK2 60-20,000Hz 75WRMS, 130WMAX 1 x line (bal., 125mV, stereo unbal., 100mV) 1 x mic (bal., 6.5mV) 94dB 112dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/200VA 290x405x220mm 9kg XLR and RCA L/R (line) XLR (mic)

SOUNDCHECK 12/2010 "A solid construction ... crisp sound and deep bass reproduction. Attractive price!"

Model Frequency range Amplifier power Inputs SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Connections Other features

PSUB-115AK 40-200Hz 500WMAX/300WRMS 1 x line (mono bal., 280mV, stereo unbal., 520mV) 96dB 120dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/660VA 447x685x355mm 26kg line XLR (1 x in, 2 x out) and RCA L/R in limiter, active crossover network

par. line out (XLR bal.) integr. limiter

www.imgstageline.com

M83

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

Full Range Speaker Systems The PA speaker systems of the XC series provide a nice sound, are available at an attractive price and thus, are the perfect starting equipment for entry-level DJs. Suitable for small to medium-sized function rooms. The plastic cabinets of contemporary design are also lightweight and easy to handle.

The active version PAK features a digital power amplifier and thus achieves a high power efficiency.

PAB-15XC

PAB-12XC

PAB-10XC

PAB-8XC

Order No. 25.4170

Order No. 25.4160

Order No. 25.4150

Order No. 25.4140

Full range speaker system, 400 WMAX, 8 Ω • Full range system • Robust plastic cabinet • 38 cm (15") bass speaker with steel basket • 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts • 2 x speaker terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

Model Bass-midrange speaker Power capabilities Music power Power rating General information Impedance Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Connections

M84

Full range speaker system, 360 WMAX, 8 Ω • Full range system • Robust plastic cabinet • 30 cm (12") bass speaker with steel basket • 25 mm (1", 34 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts • 2 x speaker terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

Full range speaker system, 300 WMAX, 8 Ω • Full range system • Robust plastic cabinet • 25 cm (10") bass speaker with steel basket • 25 mm (1", 34 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts • 2 x speaker terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

Full range speaker system, 180 WMAX, 8 Ω • Full range system • Robust plastic cabinet • 20 cm (8") bass speaker with steel basket • 25 mm (1", 34 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Multi-purpose positioning and installation options • M8 threaded inserts • 2 x speaker terminal, in/out • Stand sleeve

PAB-15XC 38cm (15")

PAB-12XC 30cm (12")

PAB-10XC 25cm (10")

PAB-8XC 20cm (8")

400WMAX 200WRMS

360WMAX 180WRMS

300WMAX 150WRMS

180WMAX 90WRMS

8Ω 48-20,000Hz 98dB 122dB 0-40 °C 470x680x390mm 13.8kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out

8Ω 55-20,000Hz 97dB 120dB 0-40 °C 420x585x320mm 13.8kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out

8Ω 59-20,000Hz 97dB 119dB 0-40 °C 360x500x270mm 10kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out

8Ω 60-20,000Hz 94dB 112dB 0-40 °C 290x412x220mm 6.5kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Active Full Range Speaker Systems

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

PAK-15XC

PAK-12XC

PAK-10XC

PAK-8XC

Order No. 25.4250

Order No. 25.4240

Order No. 25.4230

Order No. 25.4260

Active full range speaker system, 250 WMAX, 150 WRMS • Full range system • Robust plastic cabinet • 38 cm (15") bass speaker with steel basket • 25 mm (1", 44 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Class-D power amplifier technology • 2-way tone control • M8 threaded inserts • XLR and RCA L/R (line), XLR and 6.3 mm jack (mic) • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

Active full range speaker system, 210 WMAX, 120 WRMS • Full range system • Robust plastic cabinet • 30 cm (12") bass speaker with steel basket • 25 mm (1", 34 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Class-D power amplifier technology • 2-way tone control • M8 threaded inserts • XLR and RCA L/R (line), XLR and 6.3 mm jack (mic) • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

Active full range speaker system, 170 WMAX, 100 WRMS • Full range system • Robust plastic cabinet • 25 cm (10") bass speaker with steel basket • 25 mm (1", 34 mm voice coil) horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Class-D power amplifier technology • 2-way tone control • M8 threaded inserts • XLR and RCA L/R (line), XLR and 6.3 mm jack (mic) • Stand sleeve and carrying handle

Active full range speaker system, 110 WMAX, 70 WRMS • Full range system • Robust plastic cabinet • 20 cm (8") bass speaker with steel basket • 25 mm (1") horn tweeter • Bass-reflex system • Class-D power amplifier technology • M8 threaded inserts • XLR and RCA L/R (line), XLR and 6.3 mm jack (mic) • Stand sleeve

Beat 01/2013 Price TIP from the editors of the Beat magazine Top marks for workmanship, technology and price-performance ratio "The PAK-12XC prove that good full range speaker systems can be available at an attractive price and still feature an exemplary workmanship and an excellent sound. ... a really powerful sound."

Model Frequency range Amplifier power Inputs

SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Connections

Other features

PAK-15XC 48-20,000Hz 150WRMS, 250WMAX 1 x line (bal.), stereo (unbal.), 1 x mic (bal.)

96dB 118dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/300VA 470x680x390mm 20kg XLR and RCA L/R (line) XLR (mic) 6.3mm jack (mic) par. line out (XLR and 6.3mm jack) 2-band EQ ±12dB

PAK-12XC 59-20,000Hz 120WRMS, 210WMAX 1 x line (bal.), stereo (unbal.), 1 x mic (bal.)

96dB 117dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/225VA 420x585x320mm 17.1kg XLR and RCA L/R (line) XLR (mic) 6.3mm jack (mic) par. line out (XLR and 6.3mm jack) 2-band EQ ±12dB

PAK-10XC 59-20,000Hz 100WRMS, 170WMAX 1 x line (bal.) stereo (unbal.)

1 x mic (bal.)

96dB 115dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/200VA 360x500x270mm 12.3kg XLR and RCA L/R (line) XLR (mic) 6.3mm jack (mic) par. line out (XLR and 6.3mm jack) 2-band EQ ±12dB

PAK-8XC 60-20,000Hz 70WRMS, 110WMAX 1 x line, stereo (unbal.), 1 x mic (bal.)

93dB 111dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/150VA 290x412x220mm 9kg XLR and RCA L/R (line) XLR (mic) par. line out (XLR bal.)

www.imgstageline.com

M85

PA SPEAKERS

Weatherproof High-performance PA Speaker Systems

Available by popular demand: weatherproof PA speakers with IP classification. Exactly the right speakers whenever a high sound quality, a high volume capability and a respective resistance to all weather conditions are required.

PAB-120WP/SW

Ideally suited for permanent open-air applications, e.g. at fairground attractions, PA applications in pedestrian areas, at sports facilities and wherever a weather-protected installation of the speakers is not possible.

PAB-12WP/SW

PAB-120WP/SW

PAB-12WP/SW

Order No. 25.3750

Order No. 25.3740

Weatherproof high-performance PA speaker system, 120 WRMS • High-performance 2-way bass-reflex system with cabinet made of ABS plastic • 100 V line technique • 30 cm (12") PA bass speaker with impregnated paper cone • 25 mm (1") horn tweeter system • Excellent sound characteristics • Front grille with water-repellent gauze • Speaker in and parallel out • Metal parts made of stainless steel • 4 x M10 threaded insert each at the top and bottom for suspension • Stand sleeve

Weatherproof high-performance PA speaker system, 400 WMAX/200 WRMS , 8 Ω • High-performance 2-way bass-reflex system with cabinet made of ABS plastic • 30 cm (12") PA bass speaker with impregnated paper cone • 25 mm (1") horn tweeter system • Excellent sound characteristics • Front grille with water-repellent gauze • Speaker in and parallel out • Metal parts made of stainless steel • 4 x M10 threaded insert each at the top and bottom for suspension • Stand sleeve Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Other features

M86

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

PAB-120WP/SW 42-20,000Hz 120/60/30WRMS 98dB 119dB 300 -10 °C to +40 °C 370x655x410mm 21kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out bass-reflex

PAB-12WP/SW 42-20,000Hz 400WMAX, 200WRMS 98dB 121dB 300 -10 °C to +40 °C 370x655x410mm 20kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out bass-reflex

Weatherproof High-performance PA Speaker Systems

PA SPEAKERS

PROSOUND 05/2011 "The cabinets give a solid impression ... and meet IP45 requirements. All four speaker systems are suitable for pleasant background music ... the large PAB-8WP/WS is capable of quite high volume levels ... however, the small ones should not be underestimated ... these speaker systems are impressive and the price is quite reasonable for weatherproof speaker systems."

PAB-8WP/WS PAB-82WP/WS

PAB-52WP/WS

PAB-6WP/WS

PAB-8WP/WS

PAB-82WP/WS

Order No. 25.3570

Order No. 25.3590

Weatherproof high-performance PA speaker system, 120 WRMS in 100 V operation or up to 240 WMAX/120 WRMS in 8 Ω operation • High-performance 2-way bass-reflex system with cabinet made of ABS plastic • 100 V or 8 Ω operation, selectable • 20 cm (8") PA bass speaker with impregnated paper cone • 25 mm (1") horn tweeter system • Excellent sound characteristics • Front grille with water-repellent gauze • Recessed connection terminal with cover plate and high-strength cable gland • Speaker in and parallel out, screw terminal • Metal parts and wall bracket made of stainless steel

Weatherproof high-performance PA speaker system, 120 WRMS in 100 V operation or up to 240 WMAX/120 WRMS in 8 Ω operation • High-performance 2-way coaxial speaker system with cabinet made of ABS plastic • 100 V operation or 8 Ω operation, selectable • 20 cm (8") PA coaxial system with impregnated paper cone • Coaxially integrated 25 mm (1") horn tweeter • Excellent sound characteristics • Front grille with water-repellent gauze • Recessed connection terminal with cover plate and high-strength cable gland • Speaker in and parallel out, screw terminal • Metal parts and wall bracket made of stainless steel

PAB-6WP/WS

PAB-52WP/WS

Order No. 25.3560

Order No. 25.3580

Weatherproof high-performance PA speaker system, 100 WRMS in 100 V operation or up to 180 WMAX/100 WRMS in 8 Ω operation • Compact 2-way bass-reflex system with cabinet made of ABS plastic • 100 V or 8 Ω operation, selectable • 16 cm bass speaker with coated carbon fibre cone • 30 mm dome tweeter with horn front attachment • Excellent sound characteristics • Front grille with water-repellent gauze • Recessed connection terminal with cover plate and high-strength cable gland • Metal parts and wall bracket made of stainless steel Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Power capability, 4 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Weight Other features

PAB-8WP/WS 48-20,000Hz 120/60/30WRMS 240WMAX, 120WRMS 96dB 117dB 200 -10 °C to +40 °C 240x430x250mm 13.1kg 2 x SPEAKER par in/out screw terminal mounting bracket, bass-reflex

PAB-82WP/WS 50-20,000Hz 120/60/30WRMS 240WMAX, 120WRMS 96dB 117dB 200 -10 °C to +40 °C 280x280x270mm 9.5kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out screw terminal mounting bracket, bass-reflex

Weatherproof high-performance PA speaker system, 50 WRMS in 100 V operation or up to 100 WMAX/50 WRMS in 4 Ω operation • Compact wideband bass-reflex system with cabinet made of ABS plastic • 100 V or 4 Ω operation, selectable • 13 cm (5") high-quality full range speaker with aluminium cone • Excellent sound characteristics • Front grille with water-repellent gauze • Recessed connection terminal with cover plate and high-strength cable gland • Metal parts and wall bracket made of stainless steel

PAB-6WP/WS 42-19,000Hz 100/50/25WRMS 180WMAX, 100WRMS 90dB 110dB 165 -10 °C to +40 °C 200x370x240mm 7.1kg screw terminal mounting bracket, bass-reflex

PAB-52WP/WS 60-18,000Hz 50/25/12.5WRMS 100WMAX, 50WRMS 87dB 104dB 130 -10 °C to +40 °C 200x200x190mm 5.1kg screw terminal mounting bracket, bass-reflex

www.imgstageline.com

M87

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

Hi-fi and Monitor Speakers

With the 2-way active systems and the subwoofers of the SOUND series, efficient speakers with a powerful sound are available in different sizes and with different features. They are set up in a highquality bass-reflex MDF cabinet and feature speakers with magnetic

shielding. The speaker systems are ideally suited as active hi-fi speaker systems, high-end PC speakers and for small PA applications requiring a powerful sound, e.g. media presentations.

HiFiTest 04/2012 Price-performance: excellent.

Overall score: 1.3.

This speaker is great fun when listening to music. With their crystal clear and dynamic sound and the practice-orientated features, these active speakers provide a professional performance. The SOUND-65/SW from IMG Stage Line are available at an incredibly attractive price per pair which is almost unbeatable. Thus, they are totally recommendable!

Beat 03/2012 "The SOUND-80/SW is a top choice for anyone looking for a monitoring solution which is available at a favourable price and provides a great directness and a good sound localisation. ... Apparently, the SOUND systems have to warm up for a couple of hours after being unwrapped. ... however, your patience will be rewarded by a very open sound. ... sound localisation and sampling range are exceptionally good for a system in this price class."

Beat 01/2010 "For home recordings or AV presentations, as a monitor speaker for audio and video editing or as a high-quality PC speaker, the SOUND-65/SW offers a price-performance ratio which is almost unbeatable."

SOUND-65/SW

SOUND-80/SW

SOUND-65/SW

w/o picture

Order No. 25.3790

Order No. 25.0680

Pair of high-quality active speakers, 2 x 120 WMAX, 2 x 70 WRMS (50 + 20 W each speaker system) • 2-way active switching for each speaker system with separate power amplifiers for bass speaker and tweeter (bi-amping) • High-quality bass-reflex MDF cabinet with black lacquered surface • 20 cm bass-midrange speaker with glass fibre cone and 25 mm soft dome tweeter • Due to a switchable adjustment of the tweeter power amplifier, a fine adjustment of the tweeter level is possible without any losses in the level (-2/-1/0/+1 dB) • Each speaker system is equipped with an unbalanced RCA input, a balanced XLR input and a jack input (6.3mm) which can all be adjusted via gain control

SOUND-4USB/SW

Pair of high-quality active speakers, 2 x 80 WMAX, 2 x 50 WRMS (30 + 20 W each speaker system) • 2-way active switching for each speaker system with separate power amplifiers for bass speaker and tweeter (bi-amping) • High-quality bass-reflex MDF cabinet with black lacquered surface • 16 cm bass-midrange speaker with glass fibre cone and 25 mm soft dome tweeter • Due to a switchable adjustment of the tweeter power amplifier, a fine adjustment of the tweeter level is possible without any losses in the level (-2/-1/0/+1 dB) • Each speaker system is equipped with an unbalanced RCA input, a balanced XLR input and a jack input (6.3 mm) which can all be adjusted via gain control

w/o picture

Order No. 25.3780

Pair of compact active speakers, 2 x 40 WMAX, 2 x 20 WRMS • Active system with 2-channel amplifier in one of the speaker systems and connection of the second passive speaker system to this amplifier • USB interface for the direct connection to a PC • Beside the variable input sensitivity, the amplifier features a bass control and a treble control

• High-quality bass-reflex MDF cabinet (body in black wood veneer look, front with black lacquered surface) • 10 cm bass-midrange speaker with glass fibre cone and 25 mm soft dome tweeter • The amplifier is equipped with a stereo RCA input and a USB interface

Model Frequency range Amplifier power

SOUND-80/SW 37-20,000Hz 120WMAX, 70WRMS (each speaker system)

SOUND-65/SW 42-20,000Hz 80WMAX, 50WRMS (each speaker system)

SOUND-4USB/SW 50-20,000Hz 40WMAX, 20WRMS (each speaker system)

Inputs

720mV/10kΩ (bal.)

720mV/7.7kΩ (unbal.)

86dB 102dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/120VA 230x325x275mm

350mV/16kΩ (unbal.)

SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Power supply Dimensions (WxHxD)

720mV/10kΩ (bal.)

720mV/7.7kΩ (unbal.)

87dB 104dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/170VA 265x382x325mm

Weight

2 x 9.6kg

2 x 7.8kg

Connections

1 x RCA, unbal., IN (each speaker system) 1 x XLR, bal., IN (each speaker system) 1 x 6.3mm jack, bal., IN (each speaker system)

1 x RCA, unbal., IN (each speaker system) 1 x XLR, bal., IN (each speaker system) 1 x 6.3mm jack, bal., IN (each speaker system)

M88

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

85dB 98dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/50VA 170x240x195mm (active) 170x240x180mm (slave) 4.4kg (active) 2.5kg (slave) 1 x RCA (L/R), unbal., IN 1 x USB

SOUND-21SET 30-20,000Hz 1 x 100WMAX, 60WRMS (subwoofer) 2 x 40WMAX, 2 x 20WRMS (satellites) 350mV/16kΩ (unbal.)

85dB 98dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/180VA 292x320x320mm (subwoofer) 170x240x180mm (satellite) 10kg (subwoofer) 2 x 2.5kg (satellites) 1 x RCA (L/R), unbal., IN 1 x USB 2 x spring-load. speaker term. for satellites

Hi-fi and Monitor Speakers

SPEAKER SYSTEMS

Speakers of the SOUND series are now also available as a passive version and in a new design. The acoustic tuning is matching the active SOUND systems. Ideally suited for the application as hi-fi speaker systems or as monitor speakers for home recordings.

SOUND-6/SW

SOUND-21SET

SOUND-21SET

SOUND-6/SW

Order No. 25.3760

Order No. 25.4110

Active subwoofer satellite system, 180 WMAX, 100 WRMS (complete system) • Active system with a 3-channel amplifier integrated into the subwoofer • USB interface for the direct connection to a PC • Bass-reflex subwoofer with a 20 cm (8") speaker of long excursion • Adjustable crossover frequency (50-150 Hz) • Volume control • High-quality bass-reflex MDF cabinet (body in black wood veneer look, front with black lacquered surface) • 10 cm bass-midrange speaker with glass fibre cone and 25mm soft dome tweeter • The amplifier is equipped with a stereo RCA input and a USB interface

SOUND-8C Order No. 25.4060

SOUND-6C

Front covers (pair), for speaker systems, e.g. SOUND-80/SW. • Front frames, covered with speaker grille cloth • To be attached via supplied self-adhesive hook and loop fasteners • Dimensions: 240x355x12 mm

SOUND-6C

SOUND-4C

Order No. 25.4050

Order No. 25.4040

Front covers (pair), for speaker systems, e.g. SOUND-65/SW. • Front frames, covered with speaker grille cloth • To be attached via supplied self-adhesive hook and loop fasteners • Dimensions: 223x295x12 mm

w/o picture

w/o picture

Front covers (pair), for speaker systems, e.g. SOUND-4USB and SOUND-21SET (satellites).

• Front frames, covered with speaker grille cloth • To be attached via supplied self-adhesive hook and loop fasteners • Dimensions: 150x222x10 mm

Pair of hi-fi and monitor speakers, 2 x 100 WMAX, 2 x 50 WRMS, 8 Ω • 2-way bass-reflex system • Linear tuning and excellent sound quality • High-quality MDF cabinet in black wood veneer look • 16 cm bass-midrange speaker with glass fibre cone and 25 mm dome tweeter • Removable front grille cloth

SOUND-4/SW

w/o picture

Order No. 25.4100

Pair of hi-fi and monitor speakers, 2 x 70 WMAX, 2 x 35 WRMS, 8 Ω • 2-way bass-reflex system • Linear tuning and excellent sound quality • High-quality MDF cabinet in black wood veneer look • 10 cm bass-midrange speaker with glass fibre cone and 25 mm dome tweeter • Removable front grille cloth

Model System Bass speaker Tweeter Power capabilities Music power Power rating General information Impedance Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp.

Dimensions Inputs Outputs Weight

SOUND-6/SW 2-way bass-reflex 1 x 16cm (6") 25mm dome

SOUND-4/SW 2-way bass-reflex 1 x 10cm (4") 25mm dome

100WMAX 50WRMS

70WMAX 35WRMS

8Ω 42-20,000Hz 86dB 103dB 0-40 °C 230x325x280mm 1 x spring-loaded terminal 2 x 5.9kg

8Ω 50-20,000Hz 85dB 100dB 0-40 °C 170x240x190mm 1 x spring-loaded terminal 2 x 3.1kg

www.imgstageline.com

M89

SPEAKER STANDS

Professional Speaker Stands I

Wall Brackets

IMG Stage Line offers stands and matching accessories!

A secure stand for high-quality speaker systems, always available in the required height and load capacity.

PAST-25/SW Order No. 12.9870

Variable adapter piece, for stand inserts with standard diameter.

• Black lacquered steel tube version • Height can be adjusted in 5 steps (86-134 cm), with locking pin • Load capacity: 30 kg • Weight: 1.9 kg

ATTENTION

PAST-250/SW

It is essential to consider the max. load capacity of the wall supports. Furthermore, attention should be paid to competent dwelling of the wall supports. An additional safety rope is also recommended, which is to be mounted between the wall and e.g. the handle of the speaker system!

Order No. 12.0420

Professional speaker stand, lightweight aluminium version, air-suspended centre column, height can be adjusted in 5 steps, with locking pin.

• Aluminium, black

PAST-84/SW

PAST-80/SW

PAST-500/SW

Order No. 11.0610

Order No. 12.9850

Order No. 12.9810

Wall bracket for PA speaker systems, black lacquered, stable special square tube design. Tilting angle adjustable in 4 steps (90-115°), to be secured with locking screw. Max. distance between mandrel and wallmounted square profile tube: 470 mm.

Load capacity: 25 kg.

Wall bracket for PA speaker systems, black lacquered, square profile tube: 30x30 mm. Robust design.

Distance between mandrel and wall-mounted square profile tube: 440 mm.

Load capacity: 30 kg.

Wall bracket for PA speaker systems, black lacquered, movable (approx. 150°) and tiltable (approx. 30°), with removable slide. Mandrel for accepting e.g. PA speaker systems with stand insert as well as carrier plates and adapter plates. Distance between mandrel and mounting plate: 320 mm, total length: 370 mm. Load capacity: 30 kg.

ATTENTION

ATTENTION

ATTENTION

SAFETY NOTE! M90

To be installed by experts only! Pay attention to precise screw connection!

Please use suitable safety ropes!

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Professional Speaker Stands

SPEAKER STANDS

PAST-200/SW

PAST-164/SW

PAST-164SET

Order No. 12.0380

Order No. 11.1960

Order No. 11.1970

Professional speaker stand, lightweight aluminium version, requires little floor space, air-suspended centre column, height can be adjusted in 4 steps, with locking pin.

• Aluminium, black

Speaker stand, extra lightweight aluminium version, height can be adjusted in 6 steps, with locking pin.

• Aluminium, black

Speaker stand set, consisting of two aluminium stands PAST-164/SW and a nylon bag for stands. For specifications, please refer to the individual items.

PAST-125/SW

PAST-125SET

Order No. 11.8870

Order No. 11.8910

Speaker stand, robust steel tube version, requires little floor space, height can be adjusted in 3 steps, with locking pin, high stability due to magnesium joint sleeve.

• Steel, black

Speaker stand set, consisting of two steel stands PAST-125/SW and a nylon bag for stands. For specifications, please refer to the individual items.

Specifications PAST-125/SW: robust, black steel version, requires little floor space, height can be adjusted in 3 steps, with locking pin, high stability due to magnesium joint sleeve, max. load capacity at central weight concentration: 40 kg, adjustable height: 92-137 cm, weight: 3.2 kg.

BAG-20LS Order No. 25.1410

Model Max. load capacity at centr. weight concentration Adjustable height Storage dimensions Weight

PAST-250/SW 40kg 147-218cm 106x15cm 3.9kg

PAST-200/SW 30kg 107-157cm 95x14cm 2.8kg

PAST-164/SW 30 kg 140-200 cm 103x14 cm 1.6 kg

PAST-125/SW 40kg 92-137cm 76x10cm 3.2kg

Nylon bag for stands, for transporting and storing 2 speaker stands, e.g. PAST-200/... and PAST-250/...

• Zip fastener and carrying straps • Dimensions: 110x25x16.5 cm

www.imgstageline.com

M91

FLOOR STANDS

Microphone Floor Stands

The microphone stands from IMG Stage Line often take centre stage and their quality make them reliable partners for entertainers at all times.

MS-60/SW MS-92/SW MS-90/SW

MS-90/SW

MS-92/SW

MS-60/SW

Order No. 23.3780

Order No. 23.6160

Order No. 23.2930

Microphone floor stand, high-quality version. With movable boom and shock-absorbing folding feet.

Thread: 9 mm (π").

• Mat black lacquered • Boom length: 74cm • Adjustable height: 105-213 cm • Storage dimensions: 11x98 cm • Weight: 2.6 kg

M92

Microphone floor stand, high-quality version. With movable boom of adjustable length and shock-absorbing folding feet. Thread: 9 mm (π").

• Mat black lacquered • Adjustable boom length: 55-94 cm • Adjustable height: 103-232 cm • Storage dimensions: 10x105 cm • Weight: 2.6 kg

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Microphone floor stand, with movable boom of adjustable length and shock-absorbing folding feet.

Thread: 16 mm (∫") and 9 mm (π").

• Mat black lacquered • Adjustable boom length: 56-95 cm • Adjustable height: 106-242 cm • Storage dimensions: 10x98 cm • Weight: 2.9 kg

Microphone Floor Stands

MS-50/CR

FLOOR STANDS

MS-40/CR

MS-50/SW

MS-40/SW

Microphone floor stand, mat black lacquered, with shock-absorbing black diecast base (ø 25 cm). Very robust and stable version.

• Thread: 9 mm (π") • Adjustable height: 88-156 cm • Weight: 4.5 kg

MS-50/SW

MS-50/CR

MS-40/SW

MS-40/CR

MS-28

Order No. 23.2920

Order No. 23.2910

Order No. 23.2900

Order No. 23.2890

Order No. 23.5440

Microphone floor stands, with movable boom and shock-absorbing folding feet. Thread: 16 mm (∫") and 9 mm (π").

• Mat black lacquered • Boom length: 72 cm • Adjustable height: 99-225 cm • Storage dimensions: 10x93 cm • Weight: 2.0 kg MS-50/SW: Mat black lacquered MS-50/CR: Chromium version

MS-28

Microphone floor stands, with movable boom and shock-absorbing folding feet. Thread: 16 mm (∫") and 9 mm (π").

• Mat black lacquered • Boom length: 72 cm • Adjustable height: 95-210 cm • Storage dimensions: 9x88 cm • Weight: 2.0 kg MS-40/SW: Mat black lacquered MS-40/CR: Chromium version

MS-20/SW

GS-42/SW

BAG-10MS

MS-20/SW

Order No. 25.3200

Order No. 25.1400

Order No. 23.2870

Guitar stand for electric and classical guitars • Black lacquered folding version • Height: 370 mm, weight: 1.3 kg

Nylon bag for stands, for transporting and storing 2 microphone stands, e.g. MS-40/... or MS-50/...

• 2 compartments due to inside partition • Hook and loop fastener and carrying straps • Dimensions: 100x16.5x16 cm

Microphone floor stand, with movable boom of adjustable length and shock-absorbing folding feet.

Thread: 9 mm (π").

• Mat black lacquered • Adjustable boom length: 41-60 cm • Adjustable height: 56-100 cm • Storage dimensions: 10x56 cm • Weight: 2.1 kg

www.imgstageline.com

M93

CASES

DJ Flight Cases I

Hard-sided Flight Cases

The hard-sided cases from IMG Stage Line: the right size and features for every requirement. Thus, the equipment is secure and protected at all times.

MR-246 Order No. 25.0520

Professional DJ Flight Case With a low depth, for 482 mm (19") units.

Consisting of 3 sections: - Section 1 (top), e.g. for control panels of dual CD players - Section 2 (middle), e.g. for mixers - Section 3 (bottom), e.g. for CD player mechanisms or amplifiers Features • 10 mm multiplex wood, black, plastic-laminated • Aluminium profile edges, reinforcing angles • Chromium-plated ball protection corners (stackable) • Folding recessed handles and butterfly locks • Aluminium rails with M6 cage nuts for variable mounting of units, no slipping of the cage nuts, hence easy mounting • Removable cover (not shown) • Service door at the rear side with cable inlet • Max. inside depth behind the front panel: 330mm • Supplied with cage nuts

ATTENTION Examples of application!

All cases are supplied without units. A cover for the top part is in the scope of delivery.

MR-646 Order No. 24.4590

MR-246 2RS 4RS 6RS 545x545x490mm 15kg 20 cage nuts

Model Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Dimensions Weight Mounting accessories

Hard-sided Flight Case For 482 mm (19") units.

Consisting of 2 sections: - Section 1 (top), e.g. for mixers or control panels of dual CD players - Section 2 (front), e.g. for CD player mechanisms or amplifiers Features: • Scratch-proof and shock-proof black ABS housing • Fully closed 3 mm aluminium profile frames • High stability despite low weight • Robust carrying handles • Butterfly locks • Rear cover with cable inlet • Supplied with mounting screws

Supplied without units.

MR-108T Order No. 24.3270

ModelOrder No. MR-646 24.4590

Size 6RS (top) 4RS (front)

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Weight 6.2kg

Hard-sided Flight Case 7 RS, for 482 mm (19") units.

• Units can be inserted from both sides (double door system) • Scratch-proof and shock-proof black ABS housing • Fully closed 3 mm aluminium profile frames • High stability despite low weight • Stackable • Robust carrying handles and additional telescopic handle

M94

Outside dim. (WxHxD) 580x420x500mm

• • • • • • •

Butterfly locks Castors Mounting depth behind front panel: 480 mm Supplied with cage nuts and crosshead screws Inside dimensions: 485x455x350 mm Outside dimensions: 560x540x430 mm Weight: 7.7 kg

Hard-sided Flight Cases

CASES

Hard-Sided Flight Cases For 482 mm (19") units.

• • • • • • • • •

Units can be inserted from both sides (double door system) Scratch-proof and shock-proof black ABS housing Fully closed 3 mm aluminium profile frames High stability despite low weight Stackable Robust carrying handles Butterfly locks Mounting depth behind the front plate: 480 mm Supplied with mounting screws

Supplied without units.

ModelOrder No. MR-112 24.7880 MR-110 24.7870 MR-108 24.7860 24.7850 MR-106 24.7840 MR-104 MR-102 24.7830

Size 12RS 10RS 8RS 6RS 4RS 2RS

Inside dim. (WxHxD) 444x550x530mm 444x470x530mm 444x375x530mm 444x285x530mm 444x195x530mm 444x110x530mm

Outside dim. (WxHxD) 540x600x560mm 540x510x560mm 540x430x560mm 540x340x560mm 540x250x560mm 540x160x560mm

ATTENTION

Weight 9kg 8kg 7.5kg 7kg 6kg 5kg

Should the existing rack spaces not be required, we recommend the use of rack panels, e.g. RCP-8701U (1RS) or RCP-8702U (2RS). The design of the rear panel allows installation of rack panels with plug-in connectores to permit quick connection.

Supplied without units.

A B C

Hard-Sided Flight Cases For 482 mm (19") units with a low mounting depth.

• Units can be inserted from both sides (double door system) • Scratch-proof and shock-proof black ABS housing • Fully closed 3 mm aluminium profile frames • High stability despite low weight • Stackable

ModelOrder No. MR-106S 25.3150 MR-104S 25.3140 MR-102S 25.3130

Size 6RS 4RS 2RS

Inside dim. (WxHxD) 480x300x310mm 480x210x310mm 480x120x310mm

• • • • •

Robust carrying handles Butterfly locks Cover with integrated pockets Mounting depth behind the front plate: 250 mm Supplied with mounting screws

Outside dim. (WxHxD) 530x330x360mm 530x240x360mm 530x150x360mm

Weight 5.6kg 4.6kg 3.8kg

Position A B C

MR-12MPX Order No. 24.3280

Hard-sided flight case, 12 RS, especially for mixers or other 482 mm (19") slimline units.

• Upward tilting mounting frame with locking device • Suitable for units with a max. depth of 115 mm • Dimensions: 535x230x640 mm • Weight: 5.6 kg

www.imgstageline.com

M95

19" FLIGHT CASES

Flight Cases I

Flight Cases with Castors

The flight cases from IMG Stage Line provide maximum protection for your high-quality units and a perfect operating convenience at the same time. A low weight and reliable stability are self-evident.

ATTENTION When using a notebook, please secure it additionally from slipping or falling off.

MR-1..

Supplied without units.

MR-1..DJ Supplied without units.

Series of Flight Cases

MR-1..DJ Order No. 2......

With vertical profile rails for inserting 482 mm (19") units. Suitable for units with a maximum depth of 480 mm.

Horizontal and slightly upward tilted mounting rails for top-operated 482 mm (19") units, e.g. mixers.

• Multilayer multiplex wood, black, plastic-laminated • Aluminium profile edges • Chromium-plated ball protection corners, reinforcing angles and connectors • Each case is equipped with butterfly locks and folding recessed handles • The add-on DJ case MR-112DJ is supplied with 4 castors (two of which are provided with a brake) • Supplied with cage nuts Model

Order No. RS

MR-104DJ

24.3450

MR-106DJ

24.5980

MR-106PC

25.0190

MR-112DJ

24.6760

M96

4RS (vertical) 10RS (horizontal) 6RS (vertical) 10RS (horizontal) 6RS (vertical) 10RS (horizontal) 12RS (vertical) 10RS (horizontal)

Inside dim.

Outside dim.

Weight (WxHxD) (WxHxD) 520x310x590mm 560x350x640mm 15.9kg

Mounting accessories 28 cage nuts

520x390x590mm 550x440x640mm 17.4kg

32 cage nuts

515x390x590mm 570x445x630mm 20kg

32 cage nuts

520x660x590mm 560x850x640mm 30.6kg

44 cage nuts

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Flight Cases with Castors

MR-1..

Order No. 24.49..

With vertical profile rails for installing 482 mm (19") units. In addition, there are upward tilting mounting rails (10 RS) for top-operated 482 mm (19") units (e.g. mixers). Suitable for units with a maximum depth of 480 mm.

• Multilayer multiplex wood, black, plastic-laminated • Aluminium profile edges • Chromium-plated ball protection corners, reinforcing angles and connectors • Each case is equipped with butterfly locks and folding recessed handles • There is a difference of 2 RS only between the models MR-182 and MR-162 which allows for an optimum working height, depending on the user’s height • Supplied with cage nuts

Model

Order No. RS

MR-182 MR-162 MR-122

24.4990 24.4980 24.4970

18RS 16RS 12RS

Inside dim.

(WxHxD) 500x1,080x680mm 500x910x680mm 500x740x680mm

Outside dim.

(WxHxD) 550x1,180x720mm 550x1,080x720mm 550x910x720mm

Weight 40.4kg 39.8kg 36.5kg

Mounting accessories 56 cage nuts 52 cage nuts 44 cage nuts

Flight Cases MR-162DESK Order No. 25.2180

MR-162DESK

19" FLIGHT CASES

Professional case with castors for 482 mm (19") units, with 2 integrated desks.

A functional design allows safe transport and quick assembly and disassembly.

• 9 RS mounting facility for top-operated 482 mm units (mixers or similar), upward tilting rack rails with click-stop hinges • 16 RS mounting zone for units which require horizontal mounting • Suitable for units with a max. depth of 480 mm • Front part and rear part with integrated folding feet (desk feature), effective surface: approx. 920x525 mm each, height: approx. 760 mm each • 9 mm multiplex wood, moisture repellent, black laminated plastic housing (slightly structured) • Robust bottom plate, 13 mm thick • Aluminium profile edges • Chromium-plated ball protection corners and closing angles • 100 mm castors (2 of which are provided with locking brakes) • Butterfly locks • 2 folding recessed handles at each side ensure safe and convenient handling

MR-162DESK

• Inside dimensions: 500x715x520 mm, outside dimensions: 540x1,075x725 mm, weight: 46 kg • Supplied with mounting accessories (70 cage nuts, 70 crosshead screws M6x15mm, 70 plastic washers)

MR-7..

MR-4..

Series of Flight Cases • • • •

MR-4..

Order No. 24.22..

Multilayer multiplex wood, black, plastic-laminated Aluminium profile edges Chromium-plated ball protection corners, reinforcing angles and connectors Aluminium rails with M6 cage nuts for variable mounting of units, no slipping of the cage nuts, hence easy mounting

Standard series: For units with a depth of approx. 420 mm and 10 RS max., 5 layers of multiplex, 6 mm thick. Equipped with butterfly locks and folding recessed handles, MR-402 and MR-403 with strap handles.

Max. inside depth behind the front panel: 440 mm. Max. inside depth before the front panel: 55 mm.

Model

Order No. RS

MR-410 MR-408 MR-406 MR-404 MR-403 MR-402

24.2270 24.2260 24.2250 24.2240 24.2230 24.2220

10RS 8RS 6RS 4RS 3RS 2RS

Inside dim.

(WxHxD) 485x450x530mm 485x365x530mm 485x270x530mm 485x185x530mm 485x140x530mm 485x92x530mm

Outside dim.

(WxHxD) 545x510x585mm 545x420x585mm 535x320x580mm 535x225x580mm 555x185x580mm 555x140x580mm

Weight 13.5kg 12kg 10.5kg 9.5kg 8kg 7kg

Mounting accessories 24 cage nuts 24 cage nuts 24 cage nuts 16 cage nuts 12 cage nuts 8 cage nuts

Series of Flight Cases

MR-7..

Order No. 24.50..

Multilayer multiplex wood, black, plastic-laminated Aluminium profile edges Chromium-plated ball protection corners, reinforcing angles and connectors Suitable for units with a depth of approx. 480mm and 20RS max. Each case is equipped with butterfly locks and folding recessed handles. The cases from 10 RS to 20 RS are supplied with 4 castors, two of which are provided with brakes • Supplied with cage nuts • Max. inside depth behind the front panel: 480 mm, inside depth before the front panel: 90 mm • • • •

Model

Order No. RS

MR-720 MR-716 MR-712 MR-710 MR-708 MR-706 MR-704

24.5060 24.5050 24.5040 24.5030 24.5020 24.5010 24.5000

20RS 16RS 12RS 10RS 8RS 6RS 4RS

Inside dim.

(WxHxD) 500x900x680mm 500x725x680mm 500x545x680mm 500x455x680mm 500x370x680mm 500x280x680mm 500x190x680mm

Outside dim.

(WxHxD) 550x1,080x720mm 550x910x720mm 550x730x720mm 550x640x720mm 550x420x720mm 550x330x720mm 550x240x720mm

www.imgstageline.com

Weight 36.4kg 32.4kg 28.1kg 26.3kg 17.3kg 15.2kg 13.5kg

Mounting accessories 40 cage nuts 32 cage nuts 24 cage nuts 20 cage nuts 16 cage nuts 12 cage nuts 8 cage nuts

M97

LASER EFFECT UNITS

Show Laser Effect Units

Clear Lines!

A laser show is a tremendous visual experience and a real highlight at every event.

Whether at concerts, show events, in discotheques and clubs or in your party room at home â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the four product lines from IMG Stage Line provide the perfect solution for every requirement.

With 6 units able to display full graphics, the GraphicLine provides you with an almost unparalleled creativity. With a clear display of geometrical patterns and figures, the MetrixLine forms the heart of the product range. The laser units of the EffectLine impress by spectacular mirror ball effects,

cloud effects or pulsating cosmic beams. The CompactLine is an eye catcher for mobile DJs or used as a special gimmick for your party room at home and completes the range of show laser effect units.

Setting a Sign!

Basic information and features of the units: Red laser

Mixed colour cyan

Control via DMX (Digital Multiplex) via controller

Green laser

Mixed colour yellow

Control via ILDA (data format of the International Laser Display Association for storing information of laser shows)

Blue laser

Automatic mode with preprogrammed show programmes

Animated graphics via DMX control and ILDA control

Violet laser

Music-controlled via integrated microphone

Display of the output rate (kilo points per second) of a controller for show laser effect units or the speed of a scanner

Mixed colour pink

Music-controlled via integrated adjustable microphone

Total power rating of the laser (in milliwatts)

Laser Classes The accessible laser radiation is very hazardous to the human eye and hazardous to the skin. Diffuse scattered radiation may also be hazardous. The laser beam may represent a fire and explosion hazard.

When using a class 4 laser, the operator has to appoint a laser safety officer in writing (BGV B2 = German Accident Prevention & Insurance Association regulation B2)! Laser safety officers must have the requisite qualifications!

An approval is required for class 4 lasers!

4

M98

The accessible laser radiation is hazardous to the human eye, often also to the skin! It is dangerous to look directly into the beam of class 3B lasers. It may be possible to view a beam safely via a diffusing reflector.

When using a class 3B laser, the operator has to appoint a laser safety officer in writing (BGV B2 = German Accident Prevention & Insurance Association regulation B2)! Laser safety officers must have the requisite qualifications! An approval is required for class 3B lasers!

3B

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Class 2M lasers can be used without additional protective measures if it is ensured that the application requires neither intentional looking into the light for periods longer than 0.25 sec. (blink reflex), nor repeated looking into the laser beam or its mirrored reflection.

Risks comparable to class 3R or class 3B lasers may occur if light-collecting instruments like lenses or magnifying glasses are used.

2M

CRA B-2

CRA B-1

LSE -10 RG

2B

2RG

CompactLine

CRA B-1

LSE -2L RG

LSE -32 LRG

GB LSE -25 0

LSX -40 2

LSX -14 2

LSX -30 0SR G

LSX -11 0SG

LASER EFFECT UNITS

EffectLine

SB

SRG Y

MetrixLine

B

GB LSX -10 00S R

Model

LSX -12 00S RG B

GraphicLine

Overview

2RG

Show Laser Effect Units I

RG RGY 100/ 40

B B 400

GB GB 50/ 200

RG RG (LED blue) 150/ 40

RG B RG (LED RGB) B 300 100/ 40

RG RG 30/30

RG RG 30/30

RG RG 30/30

650/ 532

450

532/ 450

650/ 532

650/ 532

445

660/ 532

660/ 532

650/ 532

3B scanner 25 ±20° X 86 -

RGB RGB 150/ 50/ 80 650/ 532/ 450 3B scanner 15 ±20° 90 -

3B scanner 15 ±20° 80 -

3B scanner 15 ±20° 80 -

3B conventional ±45° mirror ball effect

3B conventional ±35° 5W pulsating cosmic beams and clouds

2M servo ±45° star grid

2M servo ±45° 3 -

2M servo ±45° star grid

2M servo ±45° rotating and diverging dots

X X 19 X 2

X X 13 X 2

X 17 X

X 17 X

X 17 X

7 11

6 X

3B conventional ±50° RGB 9 W mirror ball effect, background lighting effects 8 8

X

X

X

2

2 X X X X -

2 X X X X -

2 (adjust.)

X X X X -

X (adjustable) X X X X -

X (adjustable) X X X X -

X (adjustable) X X X X -

11 X X X -

X X X X relief glass disk

X (adjustable) X X X diffusion disk

X X X X

X X X X

X X X X

2 X X X

LCD dot X X X X X X X X flight case, ILDA connection cable 515x 205x 330 mm 28 kg (incl. flight case) 230 V~/ 50 Hz/ 100 VA metal

LED X X X X X X X X -

LCD dot X X X X X X X X X -

LED segment X X X X -

LED segment X X X X -

LED segment X X X X X -

LED segment X X X X -

LED segment X X X X X X -

none X X plug-in PSU

none X X plug-in PSU

none X X plug-in PSU

none X X X plug-in PSU

335x 180x 280 mm 6 kg

440x 205x 318 mm 8 kg

190x 120x 195 mm 1.8 kg

LED segment X X X X infrared remote control 190x 120x 195 mm 1.7 kg

190x 120x 195 mm 1.6 kg

180x 115x 285 mm 2.9 kg

220x 190x 87 mm 1.8 kg

260x 235x 95 mm 2.8 kg

138x 136x 110 mm 485 g

138x 136x 110 mm 470 g

138x 136x 110 mm 485 g

92x 52x 135 mm 830 g

230 V~/ 50 Hz/ 60 VA metal

230 V~/ 50 Hz/ 40 VA metal

230 V~/ 50 Hz/ 25 VA metal

230 V~/ 50 Hz/ 25 VA metal

230 V~/ 50 Hz/ 25 VA metal

100-240 V~/ 50-60 Hz/ 35 VA metal

230 V~/ 50 Hz/ 35 VA metal

230 V~/ 50 Hz/ 30 VA metal

5 V‡/1 A

5 V‡/1 A

5 V‡/1 A

5 V‡/5 VA

plastic

plastic

plastic

metal

Product image

Features

Laser diodes Colours Power rating (mW)

Wavelength (nm)

Laser class Motor* kpps Angle (+/-) LED floodlight Full graphics Geometrical patterns Effects

Graphics Animated graphics DMX channels ILDA Autom. show progr./ Stand-alone Music show progr.

Master/slave Zoom X/Y reflection Strobe Effect disks Rear panel Display DMX in DMX out Lock Remote/emerg. off ILDA in ILDA out Stand-alone control DIP switches for address Scanner adjustm.

Suspension device Supporting feet Accessories

Dimensions

Weight Power supply

Housing

RGB RGB 500/ 300/ 400 650/ 532/ 450 4 scanner 25 ±25° X 81 -

RGB RGB 500/ 150/ 400 650/ 532/ 450 4 scanner 20 ±25° X 80 -

G G 150

X X 13 X 2

532

Valid from March 2013

www.imgstageline.com

M99

LASER EFFECT UNITS

Professinal Show Laser Effect Unit

GraphicLine Modern lighting technology from IMG Stage Line provides you with almost unlimited inventive ways for making events a memorable experience. The show laser units which are able to display full graphics have especially been developed for professional applications at concerts or show performances as well as in discotheques. They can be controlled via DMX or ILDA allowing for an almost unparalleled creativity. Especially when combined with the software PHOENIX-LIVE, it is possible to use 3D graphics, logos or more than 300 preprogrammed laser effects.

LSX-1200SRGB Order No. 38.6170

Professional show laser effect unit, able to display full graphics, with control facility via DMX, ILDA or sound, with integrated SD card slot.

Colours in RGB mode: 3 high-performance laser diodes: red (500 mW), green (300 mW) and blue (400 mW). With ILDA standard connection for the external control via software or suitable control units and DMX512 interface (13 DMX channels, address can be adjusted via menu buttons, indication via LCD). Stored ILDA programmes can be activated via DMX or manually. In the stand-alone mode, the show laser provides 2 automatic show programmes and 2 music show programmes. An integrated adjustable microphone allows for a musiccontrolled operation. The high-speed scanners are ideally suited for cleanest graphics and feature complex mechanics. 81 graphics can be activated via DMX. With master/slave mode, key-operated switch for a safe operation and emergency off jack for an external emergency off switch. The graphics and show programmes can be stored on supplied 1 GB SD card via integrated SD card slot. Supplied with flight case and ILDA connection cable. The unit is a class 4 laser. Control software PHOENIX-LIVE with USB interface box is available at option. With the software, it is possible to create your own complete laser show with individual and complex patterns.

M100

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Show Laser Effect Units

LASER EFFECT UNITS

LSX-1000SRGB Order No. 38.6160

Show laser effect unit, able to display full graphics, with control facility via DMX, ILDA or sound.

Colours in RGB mode: 3 high-performance laser diodes: red (500 mW), green (150 mW) and blue (400 mW). With ILDA standard connection for the external control via software or suitable control units and DMX512 interface (19 DMX channels, address can be adjusted via menu buttons, indication via LED display). In the stand-alone mode, the show laser provides 2 automatic show programmes and 2 music show programmes. An integrated adjustable microphone allows for a music-controlled operation. The high-speed scanner motors are ideally suited for cleanest graphics.

80 graphics can be activated via DMX. With master/slave mode, key-operated switch for a safe operation and emergency off jack for an external emergency off switch. The unit is a class 4 laser. Control software PHOENIX-LIVE with USB interface box as well as ILDA connection cable ILDAC-20 are available at option. With the software, it is possible to create your own complete laser show with individual and complex patterns.

LSX-110SG Order No. 38.5590

Professional show laser effect unit, able to display full graphics, with a control facility via DMX, ILDA or sound, with integrated SD card slot.

With a high-performance green laser diode (150 mW) and ILDA standard connection for the external control via software or suitable control units and DMX512 interface (13 DMX channels, address can be adjusted via menu buttons, indication via LCD). Stored ILDA programmes can be activated via DMX or manually. In the stand-alone mode, the show laser unit provides 2 automatic show programmes and 2 music show programmes and the reproduction from SD cards. An integrated adjustable microphone allows for a music-controlled operation. The high-speed scanners are ideally suited for cleanest graphics. Pre-programmed graphics can be activated via DMX. With master/slave mode, key-operated switch for a safe operation and an emergency off jack for an external emergency off switch. Storage facility for graphics and show programmes onto a supplied 1 GB SD card via SD card slot. The unit is a class 3B laser.

Control software PHOENIX-LIVE including USB interface box are available at option. With the software, it is possible to create your own complete laser show with individual and complex patterns.

ATTENTION Please read the information regarding the laser classes on page M98.

www.imgstageline.com

M101

LASER EFFECT UNITS

MetrixLine

Show Laser Effect Units

With the classic show lasers of the MetrixLine, it is possible to display clear geometrical patterns and figures without any difficulties due to the high-speed motors. Furthermore, with yellow, pink or cyan, selected models of this line provide fresh new colours. The units are conveniently controlled via DMX, music-controlled via an integrated adjustable microphone or via preset programmes. Thus, the units of the MetrixLine are ideally suited for clubs or discotheques and provide most impressive lighting effects.

LSX-300SRGB Order No. 38.6180

Show laser effect unit, with a red laser (150 mW), a green laser (50 mW) and a blue laser (80 mW). The unit can be controlled via DMX or activated via sound. High-speed scanner motors (speed of scanner: 15,000 points/sec.) allow for a clear display of graphical patterns and figures. With DMX512 interface (17 DMX channels) and operation in stand-alone mode, music-controlled via the integrated adjustable microphone or preprogrammed. 90 basic patterns can immediately be activated via DMX or infrared remote control. The master/slave function allows for a simultaneous operation of several units. The address can be adjusted via menu buttons, indication via LED display. Supplied with key-operated switch for a safe operation and aluminium housing with movable mounting bracket and eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope. The unit is a class 3B laser. Supplied with infrared remote control for controlling the basic patterns.

LSX-142SRGY Order No. 38.5550

Show laser effect unit, with a red laser (100 mW) and a green laser (40 mW) which generate an additional yellow laser beam when mixed. The unit can be controlled via DMX or activated via sound. High-speed scanner motors (speed of scanner: 15,000 points/sec.) allow for a clear display of graphical patterns and figures. With DMX512 interface (17 DMX channels) and operation in stand-alone mode, music-controlled via the integrated adjustable microphone or preprogrammed. 80 basic patterns can immediately be activated via DMX. The master/slave function allows for a simultaneous operation of several units. The address can be adjusted via menu buttons, indication via LED display.

An infrared remote control is included in the delivery. Supplied with key-operated switch for a safe operation and aluminium housing with movable mounting bracket and eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope. The unit is a class 3B laser.

LSX-402SB

djmagazin.de 05/2012 "A small show laser effect unit providing a great performance, totally recommendable."

Order No. 38.5780

Show laser effect unit, with a blue laser (400 mW) and a control facility via DMX or sound.

High-speed scanner motors (speed of scanner: 15,000 points/sec.) allow for a clear display of graphical patterns and figures. With DMX512 interface (17 DMX channels) and operation in stand-alone mode, music-controlled via the integrated adjustable microphone or preprogrammed. 80 basic patterns can immediately be activated via DMX. The master/slave function allows for a simultaneous operation of several units. The address can be adjusted via menu buttons, indication via LED display. Supplied with infrared remote control. Including key-operated switch for a safe operation and aluminium housing with movable mounting bracket and eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope. The unit is a class 3B laser.

M102

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Show Laser Effect Units

EffectLine

The show lasers of the EffectLine generate creative patterns like rotating light spots and impressive mirror ball effects or cloud effects. Pulsating cosmic beams also provide a great variety of lighting effects and create an electrifying atmosphere ensuring full dancefloors in the club.

LASER EFFECT UNITS ATTENTION Please read the information regarding the laser classes on page M98.

LSE-250GB Order No. 38.5380

Show laser effect unit, with a green laser (50 mW) and a blue laser (200 mW). The unit can be controlled via the 7DMX channels and in 11 stand-alone automatic modes and sound modes. An integrated microphone allows for a music-controlled operation. The laser generates various rotating effects of light spots and lines (comparable to a mirror ball effect) and numerous extra lighting effects via the stepper motors. The master/slave function allows for a simultaneous operation of several units. The unit is a class 3B laser.

LSE-32LRG Order No. 38.5570

Show laser effect unit, with a red laser (150 mW) and a green laser (40 mW) as well as an integrated blue LED floodlight. The unit can be controlled via the 6 DMX channels or sound-activated via the integrated microphone. The effect unit generates red and green pulsating cosmic beams and clouds via a rotating relief glass disk. The blue LED floodlight (1 super bright blue LED, 5W, with special lens) provides additional background lighting effects. The master/slave function allows for a simultaneous operation of several units. The unit is a class 3B laser.

LSE-2LRG Order No. 38.4520

Show laser effect unit, with a red laser (100 mW) and a green laser (40 mW) as well as an integrated RGB LED floodlight, 9 W. The unit can be controlled via the 8 DMX channels and in 8 stand-alone automatic modes and sound modes. An integrated microphone with adjustable sensitivity allows for a music-controlled operation. The effect unit generates various rotating effects of light spots and lines (comparable to a mirror ball effect). In addition, the super high-speed stepper motors provide numerous extra lighting effects. The RGB LED floodlight with special lens provides additional background lighting effects. Furthermore, 8 LED colours as well as the rotational speed and the rotating direction of the LED diffusion disk can be adjusted in stand-alone mode. The master/slave function allows for a simultaneous operation of several units. The unit is a class 3B laser.

www.imgstageline.com

M103

LASER EFFECT UNITS

CompactLine

Mini Laser Effect Units With the mini lasers of the CompactLine, we now offer modern lighting technology with rotating and diverging light spots for mobile DJs or party rooms at home. The units are class 2M lasers and can thus be operated without additional protective measures or appointing a laser safety officer.

CRAB-12B Order No. 38.5700

Mini laser effect unit, with a blue laser (power rating: < 1 mW each dot). The unit can be controlled manually or an integrated microphone allows for a music-controlled operation. The compact laser generates various diverse animated blue dots. Motor speed and stroboscope function can be adjusted manually via a control. The unit features a base and can be angled. The unit is a class 2M laser.

CRAB-22RG Order No. 38.5720

Mini laser effect unit, with a red laser and a green laser (power rating: < 1 mW each dot). The unit can be controlled manually or an integrated microphone allows for a music-controlled operation. The compact laser generates motives and various background patterns. Motor speed and stroboscope function can be adjusted manually via a control. The unit features a base and can be angled. The unit is a class 2M laser.

CRAB-12RG Order No. 38.5710

Mini laser effect unit, with a red laser and a green laser (power rating: < 1 mW each dot). The unit can be controlled manually or an integrated microphone allows for a music-controlled operation. The compact laser generates a variety of diversely animated green and red dots. Motor speed and stroboscope function can be adjusted manually via a control. The unit features a base and can be angled. The unit is a class 2M laser.

LSE-10RG Order No. 38.5220

Mini laser effect unit, with a red laser and a green laser (power rating: < 1 mW each dot). The unit can be controlled manually or an integrated microphone allows for a music-controlled operation. The compact laser generates a variety of diversely animated red and green dots. Motor speed and stroboscope feature can be adjusted manually via a control. The unit can easily be mounted to traverses and ceilings due to the mounting bracket. The mini desktop stand which is included in the delivery allows for a safe operation when used as a standing laser. The unit is a class 2M laser.

ATTENTION Please read the information regarding the laser classes on page M98.

M104

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

tastenwelt 03/2011 "An eyecatcher on walls or the dancefloor which can be operated without any additional protective measures. In the dark, the effect reaches approx. 10 to 15 m. In slight haze, it generates nice beam patterns and movable beams and is thus anything but boring."

Show Laser Control Software

SOFTWARE

PHOENIX-4SET Order No. 37.0010

Show laser control software "PHOENIX-LIVE" including USB ILDA interface The perfect and easy-to-use laser software especially designed for controlling laser systems in discotheques and clubs. A great variety of preprogrammed laser effects (> 300) is available to the user.

This simple software allows to control lasers (older gas lasers or the latest generation of DMX lasers or RGB lasers) directly and without any previous knowledge by intuitive operation. The software is suitable for any laser conform to the ILDA standard.

Interactive intervention possibilities for all movement axes can be controlled via touch screen, midi keyboard, PC keyboard and/or by external DMX controller. In addition, an automatic sound-to-laser function really facilitates the work of a laserjockey.

The PHOENIX-LIVE software allows to control up to 8 independent Phoenix micro USB V2 interfaces for a total of 8 lasers as well as 512 DMX channels per interface via the integrated interface. The additional 3D graphics editor is able to convert JPG, BMP, PNG, EPD and PTL files into ILDA format and then generate graphics, logos, etc. via the lasers. Furthermore, various program designs complete the PHOENIX-LIVE package.

The supplied external USB interface is used for connecting show laser units with ILDA interface to a PC with USB port. Up to 512 DMX channels can be controlled via the integrated (optical insulation) XLR connections DMX-IN, DMX-OUT and DMX-THROUGH. A DMX controller at DMX-IN controls the box in case of stand-alone operation.

The new SD card slot with 2 GB micro SD card (in the scope of delivery) allows for a stand-alone operation of

3D visualiser, for DMX lighting effect controllers.

The 3D visualisation software allows for a virtual simulation of the programmed light shows in real time.

Ideally suited for location-independent programming and presentations, because external DMX light effect units are not required.

DMX controllers (e.g. DMX-1440, DMX-510USB) are connected to the PC or notebook via the supplied USB DMX converter box.

• Extensive library of more than 2,000 virtual DMX units and 500 gobos • Editor for creating your own DMX units • 3D and 2D creation tool for stages, discotheques and dance floors • 3D simulation of almost any DMX effect, e.g. colours, gobos, gobo rotation and PAN/TILT MAGIC-3D

Order No. 11.1300

the interface without a PC as an ILDA player and DMX player (plug-in PSU required).

Supplied with USB dongle for activating the software and USB connection cable. ILDA connection cable ILDAC-20 is available at option.

It is recommended to use an IBM-compatible PC with 2 GHz, 2 GB RAM (better to use 4 GB RAM), 10 GB HD, monitor 1,024x768, 2 x USB 2.0, mouse, Windows* XP SP2/Vista/7/8 (32 bits/64 bits) Optional: external DMX controller, midi unit (keyboard, etc.), joysticks, touch screen Further information on the PHOENIX-4SET can be found on our website www.monacor.com.

• Shadow display • Turning the stage in the direction X/Y/Z with every unit in real time • Up to 4 DMX universes can be controlled simultaneously • Control window for each DMX level • Movie recorder (recording and reproduction of the show simulation, can be stored as an AVI file) • 19 languages can be selected • Supplied with USB DMX converter box, USB connection cable and programme CD System requirements: IBM-compatible PC (Pentium 1.5 GHz or higher), 1 GB RAM, DirectX 9b-compatible graphics card with 128 MB RAM min. (recommended: 256 MB), CD-ROM, USB port, Windows* XP/Vista (32-bit versions)

www.imgstageline.com

M105

LIGHT CONTROL

DMX Controller

Professional DMX technology made easy: the controller DMX-1440 from IMG Stage Line impresses by a perfect functionality. The operating concept and the hardware were perfectly optimised during extensive developments with regard to effectiveness and easy access.

DMX-1440 Order No. 38.1980

Professional DMX controller, for controlling light effect units with DMX512 interface, suitable for versatile DMX applications due to universal configuration facilities.

• 144 DMX channels to 96 control channels, to be assigned as desired and individually invertable • Features like crossfading, dependency on master and reaction with blackout function and flash function can be adjusted separately for each control channel • Each DMX channel can be patched to each fader channel • 12 channel faders for adjusting the DMX parameters in 8 groups, multiple selection possible for synchronous adjustment • 12 flash buttons, 5 flash groups to be programmed as desired, further functions of the flash buttons: request of the latest channel values as a DMX value and in percentage • Momentary push-button for full-on • Blackout function • Master fader for dimming a complete scene • Crossfader for manual crossfading • 16 channel pairs alternatively adjustable via joystick controller • 240 scenes can be stored • Crossfading between scenes from 0.1 to 25.4 sec. or to be selected manually with display of remaining time during crossfading • 60 sequences with 120 steps each can be stored • Crossfading time to be stored separately for each step of a sequence • Manual sequence reproduction, time-controlled or music-controlled, forwards or backwards possible • Music-controlled via built-in microphone or stereo input for music signal with line level (0.1-2 V/22 kΩ) • Illuminated alphanumerical LCD with 2 lines of 16 characters each • Connections: 1 x 5-pole XLR, 1 x 3-pole XLR (DMX out), 1 x 6.35mm stereo jack (audio in) • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA • Dimensions: 482x178x85 mm, 4 RS • Weight: 3 kg

M106

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

DMX Controllers

LIGHT CONTROL

SOUNDCHECK 07/2012 + Excellent price-performance ratio + Includes many professional features + Fast and effective programming "This console is suitable for any application using 2 to 20 moving spotlights."

ATTENTION

DMX-4840

DMX-510USB

Order No. 38.5960

Order No. 38.2440

Professional DMX controller, with SD card slot, for controlling light effect units with DMX512 interface. Convenient operation with versatile programming facilities.

• 2 DMX outputs • 484 DMX channels (channel 481 for DMX fog machine, channels 483-484 for DMX strobe) • SD card slot for storing program data, supplied with 2 GB SD card • Unit library (units can be edited manually, 50 units max.)

• 10 integrated movements, PAN/TILT position, PAN/TILT range, adjustable fading time/waiting time or loop • 60 programmable chases, each with 200 scenes max.

• 1,200 programmable scenes (60 banks x 20 scenes) • 400 programmable colours and gobos (20 presets, each with 10 colours and 10 gobos) • 20 DMX device levels can be controlled, each with up to 24 channels • 20 device groups can be operated simultaneously • 24 DMX channel faders • 20 cues (combination of several chases, each chase can be controlled individually) • 20 adjustable overrides (assignment of one or several units to perform a special feature, e.g. follow spot during operation)

EVENT Rookie 03/2012 "Impressive – a cool console for various applications. Especially with regard to the number of channels per unit and available scenes, there is no real competition for the DMX-4840 which also allows for a particularly convenient operation of lights requiring a large number of channels. The unit is easy to use, the display indicates all relevant information and the moves already implemented allow for an impressive performance straightaway."

• 20 x centre for setting the central moving position of each individual unit • Blackout function • Password protection • Supports standard MIDI • Music-controlled operation via audio input with adjustable sensitivity or built-in microphone • USB port for supplied gooseneck light • 2 x 10m remote control cable for LC-3 functions at DMX units like SCAN-20LED, TWIST-52LED, PARL-64PDX • Backlit LCD (80 characters) • Connections: 2 x 3-pole XLR (DMX out 1+2), 1 x 6.3mm jack (strobe), 2 x 5-pole DIN (MIDI in, MIDI thru), 1 x RCA (audio in), 2 x 5-pole XLR • Power supply: 100-240 V~/50-60 Hz/10 VA • Dimensions: 482x264x100 mm, 6 RS • Weight: 5.3 kg

ATTENTION

DMX-1USB

Professional DMX controllers, e.g. DMX-1440 or DMX-510USB are recommended for more extensive DMX applications with galvanic isolation.

Order No. 38.4030

2,5 m

When using no-name DMX products, it is recommended to use DMX-510USB with galvanic isolation of the input and output in order to prevent damage to the computer in case a fault occurs.

DMX controller, consisting of DMX controller software and USB DMX controller box.

With galvanic isolation between USB input and DMX output.

Features of controller software: • Graphic surface, easy to use • 510 DMX control channels • 42 operating levels with 12 channel faders each + 1 level with 6 channel faders for adjusting the DMX parameters, 1 flash button for each channel fader • 1 master fader, can be assigned to each channel as desired • 500 programmable scenes can be stored per block • Different scene blocks can be combined • Stored scenes can also be activated via keyboard • Music-controlled via sound card • Function keys can be occupied with scenes and sequences (10 levels x 12) • Automatic run of 4 parallel sequences with up to 500 scenes each • Any number of groups can be stored with up to 60 channels each • Synchronous groups can be created • LED PAR colour control • Individual stage background can be created with unit icons

Compact DMX controller, with SMD microprocessor for standard DMX applications on a PC. • 510 DMX channels • Power supply via USB, thus no PSU required • Supplied with CD containing free extensive software package with driver (for features, please refer to DMX-510USB) • Optionally, free software for the DMX control can be downloaded from the Internet • Due to compact design, no galvanic isolation between USB input and DMX output • Connections: 1 x USB A, 1 x 3-pole XLR inline jack • Dimensions XLR body: ø 23 mm x 90 mm • Weight: 110 g

• Blackout function • Channel inversion • Macro feature for automatically generating figures (circle, eight, spiral line, etc.) with the facility of 8 parallel macro runs • Libraries can be created for DMX units, a library containing every DMX unit is available from IMG Stage Line • German, English, French and Spanish version Specifications controller box: • 510 DMX channels • Connections: 1 x USB B, 1 x 3-pole XLR, 1 x 5-pole XLR, 1 x low-voltage jack • Dimensions: 115x103x40mm, weight: 250g • Power supply via supplied plug-in PSU Supplied accessories: • Programme CD with controller software and USB installation routine (with instructions on the CD) • Plug-in PSU • USB cable System requirements: IBM-compatible PC, Pentium 1 GHz or higher, 64 MB RAM, 20 MB free hard disk memory, CD-ROM, USB port (USB 1.1 or higher), Windows* 2000/XP/Vista/7

Supplied accessories: • Program CD with controller software and USB installation routine (with instructions on the CD) • 2.5 m USB cable System requirements: IBM-compatible PC, Pentium 1 GHz or higher, 64 MB RAM, 20 MB free hard disk space, CD-ROM, USB port (USB 1.1 or higher), Windows* 2000/XP/Vista/7

www.imgstageline.com

M107

LIGHT CONTROL

DMX Controllers

DMX-192PLAY

DMX-132PLAY

Order No. 03.0780

Order No. 03.0770

Stand-alone DMX player, for storing and playing complex DMX programs, e.g. for moving heads, scanners, lasers and PAR cans.

Specifications stand-alone DMX player: • 192 DMX channels in stand-alone operation • Can also be used as DMX interface with 512 channels • 250 chases can be programmed • Convenient control via momentary push-buttons • Alternatively to be remote-controlled via standard infrared remote control with RC5 code (supplied w/o remote control) • USB interface, supplied with USB cable • 3-pole XLR output jack • 3-digit LED display for current chase • Chase speed can be adjusted via potentiometer • Aluminium housing

• Power supply via supplied plug-in PSU • Dimensions: 105x40x115mm • Weight: 350g User-friendly configuration software • Separate chase and step administration • Channel settings via fader or for colours via convenient RGB editor • Fade time and wait time can be adjusted individually for each step • Live editor • Trigger timer for scenes/chases • Channel soft patch • Device manager • Group formation • Up to 8 interfaces can be controlled • Control facility via MIDI (software) • Selectable start scenes/chases • Easy and fast transfer of programs to the interface • Retrieving interface data

Stand-alone DMX player, for storing and playing complex DMX programs, e.g. for moving heads, scanners, lasers and PAR cans.

Specifications stand-alone DMX player: • 132 DMX channels in stand-alone operation • 512 DMX channels in PC operation • Real-time control possible • Program selection via real-time control, PC or remote control • USB 2.0 via mini USB jack • 3-pole XLR output jack • Robust aluminium housing with mounting flange for wall mounting • Infrared remote control • Power supply via USB interface (supplied with USB PSU) • Dimensions: 87x49x70 mm • Weight: 155 g

Extensive lighting control software for DJs and professional lighting engineers • Automatic program generator with pan/tilt and RGB lighting effects • Graphical patch editor • Quick editor for device profiles and extensive library with 3,000 units • Matrix editor for LED configurations • Menu languages: English, German, French • Compatible with 32-bit systems and 64-bit systems (Mac and PC) • Up to 5,120 channels with several connected interfaces • Graphical and user-friendly live window • Colours, dimmer, speed, black out and intervals can be controlled in live mode • Fade time between programs and scenes • Adjustable DMX refresh rate

tastenwelt 02/2009 "Quick and easy to use, reliable operation."

SR-103DMX

WT-1DMX

WR-2DMX

Order No. 38.1860

Order No. 38.3570

Order No. 38.3560

DMX splitter and level matching amplifier, for splitting one DMX input signal to 3 DMX outputs • Input and outputs galvanically isolated by optocouplers • Connections: 4 x 3-pole XLR • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/5 VA • Dimensions: 105x40x115 mm • Weight: 480 g

Production Partner 06/2010 on the WT-1DMX and WR-2DMX: "A product with a good price-performance ratio. Easy to use and a high reliability of the wireless connection impressed during the test.

No doubt, very interesting for small to large companies hiring out."

M108

Wireless DMX transmitter, 2.4 GHz, for the wireless transmission of up to 512 DMX channels.

• Due to AFHSS technology (automatic frequency hopping spread spectrum), interference-free operation also alongside Bluetooth and WLAN • Operating range: up to 500 m • Simultaneous operation of up to 16 transmitters, thus control of 8,192 DMX channels possible • 1 to 512 receivers WR-2DMX can be controlled by each transmitter • Easy installation • Recessed control button for connecting/disconnecting receivers WR-2DMX • LED indication for operation and function • 3-pole XLR DMX input • Power supply via supplied plug-in PSU • Dimensions: 117x37x105 mm (w/o antenna) • Weight: 256 g

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Wireless DMX receiver, 2.4GHz, for the wireless transmission of up to 512 DMX channels.

• Due to AFHSS technology (automatic frequency hopping spread spectrum), interference-free operation also alongside Bluetooth and WLAN • Operating range: up to 500 m • 1 to 512 receivers WR-2DMX can be controlled by each transmitter • Easy installation • Recessed control button for connecting/disconnecting receivers WR-2DMX • LED indication for operation and function • 3-pole XLR DMX output • Connection of up to 16 DMX units without repeater/level matching amplifier • Power supply via supplied plug-in PSU • Dimensions: 117x37x105 mm (w/o antenna) • Weight: 252 g

Digital Video Projector/Moving Head

MOVING HEADS

BEAM-1800 combines 3 units in one housing: digital video projector, moving head and media player. In addition to the DMX control, versatile connecting facilities ensure flexible applications, too.

Beat 04/2012 "We were looking forward to the power capability of this complex machine - and were impressed straightaway. The projector provides a luminous flux of an impressive 2,500 lm ... together with the excellent electronic focus, the BEAM-1800 allows for a clearly outlined projection of the lighting effects rich in contrast with an excellent resolution. ... its flexibility is an additional strength, because almost any motive can be loaded, animated and staged. ... of neat workmanship with sophisticated features.

Workmanship: 6 points, technology: 5 points, price-performance: 6 points (maximum 6 points possible)."

BEAM-1800 Order No. 38.5620

Digital video projector/moving head, with DMX control, SD card slot and video inputs.

• Beam angle: 24° • Luminous flux: 2,500 lm • Contrast: 1,800:1 • 16.7 million colours • DLP display technology • Image format: JPEG, 720x480 pixels max.

• Supported video formats: AVI, MJPEG, up to 720x480 pixels from SD card and up to 800x600 pixels with videos from a computer • Integrated SD card slot (for media up to 32GB) • Supplied with 8GB SD card with 64 videos, 32 pictures and 64 gobos • VGA input for the connection to a computer • S-video input and CVBS input • 5 different reproduction modes, adjustable reproduction speed • Controllable via 54 or 29 DMX channels • Rotation angle: 540° horizontal, 270° vertical • Automatic PAN/TILT repositioning • Electronic focus adjustment via DMX • Control panel with LCD for addressing and preadjustments • Supplied with matching 180 W projector lamp OSRAM E20.8 • Power supply: 110-240 V~/50-60 Hz/270 VA • Dimensions: 518x550x296 mm • Weight: 17.5 kg

LICHTTOOL DES JAHRES

2012

SOUNDCHECK 09/2011 "An incredible unit, great fun to use, allowing for completely new design possibilities. An exciting design which has been unavailable in this price class up to now and which provides amazing additional features. The luminous intensity, resolution and the graphics quality are perfectly suitable for stage applications. The moving head feature provides exceptional performances, too."

Production Partner 09/2011 "Despite the attractive price, the BEAM-1800 is robust and of a neat workmanship. Fortunately, supplied with lamps and SD card with digital gobos. The handles and latching devices allow for an extra convenient operation. All in all, the BEAM-1800 is definitely a little all-rounder at an attractive price."

www.imgstageline.com

M109

MOVING HEADS

LED Moving Heads

TWIST-75LED

TWIST-5LED

Order No. 38.6400

Order No. 38.5980

LED moving head • 75 W high-power LED of extra high luminous intensity (corresponds to the luminous efficiency of a 350 W discharge lamp • Controllable via 14 or 8 DMX channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Horizontal resolution and vertical resolution: 65,535 steps each (16 bits) • Rotation angle: 540° horizontal, 270° vertical • Adjustable limitation of rotation angle for PAN (540°, 360°, 180°) and TILT (270°, 180°, 90°) • Colour wheel with 8 dichroic colours plus white, rotating colour wheel (rainbow effect) • Gobo wheel with 7 gobos plus spot, variable adjustment of rotational speed, shaking effects with variable speed • Strobe effects with variable speed (1-20 flashes/sec.)

• Electronic dimmer function (0-100 %) • Prism effect, electronic adjustment of prism rotation speed via DMX • 8 automatic and sound-controlled programmes each can be activated via DMX • Blackout-while-moving function can be adjusted via DMX • Electronic focus adjustment via DMX • Beam angle: 15° • Control panel with LCD for addressing and preadjustments • Long life with low power consumption • Power supply: 110-240 V~/50-60 Hz/180 VA • Dimensions: 32x40x35 cm • Weight: 10.5 kg With English instruction manual.

Lighting effects with several units.

M110

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Compact LED moving head • 50 W high-power LED • Controllable via 13 or 8 DMX channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Horizontal resolution and vertical resolution: 65,535 steps each (16 bits) • Rotation angle: 540° horizontal, 270° vertical • Adjustable limitation of rotation angle for PAN (540°, 360°, 180°) and TILT (270°, 180°, 90°) • Colour wheel with 8 dichroic colours plus white, rotating colour wheel (rainbow effect) • Gobo wheel with 7 gobos plus spot, variable adjustment of rotational speed, shaking effects with variable speed • Strobe effects with variable speed (1-20 flashes/sec.)

• Electronic dimmer function (0-100 %) • Prism effect, electronic adjustment of prism rotation speed via DMX • 8 automatic and sound-controlled programmes each can be activated via DMX • Blackout-while-moving function can be adjusted via DMX • Manual focus adjustment • Beam angle: 17° • Control panel with LCD for addressing and preadjustments • Long life with low power consumption • Power supply: 110-240 V~/50-60 Hz/90 VA • Dimensions: 23x28x21 cm • Weight: 5.6 kg With English instruction manual.

Lighting effects with several units.

LED Moving Heads

djmagazin.de 03/2012 "Highly recommendable for mobile DJ applications of high requirements ... a moving head perfectly meeting every requirement."

SOUNDCHECK 01/2012 "Small but powerful - robust design ... an advantage in this price class. Eight dichroic colour glasses provide really intensive colours ... the light is surprisingly bright ... the TWIST-50LED also provides enjoyable movements ... absolutely smooth and precise."

TWIST-52LED

TWIST-50LED

Order No. 38.5490

Order No. 38.5480

Professional LED moving head • 50W high-power LED • 15 DMX control functions: (channel 1: pan, channel 2: pan fine adjustment, channel 3: tilt, channel 4: tilt fine adjustment, channel 5: pan/tilt speed, channel 6: dimmer, channel 7: shutter, channel 8: colour wheel, channel 9: gobo1, channel 10: gobo1 rotation, channel 11: gobo2, channel 12: prism, channel 13: prism rotation, channel 14: focus, channel 15: sound control/reset) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via optional remote control LC-3 or wireless remote control LC-9RTX • Horizontal resolution and vertical resolution: 65,535 steps each (16 bits) • Rotation angle: 540° horizontal, 270° vertical • Automatic PAN/TILT repositioning

MOVING HEADS

• Colour wheel with 7 colours plus white • Rotating gobo wheel with 7 gobos plus spot, variable speed adjustment • Fixed gobo wheel with 8 gobos plus spot • Prism effect, electronic adjustment of prism rotation speed • Electronic focus adjustment via DMX • Beam angle: 17° • Control panel with LCD for addressing and preadjustments • Long life with low power consumption • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/210 VA • Dimensions: 30x42x25 cm • Weight: 10.2 kg

LC-9RTX Order No. 38.5440

LED moving head • 50W high-power LED • 11 DMX control functions: (channel 1: pan, channel 2: pan fine adjustment, channel 3: tilt, channel 4: tilt fine adjustment, channel 5: pan/tilt speed, channel 6: dimmer, channel 7: shutter, channel 8: colour wheel, channel 9: gobo, channel 10: gobo rotation, channel 11: sound control/reset) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via optional remote control LC-3 or wireless remote control LC-9RTX • Horizontal resolution and vertical resolution: 65,535 steps each (16 bits)

Wireless remote controller, consisting of a wireless remote control and a wireless receiver.

• For controlling up to 4 LED light effect units LED-620RGBW, LED-640RGBW, TWIST-50LED, TWIST-52LED, SCAN-22LED or WASH-300LED • Remote control with momentary pushbuttons for standby, function and mode • Transmission frequency: 433.92 MHz

• Rotation angle: 540° horizontal, 270° vertical • Automatic PAN/TILT respositioning • Colour wheel with 8 colours plus white • Gobo wheel with 6 gobos plus spot, variable adjustment of rotational speed • Manual focus adjustment • Beam angle: 15° • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Long life with low power consumption • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/160 VA • Dimensions: 30x38x24 cm • Weight: 9.4 kg

• Operating range: up to 100 m (outdoors) • Power supply of the remote control via 12 V alkaline battery (LRV-08, type A23), not supplied • Receiver with 0.4 m connection cable and 5-pole DIN plug • Receiver can easily be attached to the light effect unit due to magnet Licence-free in the EU.

www.imgstageline.com

M111

MOVING HEADS

LED Moving Head Colour Changer

WASH-300LED

WASH-5LED

LC-3

Order No. 38.6150

Order No. 38.6230

Order No. 38.1940

Professional LED moving head colour changer • 36 extra bright high-power LEDs, 3W, (red: 8, green: 10, blue: 10, white: 8), at the same time very compact and lightweight housing • Controllable via 9, 12 or 16 DMX channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via optional remote control LC-3 or wireless controller LC-9RTX • Horizontal resolution and vertical resolution: 16 bits • Rotation angle: 630° horizontal, 240° vertical, limitation of rotation angle can be selected in 4 steps • Control panel with LCD for addressing and preadjustments • 3 low-noise fans • Display for operating temperature and operating hours • Long life with low power consumption • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/120 VA • Dimensions: 26x30x16 cm • Weight: 5.6kg

Compact LED moving head colour changer • 4-in-1 high-power RGBW LED, 50 W • Controllable via 6 or 15 DMX channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Colour mix can be adjusted as desired • Horizontal resolution and vertical resolution: 65,535 steps each (16 bits) • Rotation angle: 540° horizontal, 270° vertical • Adjustable limitation of rotation angle for PAN (540°, 360°, 180°) and TILT (270°, 180°, 90°) • Strobe effects with variable speed (1-20 flashes/sec.)

• Electronic dimmer function (0-100 %) • 8 automatic and sound-controlled programmes each can be activated via DMX • Blackout-while-moving function can be adjusted via DMX • Manual focus adjustment • Beam angle: 50° • Control panel with LCD for addressing and preadjustments • Password protection • Long life with low power consumption • Power supply: 110-220 V~/50-60 Hz/75 VA • Dimensions: 21x26x21 cm • Weight: 5.6 kg Supplied with English instruction manual.

SOUNDCHECK 07/2012 "The spotlight makes a good first impression due to a whisper-quiet operation. For this size and in this price class, the brightness is really excellent. It provides rich and convincing colours. No doubt a show spotlight, perfectly suitable for discotheques, as well as for musicians and stage applications." + Whisper-quiet operation + Extra high luminous intensity

M112

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

Mini remote control • Matching many of our light effect units (indicated in the item text) • Switching of colour wheel, gobo and programme • Standby button • Dimensions: 60x25x105 mm • 10m connection cable with 6.3 mm stereo plug

LED DMX Scanner

I

DMX Scanners

SCANNERS

SCAN-22LED

SCAN-25

SCAN-12

Order No. 38.6010

Order No. 38.1720

Order No. 38.3080

LED DMX scanner • 1 super bright high-power LED, 10W, for highest luminous efficiency • 5 DMX control functions: (channel 1: pan, channel 2: tilt, channel 3: strobe, channel 4: gobo, channel 5: dimmer) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via optional remote control LC-3 or wireless controller LC-9RTX • Horizontal resolution: 194 steps, vertical resolution: 91 steps • Stepper motor controlled mirror, pan: 180°, tilt: 70° • 8-fold gobo, colours allocated to the patterns plus spot • Manual focus adjustment • Long life with low power consumption • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/30 VA • Dimensions: 16x19x33 cm • Weight: 3 kg

DMX scanner • 5 DMX control functions: (channel 1: strobe, channel 2: gobo, channel 3: colour, channel 4: pan, channel 5: tilt) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via remote control LC-3, available at option • Horizontal resolution and vertical resolution: 255 steps each • Stepper motor controlled mirror • Gobo wheel with 14 gobos plus spot and shutter, colour wheel with 11 colours plus white • Matching halogen lamp (1 x 24 V/250 W/GX5.3) is available as an accessory and is not supplied with the unit, please order matching halogen lamp (HLG-24/250MRL) together with this unit • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/300 VA • Dimensions: 20x14x50 cm • Weight: 10 kg

DMX scanner • 4 DMX control functions: (channel 1: pan, channel 2: tilt, channel 3: shutter, channel 4: gobo/colour) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via remote control LC-3, available at option • Horizontal resolution: 167 steps, vertical resolution: 40 steps • Stepper motor controlled mirror • Pan: 150°, tilt: 70° • 10-fold gobo, colours allocated to the patterns (plus open and blackout) • Manual focus adjustment • Matching halogen lamp (1 x 24 V/250 W/GX5.3) is available as an accessory and is not supplied with the unit, please order matching halogen lamp (HLG-24/250MRL) together with this unit • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/250 VA • Dimensions: 17x18x40 cm • Weight: 3.8 kg

Lighting effects with several units.

Lighting effects with several units.

tastenwelt 05/2012 "This is a convenient way to add moving light effects to your stage show. The unit features an adequate luminous efficiency, appealing gobo patterns and a very neat workmanship. ... it provides a convincing control facility for every concept."

Lighting effects with several units.

www.imgstageline.com

M113

LIGHT EFFECT UNITS

LED DMX Light Effect Units

LED-300RGB

LED-320RGBW

LED-340RGBW

Order No. 38.4280

Order No. 38.4290

Order No. 38.4300

LED DMX light effect unit "Triple Scan", 3 beams, creates room-filling masterpiece effects in different shapes and colour combinations.

• 3 primary colours (red, green, blue) • 78 super bright LEDs for highest luminous efficiency (red: 30, green: 24, blue: 24) • Controllable via 4 or 8 DMX channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • 3 stepper motor controlled mirrors • Long life with low power consumption • Fanless cooling concept • Metal housing with movable mounting bracket and eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/30 VA • Dimensions: 37x19x32 cm • Weight: 4 kg

M114

LED DMX light effect unit "Trapezoid", creates rectangular and crisscross pattern effects in different colour combinations.

• 6 trapezoid special lenses • 3 primary colours (red, green, blue) plus white • 156 super bright LEDs for highest luminous efficiency (red: 48, green: 36, blue: 36, white: 36) • DMX control function for 3 channels: (channel 1: rotation, channel 2: pattern/chase, channel 3: strobe/speed) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption • Fanless cooling concept • Metal housing with movable mounting bracket and eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/30 VA • Dimensions: 32x35x33 cm • Weight: 4.2 kg

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

LED DMX light effect unit "Flower", creates 7 circle pattern effects in different colour combinations.

• Large special lens for high luminous efficiency • 3 primary colours (red, green, blue) plus white • 392 super bright LEDs for highest luminous efficiency (red: 140, green: 105, blue: 84, white: 63) • DMX control function for 9 channels: (channel 1: auto/sound, channel 2: speed, channels 3-9: patterns of the individual circles) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption • Fanless cooling concept • Metal housing with movable mounting bracket and eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/40 VA • Dimensions: 28x28x31 cm • Weight: 5.5 kg

LED DMX Light Effect Units

LIGHT EFFECT UNITS

LED-102RGB

LED-122RGB

LED-142RGB

Order No. 38.5130

Order No. 38.5140

Order No. 38.5630

LED DMX light effect unit, with rotating rectangular patterns in different colour combinations.

• 3 super bright LEDs (3W) for highest luminous efficiency (red: 1, green: 1, blue: 1) • 6 DMX control functions: (channel 1: rotation, channel 2: dimmer/strobe, channel 3: speed, channel 4: red, channel 5: green, channel 6: blue) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption • Metal housing with movable mounting bracket and eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/30 VA • Dimensions: ø 28cm x 33 cm • Weight: 4.5 kg

LED DMX light effect unit, 12 beams, with pulsed rectangular patterns in different colour combinations.

• 3 super bright LEDs (3W) for highest luminous efficiency (red: 1, green: 1, blue: 1) • 6 DMX control functions (channel 1: rotation, channel 2: dimmer/strobe, channel 3: speed, channel 4: red, channel 5: green, channel 6: blue) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption • Metal housing with movable mounting bracket and eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope • Power supply: 230V~/50Hz/30 VA • Dimensions: 30x20x27 cm • Weight: 3.9 kg

LED DMX light effect unit, 28 beams, with pulsed rectangular patterns in different colour combinations.

• 2 super bright RGB LEDs (3W) for highest luminous efficiency • Controllable via 1 or 3 DMX channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via remote control LC-3, available at option • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption • Metal housing with movable mounting bracket and eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/30 VA • Dimensions: 30x19.5x30 cm • Weight: 3.5 kg

ATTENTION Based on the LE-102 – now with LED technology and DMX control!

www.imgstageline.com

M115

LIGHT EFFECT UNITS

LED Light Effect Units

LED-300DX/RGB

LE-172LED

LED-600DX/RGB

Order No. 38.3710

Order No. 38.3050

Order No. 38.6420

LED DMX light effect unit "Star Ball" • 1 super bright RGB LED (3W) for highest luminous efficiency • 3 DMX control functions: (channel 1: dimmer/strobe, channel 2: colour, channel 3: rotation) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via remote control LC-3, available at option • Long life with low power consumption • 1.2m connection cable with CEE 7/4 plug • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/25 VA • Dimensions: ø 22cm x 19 cm • Weight: 1.8 kg

M116

Light effect unit "Double Flower", with LED technology.

• 2 x 46 super bright LEDs (red: 16, green: 15, blue: 15) • Processor-controlled colour and pattern effects • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Long life with low power consumption • Fanless cooling concept • Metal housing • With movable mounting bracket and mains connection cable • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA • Dimensions: 28x16x25 cm • Weight: 2.9 kg

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

LED DMX colour stroboscope and colour floodlight, with infrared remote control.

• 288 super bright LEDs, 10 mm each, for highest luminous efficiency (red: 96, green: 96, blue: 96) • Controllable via 3, 6, 9, 15, 24 or 27 DMX channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via supplied infrared remote control • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption • Metal housing with movable mounting bracket • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/30 VA • Dimensions: 38x21.5x12 cm • Weight: 2.5 kg

Stroboscopes

LIGHT EFFECT UNITS

STROBE-1500DX

STROBE-15LED

STROBE-10LED

Order No. 38.3240

Order No. 38.5990

Order No. 38.6350

High-performance DMX stroboscope • With 1,500 W xenon lamp • 2 DMX control functions: (channel 1: flash frequency, channel 2: brightness) • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Adjustable flash frequency: 1-12 flashes /sec.

• Controllable via controller STROBE-4C or mini remote control LC-3, available at option • Metal housing with movable mounting bracket • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/1,750 W max.

• Dimensions: 45x13x12 cm • Weight: 4.4 kg

LED DMX stroboscope • 3 high-power LEDs, 5 W each, for highest luminous efficiency • 2 DMX control functions: (channel 1: brightness, channel 2: flash frequency) • Brightness can be adjusted in 4 steps (25 %, 50 %, 75 %, 100 %) • Adjustable flash frequency (1-12 flashes/sec.)

• Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Long life with low power consumption • Compact black lacquered metal housing with eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope • Also suitable as a standing stroboscope due to 2 movable mounting brackets • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA • Dimensions: 26x9x8.5 cm • Weight: 1.2 kg

LED stroboscope • 74 SMD LEDs (type 2835) of high luminous intensity • Music-controlled or automatic mode, switchable • Selectable flash frequency (3-11 flashes/sec.)

• Long life with low power consumption • Compact black plastic housing with movable mounting bracket • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA • Dimensions: 180x65x75 mm • Weight: 342 g

www.imgstageline.com

M117

LED SPOTLIGHT SETS

LED Spotlight Set

PARL-47SET

PARL-42SET

Order No. 38.5740

Order No. 38.5730

LED spotlight set, consisting of 4 slimline LED spotlights, 1 crossbar with integrated DMX control unit, 1 foot controller with 10m connection cable and 1 lighting stand.

• Each spotlight features 7 super bright 3-in-1 high-power RGB LEDs, 3W each, for highest luminous efficiency • LED beam angle: 30° each • Movable and tiltable spotlights • DMX control function for 5 or 14 channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Conrollable via supplied foot controller with 4 foot switches • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments

• Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Control unit and LED spotlights made of black lacquered metal • The LED spotlights can be mounted either above or underneath the control unit • Steel lighting stand, height can be adjusted in 6 steps (max. height: 3.2 m), with locking pin • Supplied with nylon transport bag for control unit with LED spotlights, foot controller, connection cable and transport bag for lighting stand • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/165 VA • Dimensions: 1,210x345x80 mm (control unit with LED spotlights) • Weight: 20.5 kg

LED spotlight set, consisting of 4 slimline LED spotlights, 1 crossbar with integrated DMX control unit, 1 foot controller with 10m connection cable and 1 lighting stand.

• Each spotlight features 144 super bright LEDs, 10mm each, for highest luminous efficiency (red: 48, green: 48, blue: 48) • LED beam angle: 20° each • Movable and tiltable spotlights • DMX control function for 5 or 14 channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via supplied foot controller with 4 foot switches • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments

LC-8DMX Order No. 38.5800

Compact DMX controller, for controlling light effect units with DMX512 interface.

• User-friendly and simple operation • 8 DMX channels • 8 channel faders • 1 master fader • Start address adjustable via BCD coding switch (decimal)

M118

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

• Ideally suited e.g. for controlling 2 LED spotlight sets PARL-4..SET • Can be used as a DMX tester • Metal housing • Connections: 1 x 3-pole XLR, 1 x low-voltage jack • Power supply via supplied plug-in PSU or 9V battery (not supplied) • Dimensions: 180x68x175 mm • Weight: 975 g

• Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Control unit and LED spotlights made of black lacquered metal • The LED spotlights can be mounted either above or underneath the control unit • Steel lighting stand, height can be adjusted in 6 steps, (max. height: 3.2 m), with locking pin • Supplied with nylon transport bag for control unit with LED spotlights, foot controller, connection cable and transport bag for lighting stand • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/80 VA • Dimensions: 1,210x345x80 mm (control unit with LED spotlights) • Weight: 19.4 kg

LED Spotlights

LED SPOTLIGHTS

PARL-174DMX

PARL-172DMX

PARL-7DMX

Order No. 38.6310

Order No. 38.6300

Order No. 38.6020

LED spotlight, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue) plus white, with colour mixer and dimmer function via DMX interface.

• 7 extra bright 4-in-1 RGBW LEDs, 8W each (beam angle: 40°), for highest luminous efficiency • Controllable via 3, 4, 5, 6 or 8 DMX channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes, 7 show programmes • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Compact black lacquered metal housing • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/70 VA • Dimensions: 240x190x80 mm • Weight: 2 kg

LED spotlight, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue), with colour mixer and dimmer function via DMX interface.

• 7 extra bright 3-in-1 RGB LEDs, 9 W each (beam angle: 30°), for highest luminous efficiency • 6 DMX control functions: (channel 1: dimmer, channel 2: red, channel 3: green, channel 4: blue, channel 5: white, channel 6: strobe) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • 10 colours can be adjusted manually • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Compact black lacquered metal housing • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/60 VA • Dimensions: 240x190x80 mm • Weight: 2 kg

LED spotlight, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue), with colour mixer and dimmer function via DMX interface.

• 7 super bright 3-in-1 RGB LEDs, 3W each (beam angle: 35°), for highest luminous efficiency • 4 DMX control functions: (channel 1: red, channel 2: green, channel 3: blue, channel 4: master/strobe) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes, 13 show programmes • Controllable via optional mini remote control LC-3 • 16 colours can be adjusted manually • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Almost silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Slimline black lacquered metal housing with movable mounting bracket • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/25 VA • Dimensions: 270x215x85 mm • Weight: 2.6 kg

okey 3-4/2013 "We were amazed by the luminous intensity of these small spotlights. They allow for an easy illumination of smaller stages in function rooms and also in a restaurant. They provide intensive colours and white is also reproduced as a quite clean white - that’s how it should be! They are also very suitable as floor spotlights. With interesting features, a robust housing and an excellent lighting quality, these spotlights are available at a fair and attractive price."

www.imgstageline.com

M119

LED SPOTLIGHTS

LED Spotlights

LED-36SPOT

LED-10SPOT

PARL-74RGBW

PARL-73RGB

PARL-40DMX

LED-36SPOT

Order No. 38.6320

Order No. 38.6030

Order No. 38.6430

Order No. 38.3780

LED spotlight, in a compact plastic housing.

3 primary colours (red, green and blue) plus white, with colour mixer/dimmer and stroboscope function via DMX interface.

• 5 extra bright 4-in-1 RGBW LEDs, 8W each (beam angle: 40°), for highest luminous efficiency • Controllable via 3, 4, 5, 6 or 8 DMX channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes, 7 show programmes • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/70 VA • Dimensions: ø 155mm x 180 mm • Weight: 1.9 kg

M120

LED spotlight, in a compact plastic housing.

3 primary colours (red, green and blue), with colour mixer/dimmer and stroboscope function via DMX interface.

• 7 extra bright 3-in-1 RGB LEDs, 3W each (beam angle: 30°), for highest luminous efficiency • 6 DMX control functions: (channel 1: dimmer, channel 2: red, channel 3: green, channel 4: blue, channel 5: speed, channel 6: automatic programmes) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes, 15 show programmes • 10 colours can be adjusted manually • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/25 VA • Dimensions: ø 155 mm x 180 mm • Weight: 2 kg

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

LED spotlight, in a compact housing.

3 primary colours (red, green and blue) plus white, with colour mixer/dimmer and stroboscope function via DMX interface.

• 4 extra bright 4-in-1 RGBW LEDs, 8 W each (beam angle: 25°), for highest luminous efficiency • Controllable via 3, 4, 5, 6 or 8 DMX channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption • Built-in fan • Overtemperature protection • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA • Dimensions: ø 120 mm x 130 mm • Weight: 1.3 kg

LED spotlight, small design with extra high luminous intensity.

• 1 super bright white LED (3W) for highest luminous efficiency • Long life with low power consumption • Supplied with 2 lenses (6°/11°) • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA • Dimensions: 74x78x104 mm • Weight: 350 g

LED-10SPOT Order No. 38.6410

LED spotlight, small design with extra high luminous intensity.

3 primary colours (red, green and blue) plus white • 1 x 4-in-1 high-power RGBW LED, 10 W (beam angle: 7°), for highest luminous efficiency • Controllable via 4 or 7 DMX channels, selectable • Control panel with LED display for DMX addressing and preadjustments • Long life with low power consumption • Built-in fan • Movable mounting bracket • Power supply via supplied PSU • Dimensions: 100x122x128 mm • Weight: 660 g

LED Spotlights I UV LED Spotlight

LED SPOTLIGHTS

LITEBOX-10

PARL-1DMX

PARL-10DMX/UV

Order No. 38.5970

Order No. 38.4070

Order No. 38.4920

Rechargeable battery-operated LED spotlight The LITEBOX-10 provides completely new possibilities for every user requiring unrestricted mobility. The LED spotlight provides maximum freedom of movement when operated via the integrated rechargeable lithium-ion battery. In wireless operation, the LITEBOX-10 with its colour effects in 3 primary colours (red, green and blue) plus amber provides an impressive performance of up to 16 hours in the automatic mode. Alternatively, a 230 V operation is also possible. The LITEBOX-10 can conveniently be controlled via 8 DMX channels or the integrated microphone for music-controlled operation. The movable mounting brackets allow for a very easy setup and alignment of the LITEBOX. • Operation via built-in rechargeable lithium-ion battery with charging feature of the rechargeable battery (operating time: up to 16 hours in the automatic mode) or via mains connection • 198 super bright LEDs, 10 mm each (beam angle: 20°), for highest luminous efficiency (red: 48, green: 48, blue: 48, amber: 54) • DMX control function for 8 channels • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Colour mixer/dimmer and stroboscope function • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Slimline black lacquered metal housing • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • Power supply via built-in rechargeable lithium-ion battery or 230 V~/50 Hz/25 VA • Dimensions: 250x200x110 mm • Weight: 3.2 kg

LED spotlight, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue), with colour mixer and dimmer function via DMX interface.

• 212 super bright LEDs, 5mm each (beam angle: 15°), for highest luminous efficiency (red: 70, green: 71, blue: 71) • 4 DMX control functions: (channel 1: red, channel 2: green, channel 3: blue, channel 4: dimmer/strobe/fade) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via optional mini remote control LC-3 or controllers LC-4LED, LED-4C and LED-8C • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Slimline black lacquered metal housing with movable mounting bracket • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/35 VA • Dimensions: 215x215x70 mm • Weight: 1.8 kg

UV LED spotlight • 168 UV LEDs, 10mm each (beam angle: 25°, wavelength: 395-400nm), for creating a perfect black light effect • DMX control function for 1 channel • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via controller LC-4LED, available at option • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Slimline black lacquered metal housing with movable mounting bracket and eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/25 VA • Dimensions: 230x210x105 mm • Weight: 2.1 kg

tastenwelt 03/2012 "Offers a good price-performance ratio. The LITEBOX-10 provided a totally convincing performance in the practical test." + Beautiful colours + Long battery life (> 18 hrs in the test)

www.imgstageline.com

M121

LED SPOTLIGHTS

LED Spotlights

PARL-12DMX

PARL-14DMX

PARL-32DMX

Order No. 38.5510

Order No. 38.6000

Order No. 38.5690

LED spotlight, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue), with colour mixer/dimmer and stroboscope function via DMX interface.

• 153 super bright LEDs, 10 mm each (beam angle: 15°), for highest luminous efficiency (red: 51, green: 51, blue: 51) • 4 DMX control functions: (channel 1: red, channel 2: green, channel 3: blue, channel 4: dimmer/strobe) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via optional foot controller FS-2PARL, up to 50 PARL-12DMX can be controlled with one foot controller in master/slave mode • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Slimline black lacquered metal housing with eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/45 VA • Dimensions: 270x210x100 mm • Weight: 2 kg

M122

LED spotlight, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue) plus white, with colour mixer/dimmer and stroboscope function via DMX interface.

• 167 super bright LEDs, 10mm each (beam angle: 30°), for highest luminous efficiency (red: 43, green: 44, blue: 40, white: 40) • 5 DMX control functions: (channel 1: red, channel 2: green, channel 3: blue, channel 4: white, channel 5: dimmer/strobe) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • 10 colours can be selected manually • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Slimline black lacquered metal housing with eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA • Dimensions: 270x210x100 mm • Weight: 2.2 kg

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

LED spotlight, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue), with colour mixer/dimmer and stroboscope feature via DMX interface.

• 36 super bright LEDs, 10mm each (beam angle: 20°), for highest luminous efficiency (red: 12, green: 12, blue: 12) • 4 DMX control functions: (channel 1: red, channe 2: green, channel 3: blue, channel 4: strobe) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via optional foot controller FS-2PARL, up to 50 PARL-32DMX can be controlled via one foot controller in master/slave mode • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Compact black lacquered metal housing • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/15 VA • Dimensions: 170x120x115 mm • Weight: 1.2 kg

LED Spotlights

LED SPOTLIGHTS

PARL-30WASH

SOUNDCHECK 07/2008 "Cute little spotlights. Both PARL-30 units feature a nice colour mixture, you can’t go wrong. Very competitive price."

PARL-30SPOT

PARL-30SPOT Order No. 38.3100

PARL-156DX/SW

PARL-56DMX/SW

Order No. 38.2890

Order No. 38.2830

PARL-156DX/CR

PARL-56DMX/CR

Order No. 38.2880

Order No. 38.2820

LED spotlights, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue), with colour mixer and dimmer function via DMX interface.

• 181 super bright LEDs, 10mm each (beam angle: 25°), for highest luminous efficiency (red: 36, green: 85, blue: 60) • 5 DMX control functions: (channel 1: colour mode, channel 2: red and speed, channel 3: green, channel 4: blue, channel 5: music control) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Automatic run of programmes with variable speed • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Black (SW) or polished (CR) aluminium version with short body and safety rope • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • 0.8m connection cable with CEE 7/4 plug • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/25 VA • Dimensions: ø 190 mm x 210 mm • Weight: 1.8 kg

LED spotlights, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue), with colour mixer and dimmer function via DMX interface.

• 151 super bright LEDs, 5mm each (beam angle: 30°), for highest luminous efficiency (red: 50, green: 51, blue: 50) • 5 DMX control functions: (channel 1: colour mode, channel 2: red and speed, channel 3: green, channel 4: blue, channel 5: music control) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Automatic run of programmes with variable speed • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Black (SW) or polished (CR) aluminium version with short body and safety rope • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • 0.8m connection cable with CEE 7/4 plug • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA • Dimensions: ø 190 mm x 210 mm • Weight: 1.8 kg

tastenwelt 04/2007 "Whether black or chrome, the PARL-56DMX is always the perfect choice for stage applications. Advantages: high luminous efficiency, nice primary colours and effects, operation also possible without controller, the safety rope is situated directly at the light."

LED spotlight, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue), with colour mixer and dimmer feature via DMX interface, automatic DMX addressing.

• 90 super bright LEDs, 5mm each (beam angle: 20°), for highest luminous efficiency (red: 24, green: 33, blue: 33) • 4 DMX control functions: (channel 1: red, channel 2: green, channel 3: blue, channel 4: dimmer/strobe) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via optional mini remote control LC-3 or controllers LED-4C, LED-8C • Automatic or manual DMX addressing • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Supplied with mounting bracket and mounting plate • 1.2m connection cable with CEE 7/4 plug • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA • Dimensions: ø 120 mm x 120 mm • Weight: 1 kg

PARL-30WASH Order No. 38.3110

LED Wash spotlight, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue), with colour mixer and dimmer feature via DMX interface, automatic DMX addressing.

• 91 super bright LEDs, 5mm each (beam angle: 50°), for highest luminous efficiency (red: 31, green: 30, blue: 30) • 4 DMX control functions: (channel 1: red, channel 2: green, channel 3: blue, channel 4: dimmer/strobe) • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via optional mini remote control LC-3 or controllers LED-4C, LED-8C • Automatic or manual DMX addressing • Processor-controlled colour change • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Supplied with mounting bracket and mounting plate • 1.2m connection cable with CEE 7/4 plug • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA • Dimensions: ø 120 mm x 120 mm • Weight: 1 kg

www.imgstageline.com

M123

LIGHT EFFECT PANELS

LED DMX Light Effect Panels

RGBL-222DMX

RGBL-412DMX

RGBL-212DMX djmagazin.de 05/2012 "A light panel with 12 high-power RGB LEDs, 3 W each, for an impressive luminous efficiency. It also provides a high colour brilliance and shows a convincing performance when illuminating large facades or similar objects."

RGBL-112DMX

RGBL-222DMX

RGBL-412DMX

RGBL-212DMX

RGBL-112DMX

Order No. 38.5770

Order No. 38.6440

Order No. 38.5760

Order No. 38.5750

LED DMX light effect panel for outdoor applications, IP65, with colour mixer and DMX control.

• 12 super bright 3-in-1 high-power RGB LEDs, 3W each, for highest luminous efficiency • Controllable via 6 DMX channels • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via controller LC-4LED or LC-8LED, available at option • Control panel with LED display for DMX addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change and running light effects • Long life with low power consumption • Fanless cooling concept • Black lacquered aluminium housing with movable mounting brackets for wall mounting and ceiling suspension • Supplied with DMX connection cable and mains cable • Matching 2m extension cable for DMX output (ODP-34DMX) and for mains connection (ODP-34AC) are available at option • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/80 VA • Dimensions: 100.5x7.5x10 cm • Weight: 4.4 kg

M124

LED DMX light effect panel, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue) plus white, with colour mixer and DMX control.

• 16 super bright 4-in-1 RGBW LEDs, 8W each, for highest luminous efficiency • Controllable via 4, 6, 10, 18, 32 or 34 DMX channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Control panel with LED display for DMX addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change and running light effects • Long life with low power consumption • Built-in fan • Overtemperature protection • Black lacquered aluminium housing with movable mounting brackets for wall mounting and ceiling suspension • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/170 VA • Dimensions: 102x11x13.5 cm • Weight: 4.5kg

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

LED DMX light effect panel, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue), with colour mixer and DMX control.

• 16 super bright 3-in-1 high-power RGB LEDs, 3W each, for highest luminous efficiency • Controllable via 3, 5, 8, 14, 24 or 26 DMX channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via controller LC-4LED or LC-8LED, available at option • Control panel with LED display for DMX addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change and running light effects • Long life with low power consumption • Fan cooling • Black lacquered aluminium housing with movable mounting bracket and eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/110 VA • Dimensions: 99x10.5x17 cm • Weight: 4.1 kg

LED DMX light effect panel, 3 primary colours (red, green and blue), with colour mixer and DMX control.

• 216 super bright LEDs, 10mm each, for highest luminous efficiency (red: 72, green: 72, blue: 72) • Controllable via 3, 5, 8, 14, 24 or 26 DMX channels, selectable • Music-controlled via integrated microphone, adjustable sensitivity • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Controllable via controller LC-4LED or LC-8LED, available at option • Control panel with LED display for DMX addressing and preadjustments • Processor-controlled colour change and running light effects • Long life with low power consumption • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • Black lacquered aluminium housing with movable mounting brackets for wall mounting and ceiling suspension, eyelet bolt for fastening a safety rope • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/40 VA • Dimensions: 105x9x7 cm • Weight: 2.2 kg

RGB LED DMX Controllers

CONTROLLERS

LC-8LED SOUNDCHECK 03/2010 "There has never been one quite like it! A special controller for LED spotlights which is easy to use, of compact size and ideally suited for small systems used by musicians."

+ Very good price-performance ratio + Compact and user-friendly format + Excellent instruction manual + Includes stroboscope function + Also suitable for spotlights with several channels

LC-4LED

LC-1LED

LC-4LED

LC-8LED

LC-1LED

Order No. 38.0160

Order No. 38.5500

Order No. 38.6210

Professional RGB LED DMX controller, for controlling all standard 4-channel LED spotlights.

• User-friendly and simple operation • 4 RGB LED spotlights or LED light effect units can be controlled • 4 of 8 DMX channels (red/green/blue/master or effect) can be controlled for each unit • Sequence of RGB function and master function can be selected as desired for each unit, for 4 of 8 DMX channels (channels can be patched), reserves 32 DMX channels • 16 scenes can be programmed • 16 chases (sequences) with a total of 392 steps max., 99 steps max. per chase • Fade and speed of the chases can be adjusted separately • Strobe function • Music-controlled via integrated microphone • Switchable DMX polarity • LED display • Robust metal desktop console housing • Connections: 1 x 3-pole XLR, 1 x low-voltage jack • Power supply: 12 V‡/1 A via supplied plug-in PSU • Dimensions: 372x156x58 mm • Weight: 1.7 kg

Professional RGB LED DMX controller, for controlling all standard 4 to 8-channel LED spotlights.

• User-friendly and simple operation • 8 RGB LED spotlights or LED light effect units can be controlled • 8 of 16 DMX channels (e.g. red/green/blue/master or effect) can be controlled for each unit • Sequence of RGB function and master function can be selected as desired for each unit, for 8 of 16 DMX channels (channels can be patched), reserves 128 DMX channels • 16 scenes can be programmed • 16 chases (sequences) with a total of 1,740 steps max., 1,740 steps max. per chase • Fade and speed of the chases can be adjusted separately • Music-controlled via audio input with adjustable sensitivity • 2 aux buttons for DMX control functions (e.g. fog machines) • MIDI control • Switchable DMX polarity • LCD • Robust metal housing • Connections: 1 x 3-pole XLR (DMX out), 3 x 5-pole DIN (MIDI in/MIDI out/ MIDI thru), 1 x RCA (audio in), 1 x USB A jack for optional LED gooseneck light, 1 x low-voltage jack • Power supply via supplied plug-in PSU • Dimensions: 482x156x75 mm • Weight: 2.5 kg

RGBW LED DMX controller, for controlling all standard 4-channel LED spotlights.

• User-friendly and simple operation • 4 DMX channels • RGB+dimmer mode or RGBW mode, selectable • Faders for red, green, blue, white, colour mix, macro and speed • Strobe function, adjustable via fader • Suitable e.g. for PARL-1DMX, PARL-7DMX, PARL-12DMX, PARL-30SPOT, PARL-32DMX, PARL-30WASH, PARL-56PDX/..., PARL-64PDX/..., LED-500DX/RGB, CPL-3DMX, CU-4DMX • Compact metal desktop console housing • Connections: 1 x 3-pole XLR, 1 x low-voltage jack • Power supply via supplied plug-in PSU • Dimensions: 200x90x55 mm • Weight: 786 g

www.imgstageline.com

M125

LED SPOTLIGHTS

LED Outdoor Spotlights

ODP-1210RGBW

ODP-483RGBW

ODP-361RGB

Order No. 38.3140

Order No. 38.5190

Order No. 38.5180

LED spotlight for outdoor applications, IP67, in a large robust aluminium housing.

3 primary colours (red, green and blue) plus white, with colour mixer/dimmer and stroboscope function via DMX interface.

• 12 extra bright 4-in-1 RGBW LEDs, 8 W each (beam angle: 25°), for highest luminous efficiency • Controllable via 3, 4, 5, 6 or 11 DMX channels, selectable • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments, with password protection • Processor-controlled colour change • Temperature protection function • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • With fitted DMX input and output cables as well as mains connection and feed-through cables for cascading several ODP-1210RGBW • Matching extension cables for DMX output: ODP-34DMX (2 m), ODP-34DMX/10 (10 m) and for mains connection: ODP-34AC (2 m), ODP-34AC/10 (10 m) are available at option • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/120 VA • Dimensions: ø 230 mm x 210 mm • Weight: 5.8 kg

LED spotlight for outdoor applications, IP67, in a large robust aluminium housing.

3 primary colours (red, green and blue) plus white, with colour mixer/dimmer and stroboscope function via DMX interface.

• 48 extra bright LEDs, 3 W each (beam angle: 25°), for highest luminous efficiency (red: 12, green: 12, blue: 12, white: 12) • Controllable via 3, 4, 5, 6 or 11 DMX channels, selectable • 66 DMX subaddresses for controlling 66 ODP-361RGB or ODP-483RGBW via one DMX start address • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments, with password protection • Processor-controlled colour change • Temperature protection feature • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • With fitted DMX input and output cables as well as mains connection and feed-through cables for cascading several ODP-483RGBW • Matching 2 m extension cable for DMX output (ODP-34DMX) and for mains connection (ODP-34AC) are available at option • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/170 VA • Dimensions: ø 240 mm x 230 mm • Weight: 8.5 kg

LED spotlight for outdoor applications, IP67, in a robust aluminium housing.

3 primary colours (red, green and blue), with colour mixer/dimmer and stroboscope function via DMX interface.

• 36 extra bright LEDs, 1W each (beam angle: 25°), for highest luminous efficiency (red: 12, green: 12, blue: 12) • Controllable via 3, 4, 5 or 10 DMX channels, selectable • 66 DMX subaddresses for controlling 66 ODP-361RGB or ODP-483RGBW via one DMX start address • Master/slave mode with automatic run of programmes • Control panel with LED display for addressing and preadjustments, with password protection • Processor-controlled colour change • Temperature protection feature • Long life with low power consumption and low heat generation • Also suitable as a standing spotlight due to 2 movable mounting brackets • With fitted DMX input and output cables as well as mains connection and feed-through cables for cascading several ODP-361RGB • Matching 2 m extension cable for DMX output (ODP-34DMX) and for mains connection (ODP-34AC) are available at option • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/75 VA • Dimensions: ø 210 mm x 200 mm • Weight: 4 kg

djmagazin.de 03/2012 "The spotlight was tested for a facade illumination with a length of 25m and a height of 15m ... with excellent results.

Provides bright and fadeless colours. With an outdoor temperature of approx. 10 °C and a light drizzle, the unit was tested for more than 10 hours in automatic mode without any problems."

ODP-34AC

ODP-34AC/10

ODP-34DMX

ODP-34DMX/10

Order No. 05.0183

Order No. 05.0156

Order No. 05.0184

Order No. 05.0157

Mains extension cables, IP67, suitable for LED spotlights ODP-361RGB, ODP-483RGBW, ODP-1210RGBW and LED DMX light effect panel RGBL-222DMX. • Fitted with screwable 3-pole plug and 3-pole inline jack • Cable specification: H05VV-F3G x 2.5 mm2 ODP-34AC = 2 m ODP-34AC/10 = 10 m

M126

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

DMX extension cables, IP67, suitable for LED spotlights ODP-361RGB, ODP-483RGBW, ODP-1210RGBW and LED DMX light effect panel RGBL-222DMX. • Fitted with screwable 3-pole XLR plug and 3-pole XLR inline jack ODP-34DMX = 2 m ODP-34DMX/10 = 10 m

Fog Machines

FOG MACHINES

FM-1010 FM-410

FM-1510

FM-910

FM-1510

FM-1010

FM-910

FM-410

Order No. 38.6390

Order No. 38.6380

Order No. 38.6140

Order No. 38.6130

Fog machine, with DMX control.

• Metal housing with movable mounting bracket • Electronic control • Removable tank, level indication • Timer function with adjustable interval • Adjustable fog output quantity • Continuous or manual activation • Activation/control via supplied cableconnected remote control or integrated DMX interface • Matching fog liquids: NF-502L and NF-502SL • Fog scents are available as accessories

Model Heating power Heating-up time Tank size Fog output Power supply Dimensions Weight

FM-1510 1,250 W 5 minutes 1.8 l approx. 566 m3/min.

230 V~/50 Hz/1,300 VA 310x245x430 mm 6.2 kg

Fog machine • Metal housing with movable mounting bracket • Electronic control • Removable tank, level indication • Timer function with adjustable interval • Adjustable fog output quantity • Continuous or manual activation • Activation/control via supplied cableconnected remote control • Matching fog liquids: NF-502L and NF-502SL • Fog scents are available as accessories

FM-1010 850 W 4 minutes 1.2 l approx. 453 m3/min.

230 V~/50 Hz/900 VA 270x205x420 mm 4.1 kg

NF-502L Order No. 38.1820

NF-502SL Order No. 38.1830

Fog liquids, 5 litres, for fog machines.

• No clogging of pump, nozzles or lines • Certificate stating that the fog liquid is recognised as safe is available NF-502L - long-lasting fog effect (long life) NF-502SL - extra long-lasting fog effect (super long life)

Fog machine • Metal housing with movable mounting bracket • Electronic control • Fixed tank, level indication • Activation via supplied cable-connected remote control • Matching fog liquids: NF-502L and NF-502SL • Fog scents are available as accessories

FM-910 900W 5 minutes 1l approx. 141m3/min.

230V~/50Hz/900VA 260x190x260mm 3.9kg

Compact fog machine • Metal housing with movable mounting bracket • Fixed tank, level indication • Activation via supplied cable-connected remote control • Matching fog liquids: NF-502L and NF-502SL • Fog scents are available as accessories

FM-410 400W 5 minutes 0.25 l approx. 71m3/min.

230V~/50Hz/400VA 140x160x250mm 2kg

Fog Scents For adding to fog liquids.

• Supplied in small 30 g bottles, contents: 25 ml • Sufficient for 5 litres of fog liquid • High quality • Certificate stating that the fog scent is recognised as safe is available Model NF-72 NF-62 NF-32

Order No. 38.1810 38.1800 38.1780

www.imgstageline.com

Fragrance strawberry tutti frutti vanilla

M127

INDEX

IMG STAGE LINE 2013 I

B BAG-10MS . . . . . . . . . . M93 BAG-20LS . . . . . . . . . . . M91 BEAM-1800 . . . . . . . . . M109 C CD-112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M6 CD-112TRS . . . . . . . . . . . M7 CD-113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M6 CD-113DPR . . . . . . . . . . . M6 CD-122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M5 CD-123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M5 CD-156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M4 CD-164DJ . . . . . . . . . . . . M4 CD-196USB . . . . . . . . . . . M3 CD-230DJ . . . . . . . . . . . . M2 CD-292USB . . . . . . . . . . . M2 CD-80USB . . . . . . . . . . . . M4 CLUB-1SUB . . . . . . . . . . M70 CLUB-1TOP . . . . . . . . . . M70 CRAB-12B . . . . . . . . . . M104 CRAB-12RG . . . . . . . . . M104 CRAB-22RG . . . . . . . . . M104 D DEQ-230 . . . . . . . . . . . . M28 DJP-104USB . . . . . . . . . . M9 DJP-106SD . . . . . . . . . . . M9 DJP-200USB . . . . . . . . . . M8 DM-1100 . . . . . . . . . . . . M56 DM-2500 . . . . . . . . . . . . M56 DM-3200 . . . . . . . . . . . . M56 DM-4500 . . . . . . . . . . . . M56 DM-5000LN . . . . . . . . . M56 DMP-130MIX . . . . . . . . . M3 DMP-240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M3 DMX-132PLAY . . . . . . . M108 DMX-1440 . . . . . . . . . M106 DMX-192PLAY . . . . . . . M108 DMX-1USB . . . . . . . . . M107 DMX-4840 . . . . . . . . . M107 DMX-510USB . . . . . . . M107 DPR-110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M5 DPR-2004 . . . . . . . . . . . M10 DPR-2004MIC . . . . . . . . M10 DRM-880LAN . . . . . . . . M30 DSM-240 . . . . . . . . . . . . M31 DSM-260 . . . . . . . . . . . . M31 DSM-480LAN . . . . . . . . M30 E ECM-140 . . . . . . . . . . . . M55 ECM-140USB . . . . . . . . M54 ECM-170 . . . . . . . . . . . . M54 ECM-220USB . . . . . . . . M54 ECM-270 . . . . . . . . . . . . M55 ECM-300B . . . . . . . . . . . M57 ECM-302B . . . . . . . . . . . M57 ECM-302B/WS . . . . . . . M57 ECM-304BD . . . . . . . . . M57 ECM-304BD/WS . . . . . . M57 ECM-402L . . . . . . . . . . . M53 ECM-501L/SK . . . . . . . . M53 EMA-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . M57 EMA-300P . . . . . . . . . . . M57 F FGA-102 . . . . . . . . . . . . M25 FGA-202 . . . . . . . . . . . . M25 FM-100DAB . . . . . . . . . . M7 FM-1010 . . . . . . . . . . . M127 FM-1510 . . . . . . . . . . . M127 FM-410 . . . . . . . . . . . . M127 FM-910 . . . . . . . . . . . . M127 G GS-42/SW . . . . . . . . . . . M93 H H-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M11 H-2N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M11 H-4N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M11 HSE-110 . . . . . . . . . . . . M52

M128

HSE-150/SK . . . . . . . . . . M50 HSE-150A/SK . . . . . . . . . M51 HSE-152/SK . . . . . . . . . . M50 HSE-152A/SK . . . . . . . . . M51 HSE-310/SK . . . . . . . . . . M50 HSE-330/SK . . . . . . . . . . M50 HSE-60/SK . . . . . . . . . . . M52 HSE-60A/SK . . . . . . . . . . M51 HSE-70A/SK . . . . . . . . . . M51 L L-RAY/1000 . . . . . . . . . . M62 L-RAY/1000WS . . . . . . . M62 L-RAY/2000 . . . . . . . . . . M60 LC-1LED . . . . . . . . . . . M125 LC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M112 LC-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M25 LC-4LED . . . . . . . . . . . M125 LC-8DMX . . . . . . . . . . M118 LC-8LED . . . . . . . . . . . M125 LC-9RTX . . . . . . . . . . . M111 LE-172LED . . . . . . . . . . M116 LED-102RGB . . . . . . . . M115 LED-10SPOT . . . . . . . . M120 LED-122RGB . . . . . . . . M115 LED-142RGB . . . . . . . . M115 LED-300DX/RGB . . . . . M116 LED-300RGB . . . . . . . . M114 LED-320RGBW . . . . . . M114 LED-340RGBW . . . . . . M114 LED-36SPOT . . . . . . . . M120 LED-600DX/RGB . . . . . M116 LITEBOX-10 . . . . . . . . . M121 LMS-808 . . . . . . . . . . . . M26 LR-1000F . . . . . . . . . . . . M61 LR-1000SAT . . . . . . . . . . M61 LR-1000SUB . . . . . . . . . M61 LR-1000U . . . . . . . . . . . M61 LS-280/SW . . . . . . . . . . . M26 LSE-10RG . . . . . . . . . . M104 LSE-250GB . . . . . . . . . M103 LSE-2LRG . . . . . . . . . . M103 LSE-32LRG . . . . . . . . . M103 LSP-102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M25 LSX-1000SRGB . . . . . . M101 LSX-110SG . . . . . . . . . M101 LSX-1200SRGB . . . . . . M100 LSX-142SRGY . . . . . . . M102 LSX-300SRGB . . . . . . . M102 LSX-402SB . . . . . . . . . . M102 M MAGIC-3D . . . . . . . . . . M105 MC-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M25 MCL-204 . . . . . . . . . . . . M26 MCX-200/SW . . . . . . . . M27 MCX-321/SW . . . . . . . . M27 MD-302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M59 MD-350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M59 MD-370 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M59 MD-480 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M59 MD-4800 . . . . . . . . . . . . M58 MD-6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . M58 MD-6800 . . . . . . . . . . . . M58 MDH-6300 . . . . . . . . . . M59 MEGA-110 . . . . . . . . . . M74 MEGA-112 . . . . . . . . . . M74 MEGA-115 . . . . . . . . . . M74 MEGA-118SUB . . . . . . . M75 MEGA-118SUBAK . . . . . M75 MEGA-DSP08 . . . . . . . . M73 MEGA-DSP10 . . . . . . . . M73 MEGA-DSP12 . . . . . . . . M72 MEGA-DSP15 . . . . . . . . M72 MEQ-115/SW . . . . . . . . M27 MFE-16M . . . . . . . . . . . M29 MFE-212 . . . . . . . . . . . . M29 MFX-104 . . . . . . . . . . . . M29 MFX-16M . . . . . . . . . . . M29 MFX-204 . . . . . . . . . . . . M28 MH-2/SK . . . . . . . . . . . . M53 MH-2/SW . . . . . . . . . . . M53 MMX-1024 . . . . . . . . . . M19

MMX-1244 . . . . . . . . . . M18 MMX-1282USB . . . . . . . M17 MMX-142 . . . . . . . . . . . M21 MMX-2USB . . . . . . . . . . M20 MMX-3USB . . . . . . . . . . M20 MMX-602/SW . . . . . . . . M14 MMX-842 . . . . . . . . . . . M19 MMX-842USB . . . . . . . . M18 MOVE-06 . . . . . . . . . . . M77 MOVE-08 . . . . . . . . . . . M77 MOVE-10 . . . . . . . . . . . M77 MOVE-12 . . . . . . . . . . . M76 MOVE-15 . . . . . . . . . . . M76 MPA-102 . . . . . . . . . . . . M24 MPA-202 . . . . . . . . . . . . M24 MPR-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M24 MPS-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M25 MPX-1/BK . . . . . . . . . . . M16 MPX-1/GE . . . . . . . . . . . M16 MPX-1/SW . . . . . . . . . . . M16 MPX-205/SW . . . . . . . . . M12 MPX-206/SW . . . . . . . . . M12 MPX-300/SW . . . . . . . . . M15 MPX-300USB . . . . . . . . M15 MPX-40DMP . . . . . . . . . M13 MPX-44/SW . . . . . . . . . . M15 MPX-622/SW . . . . . . . . . M14 MPX-80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M13 MR-1000L . . . . . . . . . . . M62 MR-102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M95 MR-102S . . . . . . . . . . . . M95 MR-104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M95 MR-104DJ . . . . . . . . . . . M96 MR-104S . . . . . . . . . . . . M95 MR-106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M95 MR-106DJ . . . . . . . . . . . M96 MR-106PC . . . . . . . . . . . M96 MR-106S . . . . . . . . . . . . M95 MR-108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M95 MR-108T . . . . . . . . . . . . M94 MR-110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M95 MR-112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M95 MR-112DJ . . . . . . . . . . . M96 MR-122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M96 MR-12MPX . . . . . . . . . . M95 MR-162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M96 MR-162DESK . . . . . . . . . M97 MR-182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M96 MR-246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M94 MR-402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M97 MR-403 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M97 MR-404 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M97 MR-406 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M97 MR-408 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M97 MR-410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M97 MR-646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M94 MR-704 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M97 MR-706 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M97 MR-708 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M97 MR-710 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M97 MR-712 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M97 MR-716 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M97 MR-720 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M97 MS-20/SW . . . . . . . . . . . M93 MS-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M93 MS-40/CR . . . . . . . . . . . M93 MS-40/SW . . . . . . . . . . . M93 MS-50/CR . . . . . . . . . . . M93 MS-50/SW . . . . . . . . . . . M93 MS-60/SW . . . . . . . . . . . M92 MS-90/SW . . . . . . . . . . . M92 MS-92/SW . . . . . . . . . . . M92 N NF-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M127 NF-502L . . . . . . . . . . . M127 NF-502SL . . . . . . . . . . M127 NF-62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M127 NF-72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M127 NTA-2SE . . . . . . . . . . . . M52 NTA-3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . M52 NTA-4M . . . . . . . . . . . . M52 NTA-4SH . . . . . . . . . . . . M52

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

O ODP-1210RGBW . . . . . M126 ODP-34AC . . . . . . . . . . M126 ODP-34AC/10 . . . . . . . M126 ODP-34DMX . . . . . . . . M126 ODP-34DMX/10 . . . . . M126 ODP-361RGB . . . . . . . M126 ODP-483RGBW . . . . . . M126 P PAB-108MK2 . . . . . . . . . M82 PAB-10XC . . . . . . . . . . . M84 PAB-110MK2 . . . . . . . . . M82 PAB-112MK2 . . . . . . . . . M82 PAB-115MK2 . . . . . . . . . M82 PAB-12WP/SW . . . . . . . M86 PAB-120WP/SW . . . . . . M86 PAB-12XC . . . . . . . . . . . M84 PAB-15XC . . . . . . . . . . . M84 PAB-210MK2 . . . . . . . . . M78 PAB-212MK2 . . . . . . . . . M78 PAB-215MK2 . . . . . . . . . M78 PAB-306/SW . . . . . . . . . M68 PAB-306/WS . . . . . . . . . M68 PAB-308/SW . . . . . . . . . M68 PAB-308/WS . . . . . . . . . M68 PAB-512/BL . . . . . . . . . . M81 PAB-515/BL . . . . . . . . . . M81 PAB-52WP/WS . . . . . . . M87 PAB-612/SW . . . . . . . . . M80 PAB-615/SW . . . . . . . . . M80 PAB-6WP/WS . . . . . . . . M87 PAB-82WP/WS . . . . . . . M87 PAB-8WP/WS . . . . . . . . M87 PAB-8XC . . . . . . . . . . . . M84 PAK-10XC . . . . . . . . . . . M85 PAK-108MK2 . . . . . . . . . M83 PAK-110MK2 . . . . . . . . . M83 PAK-112MK2 . . . . . . . . . M83 PAK-115MK2 . . . . . . . . . M83 PAK-12XC . . . . . . . . . . . M85 PAK-15XC . . . . . . . . . . . M85 PAK-210MK2 . . . . . . . . . M79 PAK-212MK2 . . . . . . . . . M79 PAK-215MK2 . . . . . . . . . M79 PAK-8XC . . . . . . . . . . . . M85 PARL-10DMX/UV . . . . . M121 PARL-12DMX . . . . . . . M122 PARL-14DMX . . . . . . . M122 PARL-156DX/CR . . . . . M123 PARL-156DX/SW . . . . . M123 PARL-172DMX . . . . . . M119 PARL-174DMX . . . . . . M119 PARL-1DMX . . . . . . . . M121 PARL-30SPOT . . . . . . . M123 PARL-30WASH . . . . . . M123 PARL-32DMX . . . . . . . M122 PARL-40DMX . . . . . . . M120 PARL-42SET . . . . . . . . . M118 PARL-47SET . . . . . . . . . M118 PARL-56DMX/CR . . . . . M123 PARL-56DMX/SW . . . . M123 PARL-73RGB . . . . . . . . M120 PARL-74RGBW . . . . . . M120 PARL-7DMX . . . . . . . . M119 PAST-125/SW . . . . . . . . M91 PAST-125SET . . . . . . . . . M91 PAST-164/SW . . . . . . . . M91 PAST-164SET . . . . . . . . . M91 PAST-200/SW . . . . . . . . M91 PAST-25/SW . . . . . . . . . M90 PAST-250/SW . . . . . . . . M90 PAST-500/SW . . . . . . . . M90 PAST-80/SW . . . . . . . . . M90 PAST-84/SW . . . . . . . . . M90 PB-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M57 PHOENIX-4SET . . . . . . M105 PMX-1282USB . . . . . . . M22 PMX-160 . . . . . . . . . . . . M23 PMX-162 . . . . . . . . . . . . M23 PMX-842USB . . . . . . . . M22 PPA-100/SW . . . . . . . . . M58 PPA-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M58

Index PROTON-15 . . . . . . . . . . M65 PROTON-18 . . . . . . . . . . M64 PSUB-115 . . . . . . . . . . . M82 PSUB-115AK . . . . . . . . . M83 PSUB-12AKA . . . . . . . . . M69 PSUB-15AKA . . . . . . . . . M69 PSUB-18L . . . . . . . . . . . M63 PSUB-215AK . . . . . . . . . M79 PSUB-215MK2 . . . . . . . M78 PSUB-218AK . . . . . . . . . M79 PSUB-218MK2 . . . . . . . M78 R RCB-870 . . . . . . . . . . . . M43 RF-EXPLORER/3 . . . . . . . M39 RGBL-112DMX . . . . . . M124 RGBL-212DMX . . . . . . M124 RGBL-222DMX . . . . . . M124 RGBL-412DMX . . . . . . M124 S SCAN-12 . . . . . . . . . . . M113 SCAN-22LED . . . . . . . . M113 SCAN-25 . . . . . . . . . . . M113 SOUND-21SET . . . . . . . . M89 SOUND-4/SW . . . . . . . . M89 SOUND-4C . . . . . . . . . . M89 SOUND-4USB/SW . . . . . M88 SOUND-6/SW . . . . . . . . M89 SOUND-65/SW . . . . . . . M88 SOUND-6C . . . . . . . . . . M89 SOUND-80/SW . . . . . . . M88 SOUND-8C . . . . . . . . . . M89 SR-103DMX . . . . . . . . M108 STA-1000 . . . . . . . . . . . M33 STA-102 . . . . . . . . . . . . M37 STA-121 . . . . . . . . . . . . M37 STA-1400 . . . . . . . . . . . M32 STA-1504 . . . . . . . . . . . M35 STA-1506 . . . . . . . . . . . M35 STA-1508 . . . . . . . . . . . M35 STA-1603CLUB . . . . . . . M70 STA-201/SW . . . . . . . . . M37 STA-2200 . . . . . . . . . . . M32 STA-225 . . . . . . . . . . . . M35 STA-235 . . . . . . . . . . . . M34 STA-250 . . . . . . . . . . . . M34 STA-260 . . . . . . . . . . . . M34 STA-3000 . . . . . . . . . . . M33 STA-500 . . . . . . . . . . . . M36 STA-600 . . . . . . . . . . . . M33 STA-700 . . . . . . . . . . . . M36 STROBE-10LED . . . . . . M117 STROBE-1500DX . . . . . M117 STROBE-15LED . . . . . . M117 T TRITON-600 . . . . . . . . . . M67 TRITON-800 . . . . . . . . . . M66 TWIST-50LED . . . . . . . . M111 TWIST-52LED . . . . . . . . M111 TWIST-5LED . . . . . . . . . M110 TWIST-75LED . . . . . . . . M110 TXS-10BELT . . . . . . . . . . M53 TXS-10BELT/SW . . . . . . . M53 TXS-2401SX . . . . . . . . . M39 TXS-2402SET . . . . . . . . . M39 TXS-606 . . . . . . . . . . . . M48 TXS-606HSE . . . . . . . . . M48 TXS-606HT . . . . . . . . . . M48 TXS-606LT . . . . . . . . . . . M48 TXS-611SET . . . . . . . . . . M49 TXS-616SET . . . . . . . . . . M49 TXS-626 . . . . . . . . . . . . M48 TXS-631SET . . . . . . . . . . M49 TXS-636SET . . . . . . . . . . M49 TXS-646 . . . . . . . . . . . . M48 TXS-81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M45 TXS-811SET . . . . . . . . . . M49 TXS-81HT . . . . . . . . . . . M45 TXS-81PLUG . . . . . . . . . M45 TXS-81SX . . . . . . . . . . . M45 TXS-820HSE . . . . . . . . . M47

TXS-820LT . . . . . . . . . . . M47 TXS-820SX . . . . . . . . . . M47 TXS-821HT . . . . . . . . . . M47 TXS-822HSE . . . . . . . . . M47 TXS-822HT . . . . . . . . . . M47 TXS-822LT . . . . . . . . . . . M47 TXS-822SX . . . . . . . . . . M47 TXS-831SET . . . . . . . . . . M49 TXS-840 . . . . . . . . . . . . M46 TXS-842 . . . . . . . . . . . . M46 TXS-852 . . . . . . . . . . . . M40 TXS-860 . . . . . . . . . . . . M46 TXS-862 . . . . . . . . . . . . M40 TXS-862HSE . . . . . . . . . M41 TXS-862HT . . . . . . . . . . M41 TXS-870DS . . . . . . . . . . M43 TXS-871 . . . . . . . . . . . . M43 TXS-871HSE . . . . . . . . . M43 TXS-871HT . . . . . . . . . . M43 TXS-872 . . . . . . . . . . . . M42 TXS-872BOOST . . . . . . . M42 TXS-872HSE . . . . . . . . . M42 TXS-872HT . . . . . . . . . . M42 TXS-892 . . . . . . . . . . . . M44 TXS-892HSE . . . . . . . . . M44 TXS-892HT . . . . . . . . . . M44 U ULM-164/SW . . . . . . . . . M14 W WAP-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M7 WASH-300LED . . . . . . M112 WASH-5LED . . . . . . . . M112 WR-2DMX . . . . . . . . . . M108 WS-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . M55 WSW-300 . . . . . . . . . . . M55 WT-1DMX . . . . . . . . . . M108

Important Information

IMPORTANT

Important Notes – please read very carefully!

All products of MONACOR INTERNATIONAL are tested continuously to ensure a constant quality level and to maintain quality standards. All products which are subject to the CE guidelines as well as the electric and electronic subassemblies which are subject to the directive for motor vehicles, are tested according to the respective standards and carry the CE mark. In consequence, these products can be sold in all EC countries without further tests or approvals.

General Information • All rights reserved by MONACOR INTERNATIONAL GmbH & Co. KG. All contents of this catalogue serve as information as to the products by MONACOR INTERNATIONAL only. No part of this catalogue including text, photos of products, graphics or any parts thereof may be reproduced in any form or by any means for any commercial use without our express prior written consent.

• * Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.

• HDMI™ is a registered trademark of HDMI Licensing L.L.C. • We cannot be held responsible for printing errors, should they occur. We reserve the right to make technical changes without prior notice.

• The technical specifications stated are according to the information of the manufacturer.

• Due to production tolerances, technical data may vary slightly.

• Damage resulting from unauthorised servicing of the products thus causing changes, as well as improper handling resulting in consequential damage are excluded from the warranty. We will not be liable for changes of the state of the products resulting from improper storage, other interventions or improper use.

• If the units are interfered with, the CE approval will no longer apply. All products are always suitable for indoor use only unless stated otherwise. The products are not suitable for installations into aircrafts or surface mounting onto aircrafts.

• The products do not correspond to the medical products directive 2007/47/EC. • If the products are to be put out of operation definitively, they must be taken to a local recycling plant for disposal which is not harmful to the environment.

ANDORRA MONACOR IBERIA, S.A.U.

AUSTRALIA SOUNDLABS GROUP Pty Ltd

AUSTRIA MONACOR ELECTRONIC Vertriebs-GmbH

BELARUS LLC Muztorgservis

Phone: +49 (0) 4 21/48 65-0 Fax: +49 (0) 4 21/48 84 15 info@monacor.com www.monacor.com

BELGIUM MONACOR BELGIUM N.V.

BULGARIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

CROATIA Z-EL d.o.o. Chipoteka

CZECH REPUBLIC MONACOR SLOVAKIA spol. s.r.o.

DENMARK MONACOR DANMARK A/S

ESTONIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

FAROE ISLANDS MONACOR DANMARK A/S

FINLAND A-COM OY

FRANCE MONACOR FRANCE S.A.R.L.

GERMANY MONACOR INTERNATIONAL GmbH & Co. KG

GREECE ABA SYSTEMS SA

GREENLAND MONACOR DANMARK A/S

HUNGARY MONACOR HUNGÁRIA Kft.

ICELAND MONACOR DANMARK A/S

IRELAND MONACOR UK Ltd

ITALY MONACOR ITALIA s.r.l.

KIRGHIZIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

LATVIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

LIECHTENSTEIN MONACOR SCHWEIZ AG

LITHUANIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

LUXEMBURG MONACOR BELGIUM N.V.

MONACO MONACOR FRANCE S.A.R.L.

NETHERLANDS MONACOR NEDERLAND B.V.

NORWAY MONACOR NORGE

POLAND MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

PORTUGAL MONACOR IBERIA, S.A.U.

ROMANIA S. C. MONACOR ROMANIA s.r.l.

RUSSIA Theatrical Technical Corporation

SAN MARINO MONACOR ITALIA s.r.l.

SLOVAKIA MONACOR SLOVAKIA spol. s.r.o.

SPAIN MONACOR IBERIA, S.A.U.

SWEDEN MONACOR SVERIGE AB

SWITZERLAND MONACOR SCHWEIZ AG

UKRAINE MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

UNITED KINGDOM MONACOR UK Ltd

Technical Information • Before first use of the products please read the instruction manual carefully!

• The products correspond to the directive for electromagnetic compatibility 2004/108/EC, the directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS) and where applicable to the low voltage directive 2006/95/EC with the directive 2009/125/EC (ErP).

• When operating with voltages of over 42 V, please always observe the respective safety measures.

• Before opening any products operated with 230 V mains voltage, disconnect the products from the mains!

• Make sure that the supply voltage is disconnected before working on components and modules. Existing capacitors must be discharged.

• Mains cables and test cables have to be examined for damage regularly. Never pull on the cable to disconnect the plug from the socket.

• Mains cables and fuses must only be replaced by skilled personnel.

• Unless otherwise stated: - protect the products from moisture and heat, - always observe the admissible ambient temperature of 0–40 °C. • Do not use a very high volume level when using headphones. Permanent high volume may damage your hearing!

• A soldering process which is too long and too hot may cause damage to the corresponding products. Choose a soldering temperature that is suitable for the material used. No liability can be assumed for damage to the product or consequential damage caused by improper handling.

• The plugs, jacks, switches rotary switches and potentiometers shown in this catalogue are only suitable for connection to safety extra low voltage (SELV) or signal voltage unless the item is designed for a higher voltage (see text or table).

• If the fixing nuts of panel jacks or panel plugs are overtightened, this may cause damage to the whole component. In case of improper handling, no liability can be assumed for this or consequential damage.

• The heat must be eliminated by air circulation. Therefore, do not cover ventilation slots with anything. Do not put or drop anything through the ventilation slots.

Otherwise, there will be danger of an electric shock.

• Only use a dry, soft cloth for cleaning the products. Chemicals must not be used in any case.

Information on the German Product Liability Act According to the law dated 15 December 1989 governing product liability which was last amended by the law dated 19 July 2002, manufacturers, importers and dealers are obliged to compensate for damage caused by a faulty product under certain prerequisites.

A product can already be considered faulty if its presentation leaves a private, noncommercial end user with a wrong impression as to its safety in use or if it is to be expected that the private end user will not observe the required safety regulations when using the product or will apply an excessive operating voltage to it, except if this user has been informed as to the necessity to observe the safety regulations and specified voltages, etc.

In your own interest and for your customers’ safety, therefore please draw your noncommercial customers’ attention to the following: The products listed in this catalogue may only be used for the stated purpose. If there are any doubts as to the purpose of the goods, questions must be clarified with an authorised expert or with the service department of MONACOR INTERNATIONAL. The following EN standards and VDE (Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker = Association of German Electrical Engineers) regulations must be observed: Electromagnetic compatibility: EN300422, EN301489, EN55013, EN55020, EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3, EN61000-6-1, EN61000-6-3 Low voltage directive: DINVDE0100, DINVDE0532, EN60065, EN60742, EN60570, EN60335, EN60598, EN60950, EN61010 Motor vehicles directive: directive 72/245/EEC, changed by the directive 2004/104/EC In Germany, the above-mentioned regulations can be obtained from: VDE-Verlag GmbH VDE-Verlag GmbH Bismarckstraße 33 Merianstraße 29 10625 Berlin - Germany 63069 Offenbach - Germany Phone: +49 (0) 30 / 348001-0 Phone: +49 (0) 69 / 840006-0 Fax: +49 (0) 30 / 3417093 Fax: +49 (0) 69 / 84000655 Notes Regarding the Approval of Wireless Systems The wireless microphone systems in the frequency range 863 MHz to 865 MHz and in the range 2.4 GHz are generally approved and licence-free!

These systems are licence-free in the EU! Every wireless system has been examined by a notified body and has been approved in the EU according to the R+TTE directive. However, a frequency assignment for the systems in the frequency range 175 MHz to 223 MHz, 672 MHz to 697 MHz, 740 MHz to 767 MHz and 790 MHz to 814 MHz for the corresponding area in which the unit is to be used must be applied for at the respective national authority.

These systems require a licence in the EU! In Germany, a licence-free operation of wireless microphones in the frequency range 790 MHz to 814 MHz (see directive 91/2005) is possible until 31 December 2015.

As of 2016, the frequency range 790 MHz to 814 MHz can still be used with a frequency assignment. This assignment is subject to a fee.

In Germany, the frequency assignment has to be applied for at the corresponding branch of the Federal Network Agency (BnetzA, Germany).

The declaration of conformity can be found on our website: www.imgstageline.de.

The forms for the frequency assignment as well as the ruling 91/2005 can be found on the website of the Federal Network Agency www.bundesnetzagentur.de.

For countries outside of Europe, please consult the authorities of the corresponding country.

Please observe the notes in the operating instructions!

MONACOR INTERNATIONAL – Your reliable partner - worldwide. valid from March 2013

IMG STAGE LINE 2013

www.imgstageline.com

M129

2 013

2013

INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS FOR LIGHT & SOUND

INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS FOR LIGHT & SOUND

HEADQUARTERS MONACOR INTERNATIONAL Zum Falsch 36 28307 Bremen Germany

Your Retailer

Phone: +49 (0) 4 21/48 65-0 Fax: +49 (0) 4 21/48 84 15 info@monacor.com www.monacor.com

INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS FOR LIGHT & SOUND

K-710.12.01.03.2013 K13-136OSGB Order No. 46.1710

GB